SoCal Hiker https://socalhiker.net Trail Guides, Gear Reviews, & Community Thu, 31 Aug 2023 18:04:55 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.4.1 https://i0.wp.com/cdn1.socalhiker.net/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/01003558/cropped-SoCalHiker-2020-Sticker-circle.png?fit=32%2C32&ssl=1 SoCal Hiker https://socalhiker.net 32 32 Hiking to the Simpson Reef Overlook on the Oregon Coast Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-the-simpson-reef-overlook-on-the-oregon-coast-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-the-simpson-reef-overlook-on-the-oregon-coast-trail/#comments Thu, 25 Aug 2022 16:02:14 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428659 Hiking the Oregon Coast Trail to Simpson Reef

The Oregon Coast is rugged, beautiful and often uncrowded. This bluff-top out-and-back hike starts and ends in Sunset Bay State Park and follows a section of the Oregon Coast Trail south to the Simpson Reef Overlook. Along the way there are opportunities for short side trips down to hidden coves and beaches, as well as the manicured gardens at Shore Acres State Park. It is a great taste of the Oregon coast, with a side helping of history.

Trail Details
Distance: 8.75 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 786 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Year-round
Sunset Bay State Park is a short drive from Coos Bay. The bay itself is small and a popular destination for picnicking, beachcombing, and paddle sports. Hiking this trail takes you away from the busy beach and along some quiet, beautiful sections of the Oregon coast.

Getting to the Trailhead

We were car camping at Sunset Bay State Park, and started our hike right from the campground. If you’re driving to the trailhead, you can park in the lot near the grassy area at the south end of the beach. The trailhead is about 13 miles from Coos Bay and takes about 25 minutes to drive.

From Coos Bay, head north on 101, then turn left on Newmark St (OR 540). As you approach the waterfront, Newmark turns left on Empire (still OR 540). You’ll stay on this (it becomes the Cape Arrago Highway) for almost eight miles, traveling through Barview, across the bridge and through Charleston and eventually reaching Sunset Bay State Park. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Hiking from Sunset Bay to Simpson Reef Overlook

This trail generally follows along the coast along the bluff, sometimes ducking into the forest. Look for the trailhead at the south end of the park. It starts by climbing up the bluff. As with much of the Oregon Coast, it can be frequently wet and slick depending on the weather. It’s definitely lush and green. We spied blackberries, deer fern and wintergreen along the trail.

Dogs are allowed on leash Blackberries on the OCT Wintergreen Deer Fern

Just before the two mile mark, we reached a spur trail that headed down to a cove. At low tide, it was a great area for exploring. The fog cloaked the beach in mystery.

Creek into Norton Gulch

Norton Gulch in the Mist

Low Tide at Norton Gulch

Climbing back to the main trail, we continue south. Another 1/2 mile and we veered right at the trail junction, heading to the bluff-top trail through Shore Acres State Park.

Shore Acres State Park was at one time the estate of a timber magnate, and some of the original buildings and the arboretum are still maintained. Dogs are not allowed in the park, except when passing through on the Oregon Coast Trail on leash. The extensive botanical gardens are not covered in this guide, but are definitely worth a visit while you are in the area.

Shore Acres State Park

Once you’ve passed the walled gardens, you soon reach the lovely Simpson Beach. While most of the coast is rocky with tide pools, this sandy beach is relatively well-protected and surprisingly quiet. We were the only ones there, probably because it’s a hike to get here.

Simpson Beach

Continuing south on the trail, you wander the coastal bluff until finally converging with the road at Simpson Reef Overlook. It’s very likely you’ll see other people who drove to this point to walk around and look.

The reef itself extends into the Pacific Ocean quite far, and is teeming with seals, sea lions and other wildlife. Binoculars or a telephoto lens would be helpful here, though you can hear their barking from a distance.

 

Simpson Reef

This was our turnaround point. After reading about the reef and ogling the wildlife, we turned around and started back on the trail. There are some options in the network of trails along the coast, and we opted to stick closer to the road for a more direct route back to the trailhead and eventually camp.

The forest gets thick and dark Oregon Coast Trail marker Artifacts from the Simpson Estate

The trail back was still beautiful, and we encountered artifacts from the days when Shore Acres was an estate — like the gate posts to one of the old entrances.

John Muir was said to despise the word “hiking” as it sounded all too serious and driven. He much preferred the term “sauntering.” Though we logged nearly nine miles on this trail, it was more of a saunter than a hike, best enjoyed at a leisurely pace with plenty of exploration and just enjoying the scenery of this beautiful coast.

Simpson Reef Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Simpson_Reef_Hike.gpx

Additional Resources

  • Sunset Bay State Park – official website
  • Shore Acres State Park – official website
  • No water is available on the trail. Be prepared to carry what you need.
  • Bring shoes that will give you some traction in slick wet sections of the trail, and a rain jacket just-in-case.
  • The trail is not always well signed, but the area is well defined. With the coast on one side and the road on the other.
  • We did not have cell service for most of the hike.

Originally hiked July 29, 2021 with Joan and our two labradoodles, Lucy and Farley.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-the-simpson-reef-overlook-on-the-oregon-coast-trail/feed/ 2
Hiking Turtlehead Peak from Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area https://socalhiker.net/hiking-turtlehead-peak-from-red-rock-canyon-national-conservation-area/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-turtlehead-peak-from-red-rock-canyon-national-conservation-area/#respond Fri, 15 Jul 2022 21:30:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429293 Hiking Turtlehead Peak

Turtlehead Peak is a great way to get that big picture view of Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area. Though technically outside the park boundary, this five mile out-and-back hike begins and ends in the scenic canyon near the Sandstone Quarry trailhead. This trail can be difficult to follow, with some light scrambling and navigation skills required. The payoff? Breathtaking views of the canyon and even the city of Las Vegas. .

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 6,323′
Distance: 5.24 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,015 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Avoid high temperatures and rain
You’ll want to avoid hiking this in the heat. When we hiked this in June, the high temperature for Vegas was forecast to be over 100 degrees. When we started at 6:00AM (the earliest the gate opens) it was 73 degrees, and by the time we were back at the car, it was already too hot for anyone else to start the trail.

Getting to the Trailhead

The entrance to Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area is located at 1000 Scenic Loop Drive, Las Vegas, NV 89161.

Entrance to the park is $15 per vehicle. If you have an America the Beautiful National Parks pass, that will get you in for free. Note that timed reservations are required for vehicle entry to the Scenic Loop (which this trailhead is on) from 8am to 5pm, October 1st through May 31st. The gate to the park opens at 6:00 AM, and it’s advisable to get there when it opens to avoid the heat of the day. 

Follow the Scenic Loop Drive for three miles to the Sandstone Quarry Trailhead parking area. There are toilets available. The trail begins at the north end of the parking area and is signed. 

Hiking up Turtlehead Peak

At the north end of the parking lot you’ll see a large sign with a map of the the trail to Turtlehead Peak (that’s Turtlehead in the background). Review the sign for safety precautions and follow them.

Turtlehead Peak trailhead

The trail starts out fairly gentle, but pay attention to the trail markers. There are several trails criss-crossing the area as well as desert washes that make it easy to miss a junction if you’re not careful.

After a gentle half mile, the grade gets steeper and the trail climbs parallel to a wash. At 1.5 miles, the trail splits in to several trails. The easier ones are marked with green or white dots painted on the rocks.

We started early, so we had shade most of the first two miles, at which point you reach a ridge line. The trail follows the ridge and then around the back (northeast) side of Turtlehead Peak. Once again there are several use trails that will let you pick your way up to the summit.

Once you reach the top, you can explore different viewpoints with tremendous views of Red Rock Canyon.  It’s really satisfying to rest at the top, knowing that the rest of the hike is downhill.

View of Red Rock Canyon from Turtlehead Peak

Head back down the way you came. As you descend, be careful not to overshoot the trail back to the ridge line (it’s easy to do). You might want to use your GPS app to do a periodic map check.

The descent goes pretty smoothly. With our early start (we entered the park right when the gates opened at 6:00 AM), we had shade most of the way up, but on our way down, the sun had already risen above the ridge and we started to feel the full intensity of that flaming orb.

Our total time was 3 hours, 12 minutes, with 2.5 hours of actual moving time. Made it back into town in time for a late breakfast (and before the worst heat of the day).

Turtlehead Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Turtlehead_Peak.gpx

Turtlehead Peak Tips & Resources

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Las Vegas Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Turtlehead Peak is part of the Las Vegas Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six iconic mountains, each a bit higher and harder. It’s a challenge in itself, or a great way to train for bigger adventures. And your registration help support some great outdoor-related non-profits.

Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 8, 2022 with Ethan and Lucie.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-turtlehead-peak-from-red-rock-canyon-national-conservation-area/feed/ 0
Maiden Peak via the Maiden Lake Trailhead https://socalhiker.net/maiden-peak-via-the-maiden-lake-trailhead/ https://socalhiker.net/maiden-peak-via-the-maiden-lake-trailhead/#comments Thu, 14 Jul 2022 20:13:01 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429266 Hiking Maiden Peak via the Maiden Lake Trail

Maiden Peak sits on the Cascade crest, straddling the Willamette and Deschutes National Forests. Many people hike up Maiden Peak from the Gold Lake trailhead on the west side, but the Maiden Lake Trail offers an alternative that starts in the east, passing through a variety of forested habitats and meadows with an optional side trip to serene Maiden Lake.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 7,805′
Distance: 10.0 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,000 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: July-October
On clear days, the summit of Maiden Peak rewards hikers with views of much of the Cascade Mountains and many of the Cascade Lakes as well.

Getting to the Maiden Lake Trailhead

From the center of Bend, Oregon to the Maiden Lake trailhead it’s almost exactly 60 miles and 1 hour, 15 minutes driving time. From Bend, head south on Highway 97 for 17 miles, then exit right onto Vandevert Road (south of the main Sunriver exit). In about one mile, turn left on S Century Drive. Follow Century Drive south for 1.1 miles, then turn right to stay on S Century Drive. You’ll take this 22.8 miles to Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway. Turn left on Cascade Lakes, following it south for 11.8 miles. Turn right on NF-4600 and follow that for 5 miles. This forest service road ends at the Maiden Lake Trailhead. There are no facilities at the trailhead. There is space to park about six vehicles. At the time of writing, no pass is required for parking. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Hiking to Maiden Peak via the Maiden Lake Trail

The trailhead begins at an elevation of 4,922′ and climb steadily but gradually.

Heading up the Maiden Lake Trail

You’ll climb just half of the total vertical in the first three miles, where you reach the first trail junction. Maiden Lake heads to the left, but I recommend noting this for a potential side trip on your return down the mountain. For now, continue to the right.

Interesting to see the Pacific Crest Trail (PCT) listed here as the Pacific Crest National Scenic Trail (PCNST)

About a mile before the summit, the trail gets steeper, finally joining the Maiden Peak Trail for the remainder of the route to the summit.

Steep climb of south side of Maiden Peak Following cairns Junction with the Maiden Peak Trail

As you come around the west side of the peak, you finally get above the trees and the views really begin to open up.

Peekaboo view of Cascade Lakes

The summit of the peak is broad, and marked by a pile of rocks and rusty debris.

Yoda and I at the summit of Maiden Peak Rusted debris at the summit of Maiden Peak Panoramic view from Maiden Peak

 

This is an out-and-back route, so return the way you came. If you have time and energy, take the side trail to Maiden Lake. It’s a hidden gem that is worth the short hike. There is no outlet for this lake, and it’s amazingly clear.

 

Maiden Peak via Maiden Lake Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: maiden-peak-via-maiden-lake-th-101520-84957am.gpx

 

Maiden Peak Tips and Resources

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Maiden Peak is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six iconic mountains, each a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. And your registration helps support some great outdoor-related non-profits. Learn more and sign up here.

Originally hiked on October 20, 2020. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/maiden-peak-via-the-maiden-lake-trailhead/feed/ 1
Hiking Black Butte from the Lower Trailhead https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead/#comments Tue, 24 May 2022 23:12:45 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=429066 Hiking Black Butte from the Lower Trailhead

Black Butte is an iconic mountain that stands alone, prominent and proud. The 6,436′ extinct start volcano lies 10 miles northwest of Sisters, Oregon along Highway 20. There are two ways to hike Black Butte. The shorter route from the Upper Trailhead is only four miles round trip, but requires a long drive up a washboard gravel forest service road. Starting from the Lower Trailhead is an easy drive, but a much longer hike. You begin at the base of the mountain and climb over three miles before joining the Upper Trailhead to continue your hike to the summit. The total roundtrip distance from the lower trailhead is 10.5 miles, with 3,400 feet of vertical gain.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,436′
Distance: 10.5 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,400 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring-Fall
The combination of easy access, vertical gain and distance make this route a popular option for training, and the spring wildflowers and Cascade views from the summit keep hikers coming back for more.

The popular trail is well-maintained and can usually be hiked earlier in the season when the roads to other trailheads are still closed.

Getting to the Black Butte Lower Trailhead

From Sisters, Oregon head west on US Highway 20 for ten miles. Turn right to head north on Camp Sherman Road. Follow Camp Sherman for 2.6 miles, then turn right onto SW Metolius River Road. Turn right at 0.2 miles (the first possible turn) onto the dirt and gravel Forest Service Road 1430 (there is no sign). A few hundred yards on your right is the parking area, with room for about 10 vehicles. There are no posted requirements for parking fees or passes, and there are no toilets or water at this trailhead. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Black Butte - Lower Trailhead

Hiking Black Butte from the Lower Trailhead

From the dirt parking area, look for the Black Butte Trail sign. You will see the mixed use trail heading due west, mostly flat for the first mile. This trail winds around the mountain at the base, so you’ll want to watch for the wood posts to turn on the hikers-only connector trails that head uphill. There are two options, and when you look at the map at the bottom of this trail guide, you’ll see we took the first option on the way up the mountain (~.75 miles from the trailhead), and the other on the way down (~1 mile from the trailhead). The second option is the more popular route.

Black Butte trail marker

From here, the trail begins a relentless but mostly gradual climb up and around the mountain. You will cross two forest service roads as you climb; watch for the hiker trail on the other side of the road and do a map check to make sure you’re on the correct route. At 3.2 miles you reach the Upper Trailhead. There is a picnic table and this is a great spot to take a break.  50 yards down the parking area here are pit toilets.

Black Butte Upper Trailhead parking

Note that the sign for the trail back down to the Lower Trailhead (from which you just hiked) is more prominent than any sign for the summit. On my most recent hike here, I helped two separate hikers parked at the upper trailhead who started hiking down the mountain until I asked them if they meant to hike to the summit.

For a detailed guide from the Upper Trailhead to the summit, read Hiking Black Butte from the Upper Trailhead. The trail for the upper section is the same for both routes. From here, it’s a bit over two miles to the summit. The trail up has one switchback, then spirals upward toward the summit.

Forested trail on Black Butte

As you climb above the tree line, you are rewarded with sweeping views of the Cascade Mountains.

Cascades from Black Butte

You’ll see the tall fire lookout tower that is actively manned during the summer months. As you round the east side of the mountain, you’ll hike through the scars of two modern wildfires before finally reaching the broad summit.

Black Butte Cupola

Once on the top of the butte, follow the trail to the northwest to visit the historic cupola (look for the rock carved by the “Bachelor of Black Butte” a century ago). Continue past the cupola to the new viewpoint deck. On a clear day, you can see Mount Hood and even Mount Adams.

Yoda atop Black Butte

Heading down Black Butte

When you’ve finished soaking in the views, retrace your route back down the mountain.

Black Butte Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead.gpx

 

Black Butte Hiking Tips

  • At the top, please stay on the marked trails to avoid damaging the fragile ecosystem.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.
  • Check out William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes / Travel Guide Central Oregon Cascades (affiliate link) for more on the history and flora on Black Butte.
  • For a shorter version of this hike that still goes to the summit, read our guide for Hiking Black Butte from the Upper Trailhead.
  • This mountain gets snow in the winter and becomes a more technical climb. Check the conditions before you go. I’ve used snowshoes on this trail during the month of January and microspikes and trekking poles can be helpful even into June depending on the snowfall.

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Black Butte is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on February 17, 2022 with David and Ethan.
Latest hike on May 21, 2022 with Scott.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte-from-the-lower-trailhead/feed/ 2
Hiking Monserate Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-monserate-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-monserate-mountain/#comments Fri, 06 May 2022 22:14:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428889 Monserate in the fog

A popular hike in north-inland San Diego County, Monserate Mountain provides a good workout with spectacular views from its summit. This moderate trail climbs 1,160 feet in 1.6 miles and is a memorial to honor all the fallen first responders who lost their lives on 9/11. The trail markers A1-A11 represent every 10th floor of the former twin towers.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 1,553 feet
Distance: 3.1 miles (out and back), 4.4 miles (loop)
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,170 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead is just to the east of the I-15, just past the junction with Hwy. 76. Exit on Pala/Oceanside/Bonsall/Palomar Mtn. (Exit 46). Head east to Horse Ranch Creek Road, then turn left. Continue north for about 1.7 miles. You will find parking along the side of the road. The trailhead will be on the east side of the road. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Hiking Monserate Mountain

The hike begins under new trailhead signage, so make sure to stop and grab your photo with it. Shortly after that, you will pass through the actual gate into the preserve. The wide dirt trail will quickly rise up before you. It is a popular hike, so you should see fellow hikers and runners working their way up and down the trail.

Montserate Mountain Gateway

9/11 floor markerThis trail is also a memorial to honor all the fallen first responders who lost their lives on 9/11. You will see markers, denoted A1-A11, representing every 10th floor of the World Trade Center.

The trail is wide but can be a bit rocky and have some rain ruts to be mindful of as you continue your climb. After about 3/4th mile, you will reach a junction just after the A5 marker. Turn left if you want to take the direct route to the summit. If you want to do this hike as a loop, this is the junction where the loop will return to. The noise from the freeway should have faded away by now. 

As the trail turns north, you will pass junctions with two marked side trails. Stay to the right past Red Diamond Trail and Canonita Trail at 1.05 miles and 1.35 miles from the start, respectively. Just past the junction with Canonita Trail, the trail will make a sharp turn to the east. 

At about 1.5 miles into the hike, the trail will plateau just below the summit. You will reach another junction here as well. If you take the left fork, this will take you onto the summit proper. The right fork will be the one to use for the full loop. 

Stairs near the summit of Monserate Mountain

From that junction, you will have just 1/8th mile to go to reach the 1,567-foot summit of Monserate Mountain. Now enjoy the rewards of your efforts with some nice views of northern San Diego county. Off to the northwest, you will be able to see Red Mountain, with the Santa Anas beyond that. To the east are the Agua Tibia Mountains, which rise to 5,077 feet at Eagle Crag.

Once you are done, return back down the spur trail to the junction.

On the loop route and the climb back to the junction

If you are doing the hike as an out-and-back, stay to the right and just retrace your route up. If you are doing the full loop, stay left and follow the ridge trail southward. This will take you toward the water tank, as well as offer up some nice views along the way.

The trail will descend down a flight of wooden stairs toward the water tank. After passing through a gate at the end of the Ridge Trail, you will find yourself on the paved service road for the water tank. Continue heading south until you come to another junction. When you reach the road, Pala Mesa Mountain Drive, head to the right and pass through a white gate marked with a Monserate Mountain Preserve sign. You will now work your way back to that first junction you encountered when you began your hike. Just beware, that this loop adds another 225 feet of elevation gain, as well as sometimes hiking on the pavement.

Once back at that first junction, you have a mere 3/4th mile to go to reach the trailhead. This is a popular trail, so expect to see fellow hikers and runners sharing the trail.

Montserate Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: montserate-loop.gpx

As of December 2021, you will not be able to do this hike as a loop as some construction work has closed it temporarily. Check with Fallbrook Land Conservancy for updates as to its reopening (currently planned for December 2022). In the interim, you can still hike Montserate Mountain as an out-and-back.

Download file: montserate-out-and-back.gpx

Montserate Mountain Resources

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-monserate-mountain/feed/ 2
Hiking Sutton Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-sutton-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-sutton-mountain/#respond Mon, 25 Apr 2022 21:26:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428991 Hiking Sutton Mountain

Sutton Mountain gives you a sense of just how big Oregon is. Nestled between the Painted Hills unit of the John Day Fossil Beds National Monument and the tiny old town of Mitchell (population 142), this hike starts with a well-hidden trailhead, then follows an old jeep trail most of the way before requiring a short off-trail climb to the high point.

Trail Details
Summit: 4,692′
Distance: 7 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,612 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: October-June
The views from the top are sublime. If you feel you’re in the middle of nowhere, you wouldn’t be wrong. There is a lot of open space in every direction, punctuated by the occasional ranch or historical artifact.

The Sutton Mountain Wilderness Study Area gets hot in the summer, so this trail is best hiked in the fall through spring. May and June are great months, when the wildflowers are blooming.

Getting to the Sutton Mountain Trailhead

From Bend, Oregon it’s about 92 miles to the Sutton Mountain Trailhead. From Prineville, follow US 26 East for 29 miles. Turn left on OR-207 N (just before you reach Mitchell, but after the turn to the Painted Hills). Follow OR-207 N for 9.3 miles and the trailhead is on your left. There is no sign for the trailhead, and the gravel drive to the parking is easy to miss due to the brush. Get driving directions with Google Maps or use the trailhead coordinates 44°39’50.3″N 120°07’26.8″W with the navigation software of your choice.

When you turn on the driveway, there is a wire fence that you’ll need to open (and close behind) you. The parking area is a flat area with dirt and grass that can accommodate at least a dozen vehicles. It can get muddy, so bring a pair of shoes to change into after your hike.

Sutton Mountain Trailhead The dirt road from Highway 207 Flat grassy trailhead parking

Hiking Sutton Mountain

Once you’ve found the parking area, head to the northwest following a faint jeep trail. You’ll see a sign marking the Wilderness Study Area. Follow this track up and around the hill.

Sutton Mountain Trailhead

When we hiked this in February, there was still snow on the ground. The ground itself was frozen on our way up, but thawed to mud on the way down.

Up the Old Jeep Track

Most of the trail is bare dirt and rock; the vegetation scraped away over years of use.

Follow the Jeep Track

At the 2.1 mile mark you pass through and opening in a a fence (seen below) and turn 90-degrees left. Imagine the cattle roaming the plain.

Left after you pass through the opening in the fence

Follow the old jeep track uphill another 1.2 miles. The ridge that comprises Sutton Mountain looms to your left.

Views Open Up Higher

From here, you leave the old road and choose your own adventure, zig-zagging up the brushy incline to the ridge.

Climb from Road to Summit

Once at the ridge, soak in the views!

View south from Sutton Mountain

Looking south from Sutton Mountain

Cliff on south side of Sutton Mountain

Cliff on south side of Sutton Mountain

Make your away along the ridge to the highpoint. There is a survey mark and a post. When we hiked, we were accompanied by a curious dog from a ranch near the trailhead. He followed us all the way up and back, escorting us to make sure we found our way.

After taking in the views, retrace your steps to return to the trailhead.

Sutton Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: sutton-mountain-2622-90204am.gpx

Sutton Mountain Tips

  • There is no water nor facilities at the trailhead nor anywhere on the trail. Plan accordingly.
  • Carry the 10 Essentials. We had no cell service for most of the trail, with spotty service at the summit.
  • After the hike, stop in Tiger Town Brewing in nearby Mitchell. They have great sandwiches, wings and a namesake Sutton Mountain IPA.
  • After lunch in Mitchell, visit the nearby Painted Hills unit of the John Day Fossil Bed National Monument.
  • Check out the latest Sutton Mountain trip reports to see current trail conditions
  • Find this hike and others in William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes: Eastern Oregon guidebook (Amazon)

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesSutton Mountain is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in Central Oregon. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The annual challenge runs between January 1st and October 31st.

Originally hiked on February 6, 2022 with David and Rebecca.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-sutton-mountain/feed/ 0
Hiking Corte Madera in the Pine Creek Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-corte-madera-in-the-pine-creek-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-corte-madera-in-the-pine-creek-wilderness/#comments Fri, 17 Dec 2021 22:04:19 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428811 Corte Madera

Sitting in the Pine Creek Wilderness in east San Diego, stands Corte Madera, or as some refer to it, San Diego’s Half Dome. This peak offers some impressive views of Baja California, Los Pinos, Anza Borrego, Mount Laguna, and Cuyamaca State Park. This challenging trail has some stunning vistas as it climbs toward the summit.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,659′
Distance: 7 miles
Time: 4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,700 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Spring, Fall, Winter

Getting to the Trailhead

From anywhere in San Diego, take the 8 freeway to the Buckman Springs Road exit (exit 51). There are no facilities at the trailhead, so stopping at the Buckman Springs rest stop might be a good idea. Head south on Buckman Springs Road for about 3 miles until you see the sign for the Corral Canyon OHV Area. Make the right hand turn on to it and continue for about 4.8 miles. This road will be a mix of dirt and paved sections, but most cars should have no issues driving it. You will come to a hairpin turn and should see a locked gate on your right, just past this on the left will be a small parking area. With care, five cars should fit.

There are some additional spots to park further up the road. You will need to display your National Forest Adventure Pass or similar pass on your windshield. The daily pass is $5 and can be purchased from several locations.

Hiking Corte Madera

The hike begins by making your way around that locked gate and then along the dirt road that passes through some dense coast live oaks and some tree-sized manzanita. The dirt road will make a hairpin and you will reach the junction with Espinosa Trail. There should be a metal garbage can with a trail sign to point you in the correct direction as past this point the road enters private property.

Start of the hike along the wooded section Wooded section Garbage can marking turnoff from the road

The Espinosa Trail begins a moderate climb toward the saddle between Los Pinos Mountain and Corte Madera. The coast live oaks and manzanita are replaced with chaparral.

Once at the saddle, you will see signs for the Los Pinos Peak to the left, Espinosa Trail straight ahead, and Corte Madera to the right. The Valley Fire in 2020 had closed the Espinosa Trail beyond this point, but it has since reopened. Here you get your first views of the impressive cliff face of Corte Madera.

Keep an eye out for raptors flying in the skies above you. That southern face is host to a number of birds of prey, including falcons, hawks, and golden eagles. In fact, Cleveland National Forest has seasonal closures along the mountain’s sheer cliff. While these closures will not affect your hike, if you are seeking to do some rock climbing, they will.

From this saddle, continue north on the Los Pinos road until it dead ends. Note that this is an active dirt road, so you may encounter dirt bikes or other off-road vehicles. There will be a forest service sign reminding you to be mindful of the nesting raptors that call Corte Madera home.

Raptor information and sign pointing toward Corte Madera

Your hike will now continue along a use trail to the summit. The condition of this trail varies from good to poor at times, so be prepared. It will get a bit rocky at times and you will have some minor climbing over some rocks.

The use trail wraps around a small peaklet before dropping down some. This is probably the toughest section as you have a short steep scramble to navigate.

The tough section

Rocky section around the “peaklet”.

From here you have about another mile or so to the summit, the route weaving its way through the chaparral and boulders.

Corte Madera Corte Madera's rocky face

Eventually, you will come to a large cluster of boulders that denote the summit of Corte Madera. There should be a register in an old ammo box for you to sign.

Corte Madera summit and register

The summit offers many spots to sit and take a well-earned break. You will have stunning views in all directions. Downtown San Diego will lie due west, and with some luck, you can spot Point Loma.

Many of the familiar peaks of San Diego should be visible as well; El Cajon Mountain, Mount Woodson, Cuyamaca Peak, Palomar Mountain, just to name a few. If the air is clear and if San Gorgonio has some snow on its summit you should be able to see it.

Summit view Summit view looking west Summit view looking south Looking northwest toward the Lagunas

When you are ready to leave, just retrace your route back to the trailhead.

For the more adventurous, you can combine this hike with the summit of Los Pinos. If you choose to do this, at the junction with Espinosa Trail, continue south along the road toward the lookout tower atop Los Pinos. This will add about two miles each way and another 900 feet of gain. During the fire season, that tower is staffed and offers some great views.

Corte Madera Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: corte-madera.gpx

Additional Resources

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-corte-madera-in-the-pine-creek-wilderness/feed/ 1
Hiking Quartz Peak in the Sierra Estrella Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-quartz-peak-in-the-sierra-estrella-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-quartz-peak-in-the-sierra-estrella-wilderness/#respond Tue, 28 Sep 2021 23:31:03 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428711 Hiking Quartz Peak

One of the highest points in the Sierra Estrella Wilderness, Quartz Peak offers spectacular views from atop a unique summit block made of white quartz. This challenging trail has beautiful vistas of the Rainbow Valley as it climbs a rugged ridge from the valley floor to the crest of the Sierra Estrella.

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,052′
Distance: 6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,400 ft
Dogs: Yes, but may struggle with last quarter mile
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
The drive to this trailhead can be challenging. If you are not comfortable driving on unmaintained dirt roads, please do not attempt. Two wheel drive vehicles without high ground clearance regularly make it to this trailhead, but higher clearance does make it safer and easier. I also suggest driving the dirt road section in daylight.

From Phoenix take the I-10 to Exit 124B for AZ-303 Loop S and continue South on S Cotton Tail Ln. When you come to a traffic circle, take the first exit onto Estrella Parkway. Go 4 miles to W Willis Rd and make a right. Go 1.4 miles and make a left onto S Rainbow Valley Rd., and after 5 miles turn left onto W Riggs Rd.

Start of dirt road Turn left here Parking area
After 4 miles on W Riggs Rd. it will “t” into S. Bullard Ave. Go right onto S. Bullard Ave. and make an immediate left onto the dirt road that follows the powerlines (still considered W Riggs Rd.).

Continue on the sandy dirt road following the “TRAIL” signs east for 5.5 miles to Powerline Rd. and make a right. Go another 2 miles then turn left at the “TRAIL” sign pointing you in that direction.

Go just 2 more miles and you’ll dead-end into the trailhead parking area. There is a pit toilet, but no running water at the trailhead.

Hiking Quartz Peak

From the parking area head northeast up the trail. You’ll pass an information stand and trail register where you can sign in and out. Follow the flat trail marked by cow pies and cairns for about a quarter mile, then it will turn left towards the base of the ridge on your left.

Trail information

At 0.6 mile you’ll reach the top of the first ridge, and at 1.0 mile the second ridge. As the trail climbs it alternates between following the crest of the ridge, and dropping slightly side to side, lacing from notch to notch.

At mile 1.8 the trail becomes more rugged and a little harder to follow, then hits a couple switchbacks and gains the final ridge at mile 2. From here the trail hangs on the left side of the ridge until mile 2.3 where it pops back on top.

At the 2.5 mile mark the trail diminishes, becoming more rocky and slow. You should see some cairns to guide you to the left side of the ridge, then back to the center, then to the right, then centered again where the trail becomes more prominent at mile 2.7.

The clear path does not last. Stay near the crest of the ridge for the final quarter mile to the top. When you get near the summit there are two apparent summit blocks – Quartz is on the left. Complete the final scramble and you are there!

At the top you will be greeted by the biggest chunk of white quartz you’ve ever seen and truly appreciate the name of this peak. To the north is Phoenix, to the west is Little Rainbow Valley and to the east is the Gila River Reservation.

When you are done enjoying the views, return back down the way you came.

Quartz Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Quartz_Peak_AZ_Hike.gpx

Driving Directions to the Trailhead

Download file: Quartz_Peak_Drive_to_Trailhead.gpx

Quartz Peak Hiking Resources

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThis hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Phoenix and Tucson area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The winter challenge runs between November 1st and April 30th.  Be sure to check out the summer challenge, too!

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-quartz-peak-in-the-sierra-estrella-wilderness/feed/ 0
Hiking to High Point on Palomar Mountain in the Cleveland National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-high-point-on-palomar-mountain-in-the-cleveland-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-high-point-on-palomar-mountain-in-the-cleveland-national-forest/#respond Sat, 05 Dec 2020 00:27:37 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428473 High Point (Palomar)

Appropriately named High Point is the highest peak in the Palomar Ranger District of Cleveland National Forest. This hike offers unique views of Toro and San Jacinto Peak, and a colorful variety of trees that isn’t often found in Southern California.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 6,140′
Distance: 13.8 miles
Time: 7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,509 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Fall, Winter

Getting to the Trailhead

Take Interstate 15 toward Temecula and exit at Highway 79 South. Follow Highway 79 South southeast  for 24 miles to the Oak Grove Fire Station. Turn right into the parking area across from the Oak Grove Campground, or just after the fire station. You can park behind the fire station, or in the lot for the building just north of the fire station.

The trailhead is not very obvious. Look for a waist-high post that says “Oak Grove Trail” at the north end of the parking lot – it has arrows on it pointing you in the right direction.

Oak Grove Campground Oak Grove Trailhead Look for the Oak Grove Trail signs

 

Hiking High Point from Oak Grove

From the sign that says “Resident and official vehicles beyond this sign only”, the hike starts on a dirt road northwest out of the parking area. The first half mile requires you to really pay attention and watch for trail signs guiding you toward the “real” trail. It’s mostly the posts with “Oak Grove Trail” written vertically on them, but there are a few signs that just say “Trail”.

Onto the single track

You’ll know you’ve successfully navigated the labyrinth when you get to the large Oak Grove Trail sign indicating it’s time to depart from the dirt road and turn right onto the single-track.

Bear right onto the single track trail

Once on the narrower path, the real climb begins. First there are a few long sweeping switchbacks as the trail becomes a bit rocky and washed out in places. Then the switchbacks become shorter and the elevation gain intensifies.

Rocky and sometimes washed-out switchbacks

As you climb, the reward for your hard work is the views that begin to appear behind you.

Climbing out of the valley

At the two mile mark the single track path ends and you turn right onto a dirt truck trail called Oak Grove Road.

Head up Oak Grove Road

Follow this broad dirt road to the 3.5 mile mark where you will find a locked gate. You should not encounter any vehicles up to this point, but keep a lookout for dirt bikes and 4x4s from here to the summit.

Step around the locked gate

Continue around the gate and just around the corner the road splits. Go left, continuing on Oak Grove Road.

Winding up Palomar Mountain

As the trail curves left, you may be able to spot the lookout tower perched atop your objective.

Can you see the lookout tower?

The incline is steady until around the 5 mile mark, where the road flattens out and arcs right toward the summit.

A relatively flat stretch

At 5.5 miles there is a junction at a “No Campfires” sign where you should turn right onto Palomar Divide Road.

Bear right onto Palomar Divide Road

This section continues relatively flat, makes a sharp right turn at 5.7 miles, and a 90 degree left at 6 miles.

Fall Color on the Palomar Divide Road

At the 6.5 mile mark is your last junction. Turn left through the gate and you’ll soon see the lookout tower you’ve been aiming for. Continue up the path as it winds up to the summit, and look out to the right as the white observatory domes begin to dot your view.

Final stretch to High Point Lookout Palomar Observatory

Look northeast and admire the views of Toro Peak, San Jacinto Peak and San Gorgonio. Look west across the beautiful thick forest of trees blanketing the broad Palomar Mountain, of which you are standing at the highest point.

The lookout tower is usually occupied by forest service personnel, but public access is not allowed. If you happen to be there in the early afternoon, you may witness them come down out of the tower to weigh the fuel stick. This is a traditional method for assessing level of fire danger. The weight of the stick tells them how dry or damp potential forest fire fuel is. Once you’ve refueled yourself and enjoyed the view, return back down the way you came up.

High Point Lookout sign High Point Lookout Tower The View from High Point (Palomar)

View Towards San Jacinto and San Gorgonio

High Point Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: High_Point_Palomar_Mountain_from_Oak_Grove.gpx

 

High Point from Oak Grove Hiking Resources

San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

2021 San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in San Diego County. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The annual challenge runs between January 1st and December 31st.  Be sure to check out the SoCal challenge, too!

Hiking to High Point on Palomar Mountain

Originally hiked on November 25, 2020.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-high-point-on-palomar-mountain-in-the-cleveland-national-forest/feed/ 0
Hiking Hot Springs Mountain on the Los Coyotes Reservation https://socalhiker.net/hiking-hot-springs-mountain-on-the-los-coyotes-reservation/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-hot-springs-mountain-on-the-los-coyotes-reservation/#comments Thu, 19 Nov 2020 21:53:28 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428418 Panorama from Hot Springs Mountain

Hot Springs Mountain in the Los Coyotes Reservation is the highest peak in San Diego County, with chaparral, oak and pine forests. On a clear day, you can see the Pacific Ocean over 50 miles away. Near the summit are the crumbling remains of a lookout tower, and the true summit requires a short boulder scramble. It’s an area of impressive natural beauty and biodiversity.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,533′
Distance: 10.2 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,118 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
The Los Coyotes Reservation lies east of San Diego, between the Cleveland National Forest and Anza-Borrego State Park. It is the home of the Los Coyotes Band of Cahuilla and Cupeño Indians whose ancestry can be traced to the area over 2,000 years. Standing on the summit you can take in the same sweeping views enjoyed by its inhabitants for centuries.

Getting to the Hot Springs Mountain Trailhead

The nearest town is Warner Springs, and the drive to the trailhead takes about an hour from Temecula or an an hour and 20 minutes from Escondido. From Highway 79 in Warner Springs, you’ll turn onto Camino San Ignacio Road. This road travels 7.7 miles to the trailhead at the intersection with Sukat Road, but you’ll have to stop at the entrance to the Los Coyotes Reservation and pay a per-person day-use fee, which at the time of writing was $10 per person.

The trailhead is not clearly marked, other than a small sign identifying Sukat Road. The road can be found at the west edge of the campground (to your left as you enter the campground. The campground itself was still closed to camping due to the pandemic, but this made parking a breeze. Get turn-by-turn driving directions on Google Maps.

Leashing up the dogs for the hike The trail begins up this dirt road Sukat Road - Start of hike up Hot Springs Mountain

Hiking Hot Springs Mountain

The trail begins up Sukat Road, a jeep trail that was chained off at the time of our hike. Once you step over the chain, the climbing begins. Being a jeep trail, the trail never gets too steep, although having trekking poles would be helpful. Leaving behind the tall oaks in the valley, the are open patches interspersed with tall pines, cedars and chaparral.

Hiking up to Hot Springs Mountain

As you climb, the buckwheat and manzanita give way to forest.

Leaving chaparral and entering forest Views above the canyon TacoSlayer on Hot Springs Mountain

At 2.8 miles, you reach a junction with Hot Springs Mountain Road. It’s another dirt road, and you might not even notice it, as Sukat Road bends to join it nearly seamlessly. There is a sign pointing you toward the Lookout Tower, and that’s the direction you want to continue.

Head Toward the Lookout Tower

From here, the trail is forested and climbs gently with a few dips to keep it interesting. Towering cedar trees line the trail on both sides.

Shady Stretch on Hot Springs Mountain

At five miles, the lookout tower comes into view, and the jeep trails opens to a large flat turnaround area. When we hiked this, there were colored flags tied to the branches to mark the trail.

Follow the Flags to the Summit

Continue across the flat open area to the trees on the north side of the clearing, and the trail to the true summit continues as a single track that snakes through manzanita and trees to a large boulder pile. There’s a marker at the top of the highest boulder, but climbing up them is entirely optional, depending on your comfort level.

Panorama from Hot Springs Mountain Remains of the Lookout atop Hot Springs Mountain

The summit can only handle a few people at the top at any one time. If you want to stop for a break, a better location is at the concrete steps leading to the base of the closed (and decaying) lookout tower. Though this side of the summit mount is slightly lower, the views are the same.

There are plenty of places to spread out for a snack break before retracing your steps back to the trailhead.

On the way back, the junction with Sukat Road is more obvious. Take a left on Sukat Road, following the sign directing you to the campground.

Head to the Campground

Hot Springs Mountain Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: hot-springs-mountain-102420-91203am.gpx

Hot Springs Mountain Resources

San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

2021 San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes in San Diego County. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

The annual challenge runs between January 1st and December 31st.  Be sure to check out the SoCal challenge, too!

 

Hiking Hot Springs Mountain

Originally hiked on October 24, 2020 with Joan, Will, Shannon, Lucy and Farley. Special thanks to Will for serving tacos! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-hot-springs-mountain-on-the-los-coyotes-reservation/feed/ 2
Hiking the Tumalo Falls Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-tumalo-falls-loop/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-tumalo-falls-loop/#comments Mon, 20 Jul 2020 14:00:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428182 Hiking to Tumalo Falls is one of the “must-see” sights in the outdoor mecca that is Bend, Oregon. The namesake waterfall is a short walk from the trailhead parking, but most people don’t realize that there is so much more to see – if you’re willing to put in some miles.

Trail Details
Distance: 9.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,625 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October
This route forms a loop that begins and ends near the Tumalo Falls parking area, following the North Fork of  Tumalo Creek upstream, past not only Tumalo Falls, but also Double Falls, Upper Tumalo Falls, and countless unnamed (but equally beautiful) cascades. You’ll continue to the junction with the Metolius-Windigo Trail, climbing to a the Mrazek Trail along a ridgeline, and finally returning via the Farewell Trail, with views of Mount Bachelor, Broken Top and South Sister. It’s a 9.6 mile loop that makes a perfect half-day trek.

One extra perk? After the first mile, you’ll leave the crowds behind. 

Getting to Tumalo Falls

The trailhead parking area is 13.5 miles west of downtown Bend. Take Skyliners Road to Tumalo Falls Road, crossing Tumalo Creek on a one-lane bridge, and following a washboard gravel road another 2.5 miles to the parking area. There is a fee station that takes cash or cards for day use parking. If the parking area is full, you can also park on the side of the road (obey all signs). The fee still applies. Get turn-by-turn driving directions via Google Maps.

There is no water at the trailhead, but there are pit toilets.

Hiking the Tumalo Falls to Farewell Loop Trail

Start with a a look at the Tumalo Falls viewpoint, just steps from the trailhead.

Tumalo Falls

Head back to the trail and start up hill. After a short climb, you’ll come to a overlook trail with a railing. There are several viewpoints along the way to the top of the falls.

Approaching the top of Tumalo Falls View from the top of Tumalo Falls

This is where most people stop and turn around, missing out on the beauty of Tumalo Creek and it’s many falls and cascades. Head back to the main trail as it parallels the creek and heads upstream.

At one mile, you’ll see a signpost for a viewpoint on the cliff, overlooking the aptly named Double Falls.

Double Falls on Tumalo Creek

At the two-mile mark, you reach Upper Tumalo Falls.

Upper Tumalo Falls

A quarter mile past Upper Tumalo Falls, you cross the Middle Fork of Tumalo Creek via a log bridge.

Log Bridge over Tumalo Creek

There are numerous cascades and falls, now on the south side of the trail.

Cascade on the Middle Fork of Tumalo Creek

At 3.5 miles, you join the Swampy Lakes Trail.  Continue to the right towards Happy Valley. You get a break from the climbing as the trail continues. At 4 miles, you reach the junction with the Metolius-Windigo Trail. Here you turn north, crossing the creek on another log bridge and begin climbing towards the ridge.

Note that this is the last chance for water on the trail. The remainder of the trail is dry and has more sun exposure. If you do refill water bottles here, be sure to filter or treat it.

Approaching Happy Valley Swampy Lakes Trail Junction

Near the ridgeline, the trail briefly joins Forest Service Road #4601. Turn right (east) and in about 20 yards, take the Mrazek Trail to the right.

Forest Sevice Road

The Mrazek trail parallels the Forest Service road, lower on the ridgeline. At ~6.25 miles you reach the junction with the Farewell Trail. Turn right and follow this trail back down to Tumalo Falls. The views begin to open up, give you a chance to see Tumalo Mountain (with Mount Bachelor peeking over it’s shoulder), Broken Top and South Sister.

Farewell Trail sign View from the Farewell Trail

This descent on the Farewell Trail has more exposure, and can get hot in the afternoon sun.

Tumalo Falls to Farewell Loop Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: tumalo-falls-loop.gpx

Tumalo Falls Tips & Resources

  • Looking for something a little shorter? Hike up to the Swampy Lakes Trail, then turn around and turn it into an out-and-back. You could choose your own halfway point — Double Falls, Upper Tumalo Falls, or further.
  • This route is also perfect for mountain biking. Note that while hikers can travel in either direction on the North Fork trail, bikes are only allowed uphill.
  • Check the official Deschutes National Forest website for latest trail restrictions and conditions.

Originally hiked on July 4, 2020 with Joan and our two Austrailian Labradoodles, Lucy and Farley.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-tumalo-falls-loop/feed/ 4
Hiking to Chush Falls in the Three Sisters Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-chush-falls-in-the-three-sisters-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-chush-falls-in-the-three-sisters-wilderness/#comments Thu, 09 Jul 2020 02:56:01 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428126 Chush FallsBeautiful Chush Falls on Whychus Creek is a local favorite in Central Oregon. The trail is an easy trek that parallels Whychus Creek with views of South Sister looming above.

Trail Details
Distance: 5 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 500 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October
The first time we took this trail, we were looking for something easy for our two dogs, who were training for longer distances. We headed here on a Saturday morning, driving about 50 minutes from Bend to the trailhead. The photos I had seen of the waterfall were spectacular, but we weren’t sure about the steep scramble to the base of the falls. Would it be to tough for the dogs? Spoiler alert: It wasn’t.

Getting to the Trailhead

From Highway 242, in downtown Sisters, turn south on Forest Service Road 16, signed for Three Creek Lake (do not follow FR 15, signed for Squaw Creek, west of town). After 7 miles, turn right onto FR 1514, and proceed just under 5 miles to FR 1514-600. Immediately before crossing Whychus Creek on a large concrete bridge, and turn left. You’ve got five miles of gravel Forest Service road to reach the trailhead, but it’s well worth the car wash you’ll need later.

I was able to use Apple Maps and it got me there without issue.

Hiking the Chush Falls Trail

We reached the trailhead at 8:45am (a late start for us) and were just the third vehicle at the trailhead parking. The trailhead is clearly marked, and the sign suggests the distance to the overlook (end of trail) is two miles, though we clocked a bit more recording on GaiaGPS.

Chush Falls parking Chush Falls Trailhead No 4080

The initial trail is fairly flat, taking you the burned remains of a past forest fire, through manzanita and blossoming snowbrush. It may be bittersweet to see the charred trunks standing as a reminder of the wildfire, but it also opens up views of South Sister and Broken Top — both of which feed the Whychus Creek, making Chush Falls so spectacular.

Dogs on the Chush Falls Trail

Dogs are allowed, on leash.

Wildflowers were blooming in late June. We saw lupine, skyrocket and wild roses. What we didn’t see were crowds. On our way to the falls, we saw one other person and her dog on their way back to the trailhead. Other than that, we had the trail to ourselves.

Snowbrush Ceanothus Scarlet Gilia (Skyrocket) Nootka (Wild) Rose Lupine

There were a lot of downed trees across the trail (we counted about 27), but the dogs made a game out of finding the best way to pass them. Bounding over most and ducking under some, they made it look easy and fun. After a little more than two miles, we could hear the roar of the falls. The end of the trail came into view.

End of Trail

To the left of the sign is an overlook where you can see the falls through the trees, but you really need to do a little extra scramble to the base of the falls to get the best views.

Look for a social trail to the right of the TRAIL ENDS HERE sign. It descends fairly steeply through the tree-lined canyon. Taking our time, we were able to pick our route downhill using the trees as handholds at times. No butt-scooting required.

There’s not a lot of room at the base for many people, so were were grateful to be the only ones there. The dogs were more curious about the snacks they smelled in our backpack than the spectacular roaring falls.

Farley & Lucy at the base of Chush Falls Lucy at Chush Falls Chush Falls

When you’ve had a chance to take your photos and enjoy a moment of zen, it’s a scramble back to the top, then an easy hike back the way you came to the trailhead.

Scramble back to the trail from the base of the falls The "Trail" down to Chush Falls

If you’re looking to extend the adventure, there is an upper cascade accessible via a social trail another half mile upstream.

On our return to the trailhead, we encountered numerous of groups making their way toward the falls. If you prefer solitude in the morning, start before 9am.

Chush Falls Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: chush-falls-trail-4080-2.gpx

 

Chush Falls Tips & Resources

Originally hiked on June 27, 2019 with Joan and our two labradoodles, Lucy and Farley.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-chush-falls-in-the-three-sisters-wilderness/feed/ 2
Hiking the Canyon Creek Meadows Loop in the Mount Jefferson Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-canyon-creek-meadows-in-the-mount-jefferson-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-canyon-creek-meadows-in-the-mount-jefferson-wilderness/#comments Wed, 03 Jun 2020 19:40:09 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=428030 Canyon Creek Meadows

There is something about an alpine meadow filled with wildflowers with craggy mountain peaks as a backdrop that gives me a sense of peace. Beautiful cascading creek? Check. Craggy peaks? How about Three Fingered Jack? Alpine meadow? Hit it in late July and you’ll have abundant wildflowers. Optional scramble to a saddle with even bigger views? Yes, this hike to Canyon Creek Meadows in Central Oregon’s Mount Jefferson Wilderness fits the bill. And if you’re lucky, you might even spy mountain goats, like we did!

Trail Details
Distance: 5-7.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate-Strenuous
Elevation gain: 980-1,580 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Summer
This trail can be moderate if you do just the five mile loop, or strenuous if you add in the optional scramble to Viewpoint Saddle below Three Fingered Jack. Our map and elevation profile shows the full enchilada, including a little rambling at a mini-plateau northeast from the saddle.

Getting to the Jack Lake Trailhead

This hike begins at the Jack Lake Trailhead, and part of the adventure is getting there. The trailhead is about a 85 minute drive northwest of Bend, Oregon. From Bend, head west on Highway 20 33 miles, turning right on Suttle Sherman Road. In one mile, turn left onto paved Jack Lake Road (NF-12) for 4.4 miles, then turn left on one-lane Road 1230. At the end of the pavement, fork left onto NF 1234 , following it as it twists, turns and climbs over a washboard gravel surface for the next six miles. There were plenty of sedans at the trailhead, so high-clearance isn’t absolutely required, but expect to go slowly and carefully in some of the rutted areas. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Jack Lake Trailhead Canyon Creek Meadow Trail Number 4014

Hiking to Canyon Creek Meadows

Find the trailhead for Canyon Creek Meadows and follow it around the east side of shallow Jack Lake. Shortly after you reach a junction with Trail 4014. For now, keep left (the Forest Service recommends this to reduce crowds) and continue up the ridge and in the shade.

Jack Lake Mount Jefferson Wilderness New Growth Old moss-covered pine forest

After a mile of climbing, the trail dips down  into Canyon Creek Meadows and begins to follow roughly parallel to Canyon Creek.

Canyon Creek Meadow and Three Finger Jack

The trail continues climbing and passes through several meadows. Even in August there was still plenty of wildflower color to be found. You’ll find blue lupine, red paintbrush, and many other wildflowers.

Two miles in, the trail connects with another trail coming from the right. Stick left to follow the canyon uphill, but make a mental note of this junction. You’ll take this other trail on the way back for a change of scenery.

Along the way, there are a couple of wilderness campsites. While the trail is quite popular on weekends, you could come here on a weekday afternoon, and after a short hike have a beautiful spot for a quick getaway.

At roughly 2.5 miles, the maintained trail ends. This makes a fine spot to stop for a break, and if you’re hiking with kids, probably turn around for the return trip. In our case, we decided to continue to the junction, with a bit of exploring beyond.

It’s readily apparent that the trail is not maintained. It’s loose with scree, and it climbs higher towards the saddle, becomes a spiderweb of trails criss-crossing the steep incline. Trekking poles are extremely helpful.

End of the maintained trail

Looking North toward Mt Jefferson

Looking back at the Cirque Lake with Mount Jefferson in the distance.

As you climb, stop to take in the views of what once was the Canyon Glacier (now just a snowfield) with craggy Three Fingered Jack looming above.

The Canyon Glacier and Three Finger Jack

From the saddle, there are views of the Three Sisters to the south, and Mount Jefferson to the north. Not pictured, but definitely felt were the strong winds. We were glad to have a shell to cut the brutal, chilling wind.

Pano from Saddle below Three Finger Jack

You might be able to spy someone climbing Three Fingered Jack (we did not). We opted to explore to the north east where social trails wandered to a little plateau, exploring a bit before heading back down. On our way down, we did see two mountain goats, and even caught one in the photo below.

Mountain Goat

Can you spot the mountain goat?

Heading down we turned left at the junction at the lower meadow to follow the creek and form the “loop” portion of this hike. At the junction with the trail from Wasco Lake, keep right. There are several beautiful cascades to enjoy before the trail head back toward Jack Lake through the new forest growth sprouting up from the 2003 fire that burned this area.

Taking the northern trail back to the car Lots of dead trees Back at Jack Lake

Canyon Creek Meadows Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: canyon-creek-meadows-8418-101258am.gpx

 

Canyon Creek Meadows Resources

  • Late July/Early August is the peak time for wildflowers. See what’s blooming there now.
  • Depending on the season’s snowfall, there can be snow on the trail to the upper meadow even in late July. Flexibility and preparedness is key.
  • Stay off the meadows (stay on the trails) and collect only photos of wildflowers, abiding by the seven Leave No Trace principles.
  • Backpackers must camp 100 feet away from trails and water, and only on durable surfaces (not on a meadow).

Hiking the Canyon Creek Meadows Loop

Originally hiked on August 4, 2018 with Joan and Daniel. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-canyon-creek-meadows-in-the-mount-jefferson-wilderness/feed/ 1
Hiking Bill Williams Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bill-williams-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bill-williams-mountain/#comments Fri, 24 Apr 2020 21:09:32 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=427936 Bill Williams Mountain

Named after a legendary Arizona mountain man, Bill Williams Mountain offers a beautiful hike through pine and aspen trees. Spring and summer are great times to hike this peak, but it’s even more special if you wait for the leaves to start changing. No matter the season, you can enjoy spectacular Northern Arizona views from this classic summit.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 9,259′
Distance: 7.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,250 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Bill Williams Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head west out of town on Rte 66 and hop onto 40 West. Go about 29 miles and get off at exit 161 for Golf Course Dr., last exit for the town of Williams. At the end of the offramp take a left onto Route 66, then take your next possible right onto Frontage Road. Go half a mile then make a left onto S Clover Rd. just after the sign with a ranger station icon. Go just a quarter mile down this road and as it curves left, you’ll see the trailhead parking on the right side. There’s a pit toilet next to the paved parking area, but no running water.

Trailhead parking for Bill Williams Mountain

Hiking to the Bill Williams Mountain

You know you are in the right place if you see a sturdy Kaibab National Forest sign with Bill Williams Trail #21 written across the top. To start this hike walk the plank of pavement south out of the parking lot and into the forest. The blacktop path quickly turns to pine needles and dirt.

Bill Willams Mountain Trailhead

Flat at first, this inviting trail brings you away from the interstate and deep into a beautiful forest of tall pines. Just about a thousand feet in you hit your first intersection. The Clover Spring Trail #46 will be on your left, but you simply continue straight on your path.

Clover Spring Junction

A few hundred feet further the trail passes between two fences, and you’ll know you are on the right path.

Passing Between Two Fences

At this point you will have also noticed diamond shaped green blazes along the trail. From here these blazes continue all the way to the summit. At the half-mile mark you will come to your second intersection – again the Clover Spring Trail (it makes a loop). Again, continue straight following the sign toward Bill Williams Lookout.

If you hike this in the Fall, this is where you can start to really appreciate the leaves changing. The pine trees relent a bit while aspens and other deciduous varieties start to show. It’s also where you come to the first mile mark which is conveniently indicated on a trailside post.

Mile Marker

Another half mile or so up there is a dirt road to cross – again go straight through this intersection.

Cross the road and continue straight

Again at the two mile mark there is a post indicating how far you’ve come. This is also where the beautiful aspen trees become even more abundant.

Aspen Trees on the Bill Williams Trail

Just before the 3 mile mark the trail gets steeper and starts turning switchbacks. A quarter mile further up you will see another intersection, this time with the Bixler Trail #72. Once again continue straight on the Bill Williams Mountain Trail. About a half mile after passing that last trail junction you will come to a dirt road, and the peak’s towers will be in view.

Connecting with the Utility Road to Bill Williams Lookout

Go right on the dirt road, then look for an almost immediate left back onto trail blazed with the green diamonds. This last section of trail will put you back on the dirt road again, which you then follow to the summit!

Dirt road to the summit of Bill Williams Mountain

From the summit you can look southwest off the edge of the Colorado Plateau as it drops down, down, down to the Sonoran Desert. The views are extra special if you make it in time for sunset, which I think is the best time to hike this mountain. If you are comfortable hiking back down in the dark, those green trail markers you followed up are reflective, which makes it even easier to find your way back to the car.

The summit has a few communication antennas, but also a lookout tower. The top section is often locked, but you can still get up most of the way for an even higher vantage point.

Bill Williams Lookout Tower Info Sign Bill Willams Lookout Tower

Once you’ve enjoyed the view to your heart’s content, return back down the same way. Make sure you follow the green trail markers, and check that your following trail signs for Bill Williams Mountain Trail #21.

Another view from the Bill Willams Lookout Tower

Another view from the Bill Williams Trail

Bill Williams Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Bill Williams Mountain AZ.GPX

Bill Williams Mountain Tips & Resources

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

2020 Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

Hiking Bill Williams Mountain in the Kaibab National Forest

Originally hiked October 27, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bill-williams-mountain/feed/ 1
Hiking Volcan Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-volcan-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-volcan-mountain/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2020 20:12:13 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=426527 Hiking Volcan Mountain near Julian

The Volcan Mountains are a relatively small range about 13 miles long and 7.5 miles wide. Located east of San Diego, near the town of Julian, this hike up Volcan Mountain gives you a perfect excuse for a weekend trip rewarded with a slice of Julian apple pie. The out-and-back double-track trail has and entrance designed by a renown sculptor, several marked view points, interesting historical sites, and views that on a clear day stretch from Catalina Island to the Salton Sea.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,353′
Distance: 5.1 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,170 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
This peak is part of the San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and the moderate length and climb makes it a perfect introduction to peak bagging. Joan and I took our 16-month labradoodle on this hike (she’s in training for longer hikes) and it fit perfectly within her capabilities.

Getting to Volcan Mountain

The entrance to the Volcan Mountain Wilderness Preserve is located at 1209 Farmer Road at Wynola Road, Julian, CA 92036 about 40 miles east of Escondido. The park is open year-round from sunrise to sunset, though the preserve closes when there is 1/2 inch of rain or snow until the trails dry out, mainly to avoid ruts being created on a muddy trail. The preserve allows dogs on leash, bikes and equestrians on the main double-track trail, while the optional Five Oaks single track trail is for hikers only. Entrance is free, and parking is also free along the shoulder of Farmer Road.

Hiking Volcan Mountain

From Farmers Road, follow the entrance signs to Volcan Mountain Wilderness Preserve up a short gravel road. Note the hours and any travel restrictions or other rules before you head out on the trail. A short distance up the driveway you’ll come to the gateway designed by world-renown artist and Julian local James Hubbell and built by volunteers. Before proceeding through the gateway, note that there are a couple of port-a-potties off to the right; the only restrooms on this trail.

Entrance to the Volcan Mountain Wilderness Preserve

In front of the gateway, if you look down you may notice a plaque commemorating a time capsule placed there on the winter solstice of 2000, and to be opened on the winter solstice of 2100.

The main double-track trail can be used by hikers, bicyclists and equestrians, though we saw no tracks or signs of bikes or horses. Roughly 1/2 mile in you reach a junction with the Five Oaks Trail. This optional single-track route adds about 0.4 miles to the hike, and is a nice option. You can take it up, down or both ways; it eventually reconnects with the main trail so you’ll end up getting to the summit either way.

Junction with Five Oaks Trail

Hiking trail up Volcan Mountain

The trail is lined with manzanita, oak trees, and conifers, give you some relief from the brilliant sun. Most of this trail is exposed to the sun, so sun protection is essential.

Acorns on Volcan Mountain Manzanita blossoms on Volcan Mountain

The trail climbs to the rounded ridge of the Volcan Mountain Range, then heads south.

On the ridge of the Volcan Mountains

Along the way, take time to check out the remains of the Volcan Mountain Observatory Outpost.

Observatory Outpost on Volcan Mountain

This site was considered as a potential location for the Hale Telescope that was eventually located at the Palomar Observatory on Palomar Mountain. Astronomers used this an other outposts at potential sites between 1928-1932 to evaluate night sky conditions. The chimney and remnants of the foundation are all that remain of this structure today.

As you climb along the ridge, you’ll pass two viewpoints with information signs that help you identify the mountains you see. Looking to the west, you can see downtown San Diego, the Pacific Ocean, and even as far as Catalina Island.

To the east you can see Whale Peak, Mount San Jacinto and the Salton Sea.

Near the top of Volcan Peak, the trail forks. You can take either direction; they loop around the summit and meet.

US Air Mail Signal Tower atop Volcan Mountain

Near the high point, you’ll see the Volcan Mountain Airway Beacon Light Tower. It was built in the 1920s by the Post Office Department as part of a nationwide navigation system used by Air Mail pilots. These beacons were placed 15-25 miles apart, and there were more than 2,000 of them in operation by 1946, helping pilots navigate across the country in darkness (and before modern electronic technology).

The true high point is obscured by a cluster of bushy oaks, but you’re essentially there. There is a survey benchmark on the far side of the loop, embedded in an elevated concrete pipe-like column.

Lucy at the summit of Volcan Mountain Yoda on Volcan Mountain

On your way down, consider taking the optional Five Oaks Trail for a change of scenery, otherwise, head back down to the gateway to complete your hike.

Volcan Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: volcan-mountain-21520-14110pm.gpx

 

 

Volcan Mountain Tips & Resources

Volcan Mountain is part of the annual San Diego Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. For more information, visit sixpackofpeaks.com.

Julian Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92036″]

Originally hiked on February 15, 2020 with Joan and Lucy. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-volcan-mountain/feed/ 0
Hiking Gray Butte from Smith Rock State Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-gray-butte-from-smith-rock-state-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-gray-butte-from-smith-rock-state-park/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2020 20:31:11 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=426042 Mount Hood in the distance

Gray Butte is not particularly rugged nor jagged. The soft-shouldered butte is home to a cluster of antennas and a utility road the climbs there. But this 13.3 mile out-and-back route begins and ends in beautiful Smith Rock State Park, taking you down across the Crooked River before climbing out of the park, across a private land easement, and into the Crooked River National Grassland where Gray Butte stands tall over Central Oregon.

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 5,108′
Distance: 13.3 miles
Time: 5-7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,830 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Fall through Spring
What the summit itself lacks in excitement, it makes up for with the stunning 360-degree views. My buddy Ben and I tackled this during the last days of December, and although it was overcast, we had amazing panoramic views of the Cascade Mountains, from Mount Bachelor to Mount Hood.

This trail is considered strenuous mainly for the net vertical gain and the distance, but the climb itself is moderate, with no overly steep or gnarly sections.

Getting to the Trailhead

We began at the Smith Rock State Park visitor center in Terrebonne, Oregon (get driving directions here). The parking at this popular park fills up early, especially on nice weekends. In late December, we had plenty of parking, although it was full by the time we returned to our car in the afternoon. If you don’t have an annual Oregon State Parks pass, there is a self-serve fee station where you can purchase a day pass to put on your dashboard. At the time of writing, it cost $5 to park for the day, a one-year Oregon Park State Pass was $30 and a two-year pass $50. Annual passes are available for sale in the Visitor Center when it’s open.

Hiking to Gray Butte

Beginning at the Visitor Center, head about 0.2 miles north on the Rim Rock Trail (parallel to the road), then turn left (northwest) on the Valley Trail. This begins as a paved trail and is a magnet for tourists as it’s the main route down to the river. There is a pit toilet just before the bridge should you need it. The views of the canyon from the bridge never fail to amaze.

Crossing the Crooked River in Smith Rock State Park

Once you cross the bridge, turn right and follow the Wolf Tree Trail.

Wolf Tree Trail

This trail winds along beside the Crooked River for about 1.25 miles before connecting with the Burma Road Trail. Now the climbing begins.

A little snow on the trail Starting the climb on the Burma Road Trail Lower Burma Road

The trail exits Smith Rock State Park and follows Burma Road alongside a canal that actually tunnels through the mountain. You climb two switchbacks on this double-track utility road, with the views opening up as you climb higher. From here you get an incredible view of not only Smith Rock State Park, but the Cascade Range to the west.

Smith Rock and the Cascade Mountains

Look closely at this photo and check out the “wave”-like clouds in the distance. I had never seen anything like them before.

At roughly 2.25 miles in you reach the junction with the Summit Trail (which descends to the left and you do not take) and the Gray Butte Trail to the right. The next three miles are relatively flat as the trail winds long the north-face of Eagle’s Nest to the Gray Butte Saddle Junction.

Panoramic view of the Cascades from the Gray Butte Trail Livestock gate

From the junction, you have two options. There is a trail that winds around the north side of Gray Butte, or you can take the double-track utility road up the south side. We opted to turn left on the dirt double-track and follow that to the summit, since there had been some snow recently and the north side was certain to hold more of it.

Looking down the trail as we climb Gray Butte

This winds its way up to the summit where there is a small cluster of antennas. This rounded summit of Gray Butte is 5,108′ high with 1,908′ of prominence, making it a great spot for 360-degree views of much of Central Oregon.

Mount Hood in the distance Jeff and Ben at the summit

The summit is a great place to take a break and refuel. You have hiked half the total distance. The trip back is mostly downhill, with a climb out of the canyon from Smith Rock at the very end. This is also where Ben and agreed this would be a fun mountain bike trek, and in fact, mountain bikes and horses are allowed.

We hiked this in late December and once we headed uphill, only saw two people on the way. On our way back, we began to see more and more people, especially as we got back to Smith Rock State Park.

This trail was a great way to get a good overview of Smith Rock State Park, but kept away from the crowds for 99% of the route.

Gray Butte Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: smith-rock-welcome-center-to-gray-butte.gpx

 

Additional Gray Butte Tips and Resources

Smith Rock State Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97760″]

Originally hiked on December 27, 2019. Special thanks to my friend Ben for joining me! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-gray-butte-from-smith-rock-state-park/feed/ 0
Hiking to Humphreys Peak in the Coconino National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-humphreys-peak-in-the-coconino-national-forest-copy/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-humphreys-peak-in-the-coconino-national-forest-copy/#respond Tue, 02 Jul 2019 00:48:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=409836 Hike up Humphreys Peak

The highest point in all of Arizona, Humphreys Peak towers above the surrounding region. Millions of years ago a massive stratovolcano called San Francisco Mountain stood around 16,000 feet tall, but it eventually collapsed leaving an arc of peaks which rim the Inner Basin. Hike through a beautiful forest of conifers and aspens up along the panoramic ridge that leads to the top of Arizona!

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 12,633′
Distance: 10.5 miles
Time: 6-8 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,406′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Humphreys Peak Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head north out of town on Hwy 180. After mile marker 222, turn right onto N Snow Bowl Rd. following the sign for the Arizona Snowbowl. Continue up the windy road for 6.5 miles. You will come to a sign pointing left that says “LOT 1 Base Area Parking Humphrey Trail”. Turn left into that parking area for the trailhead. There is no water at the trailhead, or along the trail, so make sure you show up with plenty. During summer, there are usually a few porta-potties in the parking lot.

Humphreys Peak Trailhead

Lightning Danger

In the summer season, thunderstorms are your primary concern. Check the weather forecast, start early, pack layers even if it’s hot in town, and keep an eye on the sky for developing storms. It gets windy and cold on the ridge, and sometimes you won’t see storms coming until you get to the saddle. Even if you don’t expect anything but blue skies, plan to be back down off the mountain by early afternoon. On summer afternoons, the summit area has reportedly been struck by over one hundred lightning strikes in a single hour. In July 2016, a 17 year old boy was struck by lightning and died at the summit. If there appears to be any chance of a storm while you are above tree line, turn back and get down as fast and safely as you can, and live to hike another day. The mountain is not going anywhere.

 

Hiking Humphreys Peak

Start your hike from the trailhead at the northeast corner of the parking lot. Cross the open meadow to the forest on the far side, and pass under one of the ski lifts along the way. In winter this meadow is the beginner’s slope.

Crossing the Bunny Slope

On the other side, you’ll find a sign marking the boundary of the Kachina Peaks Wilderness, and the trail heads into the trees.

Entering Kachina Peaks Wilderness

The first half of this route is a series of long switchback, followed by a few short switchbacks, all below tree line. Flanked by birch and pine trees, this lower forest feels like a sanctuary. The trail is mostly clear, but some downed trees remain across the path.

A little beyond the half mile mark is the first switchback turn, and little before the one mile mark is the trail register. Fill out the register with your information, and take a break to drink, eat and adjust if necessary. Where the register pedestal is located is also a trail junction, so make sure you turn left onto the next switchback. If you go straight, instead, you would end up at the ski lodge.

Humphreys Peak Trail Register

The trail continues up through the beautiful forest hitting some rocky and root-covered sections at times, but overall smooth sailing.

The switchbacks remain rather long with a right switchback turn at 1.3 miles, a left switchback turn at mile 1.7 miles, and an easily missed right switchback turn at 2.3 miles. The last one is easily missed because it coincides with an old avalanche path.

When you come to this broad boulder field that runs up and down the mountainside, do not cross it. Turn right onto the next switchback.

At this point you start to get small views opening up in windows between the trees, especially if you step out onto the boulder field. Two more turns between long switchbacks remain – left at 2.8 miles and right at 3 miles. The trail then curves left as views of the ski runs and Agassiz Peak, Arizona’s second tallest, open up.

View of Agassiz Peak

Around three and three quarters of a mile, the series of shorter switchbacks begins. After a couple turns you get to about 11,400’ of elevation, where there’s a sign explaining to not hike off trail or camp above this point. This is because you are entering an alpine zone. Many people are tempted to cut straight up to the saddle here, but you should continue along the switchback you are on. The terrain and ecosystem near and above tree line are very fragile. You should avoid hiking off-trail anywhere, but it can be especially harmful here.

Stay on the trail

At this point the saddle is so close, you can smell that view of the Inner Basin.The saddle sits at about 11,700’ elevation and a little beyond the 4 mile mark. With amazing views down into the backside bowl, here is a great place to take a break. It’s also a good spot to assess incoming adverse weather and decide if it looks safe to proceed.

Panorama from the saddle

Here you are firmly reminded of the fact that you are on the rim of an extinct volcano, looking down into its crater. You can just about see the true peak, but take note of how the ridge undulates up to the summit. When you’re on that ridge, you can be fooled into thinking you are at the top, when you still have a way to go. Also here is a trail junction, make sure you go left up the ridge.

Trail Junction on the Ridge

The species of trees up here is the bristlecone pine, which in some regions grow to be thousands of years old. Continue on the path through these resolute figures, staying on the left side of the ridge. Among the final trees, and above them, there are wooden poles marking the trail at varying intervals. If in doubt, stay left and scan ahead for the next post.

Posts marking the trail

As you climb, make sure to look back and to your left to appreciate the views to the south.

View from the side of Humphreys Peak

You will encounter a few small dips, but the trail is mostly up, up, up the rest of the way. Take small breaks to enjoy the view, try not to be discouraged by the false summits, and pay attention to your breathing.

Several False Summits Nearing the summit of Humphreys Peak

Around five miles and a quarter from the trailhead, you will find yourself standing at the top of Arizona! Views of the Grand Canyon, Oak Creek Canyon, Bill Williams Mountain, Kendrick Peak, and the Inner Basin are all there for your ocular pleasure.

Take it all in, keep watching for developing storm clouds, and return down the way you came.

Humphreys Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Humphreys_Peak_AZ_June2019.gpx

Humphreys Peak Resources

 

2020 Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeArizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-humphreys-peak-in-the-coconino-national-forest-copy/feed/ 0
Hiking to Mount Elden in the Coconino National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-elden-in-the-coconino-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-elden-in-the-coconino-national-forest/#comments Fri, 24 May 2019 17:57:41 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406974 Looking up towards the Elden Lookout Tower

Take a hike up Mount Elden and perch yourself atop Flagstaff. This route starts out on the Fatman’s Loop, then splits off to climb all the way to Elden Lookout standing at over 9,000 ft. From the top you are rewarded with sweeping views of O’Leary and the San Francisco Peaks.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 9,299′
Distance: 5.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,398′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Mount Elden Trailhead

From downtown Flagstaff, head east on Route 66. About 4 miles from the center of town, continue straight onto US 89. Go just another mile and make a left into the parking lot for the Fatman’s Loop and Mt. Elden Lookout Trail. There’s no sign for the turn, but it’s your first left turn after the McDonalds and Safeway.

The trailhead has a good size parking lot, but it can get crowded. There is no running water or toilet at the trailhead, so plan accordingly.

Trailhead for Mount Elden

Hiking Mount Elden with Fatman’s Loop

The trailhead is at the northwest corner of the parking lot. There is an information kiosk with a map of all the trails, some interesting history on the area, and a hiking register where it’s a good idea to sign in. The trail starts with an easy uphill grade, and after just a quarter mile you will get to your first intersection. Stay left, following the arrow for Elden Lookout. This gets you going clockwise on the Fatman’s Loop.

Junction to Mt Elden

In another quarter mile you reach your second intersection, this time with the Pipeline Trail. Go straight through this three-way intersection, continuing to follow the arrow for Elden Lookout.

Bear left toward Elden Lookout

This stretch of trail is where you’re reminded you aren’t quite out of the desert. There are yucca and prickly pear mixed in with the typical pine trees of Flagstaff. The path becomes a little steeper around the 0.5 mile mark, and at the 0.8 mile mark you come to your next intersection. This is the turnoff from the Fatman’s Loop onto the trail that takes you up to the top. Turn left here, and prepare for the real climbing to begin!

The trail to Mt Elden gets steeper here

The next half mile or so of trail makes six relatively long switchbacks, tightens up for a quicker back and forth, then stops messing about altogether and goes straight up the ridge. Fortunately this is also where the views begin to open up, so any huff-puff breaks are made exponentially more pleasant.

The views over Flagstaff are stunning

As you continue to climb the tighter switchbacks return, and around the 1.5 mile mark you encounter the steepest stretch of trail. After a quarter mile or so, the incline eases off a bit and the path traverses right until you gain a ridge around the 2 mile mark and at 8,700’ elevation. Just 600’ more to climb!

You can see the Elden Lookout from here

Continue following the trail as it switchbacks across the ridge, then traverses left to reach the saddle around the 2.3 mile mark. Here is where the trail intersects with the Sunset Trail, and climbs the final ridge to the peak.

Junction with the Sunset Trail

Turn left at the intersection and continue following the trail up the ridge to the Elden Lookout. Through here you can really appreciate how devastating the 1977 Radio Fire was to the area. But between all the old tree carcasses, the beautiful aspens are taking over.

There is quite a bit of antenna and tower action going on at the summit, but the views are still amazing! You have Flagstaff below you to the southwest, O’Leary Peak to the northeast, and the impressive San Francisco Peaks to the north!

Panoramic view on the ridge up to Mount Elden Mount Elden Lookout Looking down on Flagstaff from Mt Elden Golden hour on Mount Elden Mount Elden sunset

Once you’ve collected your spectacular photos in every direction, return down to the Fatman’s Loop intersection. Here you must decide if you’ve had enough for the day, or if you think you can handle a bonus half mile and some fresh scenery. To cut it slightly shorter, go right and follow the path you took up from the parking lot.

To make the hike a little longer, go left and continue following signs for the Fatman’s Loop until you return to where you joined the loop on your way up. Just after the trail for the KOA, you will turn left to get back to the parking lot.

Mount Elden Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Elden_Lookout_w_Fatmans_Loop.gpx

Mount Elden Resources

Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mount-elden-in-the-coconino-national-forest/feed/ 5
Hiking to Kendrick Peak in the Kaibab National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-kendrick-peak-in-the-kaibab-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-kendrick-peak-in-the-kaibab-national-forest/#comments Fri, 12 Apr 2019 23:12:59 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406838 Kendrick Peak Lookout Panorama

One of the tallest mountains in the San Francisco volcanic field, Kendrick Peak offers spectacular views stretching from Humphreys Peak to the Grand Canyon. The trail begins in a quintessential ponderosa pine forest, travels up through a decades old burn area, and passes by a century-old historic cabin. At the very top, enjoy the scenery from the fire lookout built in the 60’s, or have a picnic in the sun on the platform just below.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 10,418′
Distance: 9.4 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,851′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Kendrick Peak Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head north out of town on Hwy 180. Continue on 180 for ten miles beyond the turn for Arizona Snowbowl. After mile marker 232, and just before mile marker 233, turn left onto FS 193 – a dirt road with a cattle guard at the start. Go about 3.2 miles until it ends at a T intersection with FS 171. Go right on FS 171, and continue about 2 miles. Turn right onto FS 190, go up about half a mile and you’ll see the trailhead parking area on the right side.

The lot is dirt and all roads from Hwy 180 are unpaved, but regular passenger cars typically have no trouble accessing this trailhead. The start of the trail is located at the northeast corner of the lot. There are garbage cans and a pit toilet, but no running water.

Kendrick Peak Trailhead

Hiking Kendrick Peak

Take some time looking over the trailhead signage to get your bearings, and learn some history about fires and fire prevention in the Kendrick Mountain Wilderness. Ponder where the Pumpkin name comes from, then pass through the fence to start your hike. The trail begins broad and easy in a forest of ponderosa pines.

Kendrick Peak Trail Starts Gently

The path wraps around the southeast slope of East Newman Hill, then turns north with four quick switchbacks. Here you see increasing evidence of the 2000 Pumpkin Fire.

The 2000 Pumpkin Fire is still evident

Continue through the more severe burn area. Around the 1.5 mile mark the trail approaches the drainage dip one last time before switchbacking left. Without a noticeable increase in steepness, the trail climbs onto the southwest ridge of Kendrick Peak.

Climbing the southwest ridge of Kendrick Peak

Once you are on the ridge, this is a nice place to take a break. It’s about the 2 mile mark, and the area is a broad flat shoulder with good spots to park it. After some noshing and sipping, continue switchbacking up the ridge. Somewhere around the eighth or ninth switchback, the trail takes a conifer respite and gives you some birch tree action.

Birch trees on Kendrick Mountain

The trail gradually moves east until the 3 mile mark where it crosses the south ridge, continues moving up the southeast side of the mountain, and switchbacks up to the expansive flat just east of the peak. A little beyond the 4 mile mark you will find an old cabin. Built in 1912, this cabin was saved from the Pumpkin Fire by fire fighters who wrapped the structure in fire resistant material.

After imagining the cabin wrapped up like a giant baked potato, continue west on the path toward the peak. There’s a sign along the trail after the cabin that says “Kendrick Lookout”, and about a half mile after that you reach the top of Kendrick Peak!

Panoramic view from Kendrick Peak

To the east is Humphreys Peak, and if you look to the north on a clear day you can easily see the Grand Canyon. There’s a fire lookout at the true summit, and a nice platform on the west side of the peak perfect for a summit picnic.

Picnic platform on the west side of Kendrick Peak

When your eyeballs have had their fill of the view, return down the same way you came up.

Kendrick Peak Trail Kendrick Mountain Wilderness

Kendrick Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Kendrick_Peak_Arizona.gpx

Kendrick Peak Resources


Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge runs between April 1 and September 15.  Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-kendrick-peak-in-the-kaibab-national-forest/feed/ 2
Hiking to O’Leary Peak Lookout https://socalhiker.net/hiking-oleary-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-oleary-peak/#comments Mon, 25 Mar 2019 23:14:33 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406771 Views from O'Leary Peak near Flagstaff Arizona

Hiking O’Leary Peak will take you to the edge of a millennia old lava flow, and up high above to look down on the cinder cone that created it. From the lookout tower at the top of this lava dome, you’ll look into the heart of the San Francisco Peaks, marvel at the size of Humphrey’s Peak, and enjoy a birds eye view of Sunset Crater National Monument.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 8,916′
Distance: 10 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,014′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Trailhead

From Flagstaff, head North on Hwy 89. Eleven miles passed the Flagstaff KOA, turn right following the sign for Sunset Crater Volcano Wupatki National Monument. Continue straight on Fire Road 545 for 1.8 miles, then turn Left at the sign for O’Leary Group Campground onto Fire Road 545A.

The road dead-ends at the gated trailhead after about a quarter mile and there are spaces to park on the right. There is no bathroom or water at the trailhead.

O'Leary Peak Trailhead

Hiking O’Leary Peak

To begin the hike, pass by the gate and start walking the wide black cinder path. The first mile is a combination of flat and slight downhill, as you approach and curve left along the edge of the Bonito Lava Flow. This vast flow was created by the Sunset Crater Volcano 1,000 years ago.

As the path begins to bend northward, Darton Dome then O’Leary Peak come into view. These peaks were all created from volcanic activity, but they are different types of structures. Sunset Crater is a cinder cone, while O’Leary Peak is a lava dome.

The Bonito Lava Flow

Feel free to leave the path and explore the lava flow – the Forest Service encourages it. After investigating the inky dollops, return to the trail and continue towards the peak. The incline comes on in fits and starts during the second mile, then holds steady for the duration. Just before the two mile mark you hit the first of six switchbacks. Here the trees start to become sparse, and the view of the lava field starts to open up.

The views begin to open up at about the two mile mark.

The trail approaches a saddle, but doesn’t quite reach it before hitting the second switchback. This is by far the longest of the switchbacks. As you progress along this leg, look back to see Humphrey’s Peak rise above the trees.

Humphrey's Peak rises into view

This long switchback eventually ends at the saddle between O’Leary Peak and Darton Dome, around the 3.5 mile mark. If you look up from here, you can see the tower standing at the top of the ridge. Go left through an open gate, starting the third switchback.

Go through the gate to the left.

This switchback is about as long as the first. The last three are all shorter, which you’ll find start at mile 4.0, mile 4.3, and mile 4.6 At mile 4.8 you will pass by a final gate. The tower is so close, it’s visible from here!

The final gate on the way to O'Leary Peak

Continue up the final steep finish to the tower! There’s a sign next to the tower listing the hours it should be open and staffed, but I was there during open hours and it was apparently unattended. If you do hike it while there’s someone on watch, just holler up to ask for permission to climb aboard. If not, the view from around the base of the tower is certainly good enough.

View from O'Leary Peak

Take in the panoramic view spanning from Sunset Crater to the south and Humphrey’s Peak to the west. Once you’ve finished contemplating the structural differences between cinder cones and lava domes, return back down the way you came.

Heading down from O'Leary Peak

Forested trail from O'Leary Peak

O’Leary Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: O_Leary_Peak_Lookout_Arizona_8_916_w_S.gpx

O’Leary Peak Resources

  • Dogs are allowed, but be aware that the dark gravel trails may get too hot for Fido’s paws.
  • Forest Service’s web pages with info on the O’Leary Peak Trail

Flagstaff Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”86004″]
Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the Flagstaff/Sedona area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge opens April 1st! Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-oleary-peak/feed/ 1
Hiking Wilson Mountain in Sedona https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wilson-mountain-in-sedona/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wilson-mountain-in-sedona/#respond Fri, 08 Mar 2019 19:28:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406649 Hiking Wilson Mountain in Sedona

With one of the greatest overlooks in all Sedona, Wilson Mountain is a must for any Arizona hiker. This northern approach offers a cool shady canyon start and an up-close perspective of beautifully stratified red and beige rocks, before climbing onto the broad grassy mesa. Pack some snacks, plan to stay up top for a while, and fully appreciate the panoramic view.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 7,065′
Distance: 7.2 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,331′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Trailhead

From Sedona, go north on 89A. Continue 3.4 miles past Midgely Bridge. The trailhead is on the left side at the Encinoso Picnic Area. You will see a sign for the picnic area 200 ft. before the parking lot entrance.

From Flagstaff, take I-17 South to exit 337 for 89A South. At the traffic circle, take the first exit following the sign for Sedona, then at the second traffic circle take the third exit onto 89A toward Sedona. Continue 19.4 miles on 89A. The trailhead is on the right side at the Encinoso Picnic Area. You will see a sign come up for the picnic area 100 ft. before the parking lot entrance.

The parking spaces inside the gate are day-use only, since it’s for the picnic area. But, there are a few spots just outside the gate if you are hiking outside normal day-use hours. A Red Rock Pass is required for parking and can be purchased for $5 with credit/debit card from a vending machine in the parking lot. There are bathrooms at the trailhead, but no running water.

Wilson Mountain trailhead parking

Hiking Wilson Mountain

Wilson Mountain has two main routes to the top. The North Wilson Trail is the cooler of the two, so it’s the preferred route in summer. To start the hike go to the north end of the parking lot, near the lot entrance, and you’ll find a path next to a wooden frame displaying a trail map.

Trail 123 North Wilson Trailhead

A few yards beyond the map display, there’s a metal signpost that reads “TRAIL 123 NORTH WILSON”, confirming you are in the right place. The start is a little rocky, but not too steep. Around a tenth of a mile in you pass under a power line, then the views start to improve both ahead and behind.

Pine trees on the North Wilson Trail

As you reach the half mile mark, tree cover increases and you begin to enter a broad area between two ridges. You’ll start to notice evidence that this area burned back in the 2006 Brins fire. About ¾ of a mile in, the canyon becomes narrower, slightly steeper, and the trail starts to curve left toward the south end of the red rock face ahead.

Entering Red Rock Secret Mountain Wilderness

There’s a dip across a narrow streambed, then in another tenth of a mile a larger dip switchbacking left to cross the streambed again. Around the one mile mark, there is a section that can be confusing – the trail makes an abrupt left for a small switchback around some trees and boulders. Don’t be tempted to go straight or right, by the worn sidepath. Less than a quarter mile further you will reach the first of three larger switchbacks, which accelerate your ascent to the next plane. You can track your upward progress using the colorful layers of the  opposing rock wall for reference.

Layers of red rock in Sedona

This section is followed by many tight steeper switchbacks which bring you up onto a large flat area referred to as the “First Bench” of Wilson Mountain. After about a half mile of travel along this “bench”, you’ll come to a three-way intersection. Turn right, following the sign arrow pointing to “WILSON MTN”.

Wilson Mountain Trail Junction

Once you make the right turn, the trail heads uphill aiming just north of the peak. Half a mile from the junction you hit the first turn of a long switchback, then a quarter mile further you finish the switchback turning right and continuing up onto the mesa. A mix of trees returns, both standing and downed, as the trail curves gently left bringing you to the final saddle with another three-way intersection.

Sedona Overlook Junction

At this juncture go left, following the arrow pointing to “SEDONA OVERLOOK”. This is a good time to check that your socks are on tight, because the view ahead may knock them off. The trail rises up and over the highest elevation of the hike, but the real view is a quarter mile further at the plateau’s southern edge.

Be careful once you get to the rim, because it’s a precipitous drop to the bottom.

Wilson Mountain Panorama

From the end of the trail you have spectacular views into Oak Creek Canyon and across Sedona. If you know where to look, you can see Midgely Bridge spanning Wilson Canyon.

Once you’ve filled your camera roll with enough pictures of the panorama, return down the way you came.

Forest on Wilson Mountain

Wilson Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Wilson_Mountain_Sedona_.gpx

Wilson Mountain Resources

Sedona Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”86336″]
Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge opens April 1st! Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-wilson-mountain-in-sedona/feed/ 0
Hiking Bear Mountain in Sedona https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bear-mountain-in-sedona/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bear-mountain-in-sedona/#respond Thu, 28 Feb 2019 18:09:29 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406619 Hiking Bear Mountain in Sedona Arizona

A hike up Bear Mountain is full of rewarding views not just at the top, but all along the climb. You get quintessential panoramas looking across Sedona, up close and personal encounters with red cliff faces, and the most incredible perspectives peering down into Fay Canyon. With this hike, it’s about the journey and the destination.

Trail Details
Summit Elev.: 6,476′
Distance: 4.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,109′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring, Summer, Fall

Getting to the Trailhead

From Sedona, head south on 89A. Turn Right onto Dry Creek Road, at the sign for Sedona Public Library. After 4.5 miles you’ll reach a stop sign. Go Left at the stop, following the sign for Enchantment Resort. Continue 1.2 miles and you’ll see the parking area on the left, and trailhead on the right side of the road. A Red Rock Pass is required for parking and can be purchased for $5 with credit/debit card from a vending machine in the parking lot. There are bathrooms at the trailhead, but no running water.

Parking at the Bear Mountain Trailhead

Hiking Bear Mountain

The trailhead is not on the same side of the road as the parking area, so be sure to cross over before you start hiking.

Cross the road to reach the Bear Mountain Trailhead

The trail begins by passing through a fence on the northwest side of the road, then undulates for a bit before the first steep section. It’s easy to get off course in a few spots, but navigating the red rock is made easier by white painted blazes along the route.

White blazes help guide you across the red rock up Bear Mountain

About a half mile up there’s a steep scramble to reach the first vista with beautiful views.

Beautiful views on the Bear Mountain Trail

The next half mile is a better defined trail, wrapping around the left side of the rock wall you’ve been approaching.

The Bear Mountain Trail gets better definition

Near the one mile mark, there is another steep ascent to get onto the plateau. The climb lasts about a quarter mile, and once at the top you get your first view of the peak and better views of the surrounding area.

Commanding views of Sedona

Once on the plateau, the trail continues uphill through short brush, dipping down three times before reaching the final upward push around mile 2. All the while your perspective gets better and better. There are a few great spots to see the south face of Bear Mountain, but even more impressive is the view down into Fay Canyon. As the ridge your following narrows, the trail skirts just left of the end of the red rock gorge.

Skirting the edge of a red rock gorge

The last quarter mile of the hike takes you away from the precipice, up to the southwest section of the Bear Mountain summit. The end of the trail is marked by a sign which reads “END OF TRAIL”, in case the overwhelming feeling of joy isn’t enough indication.

End of the Bear Mountain Trail

To get back to the trailhead, return down the way you came.

Amazing views of Sedona's red rocks Entering the Red Rock Secret Mountain Wilderness

Bear Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Bear_Mountain_Sedona_AZ.gpx

Bear Mountain Resources

Sedona Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”86336″]
Arizona Summer Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Summer Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Registration for the summer challenge opens April 1st! Be sure to check out the winter challenge, too!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bear-mountain-in-sedona/feed/ 0
Hiking Flatiron via Siphon Draw https://socalhiker.net/hiking-flatiron-via-siphon-draw/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-flatiron-via-siphon-draw/#comments Thu, 01 Nov 2018 13:00:19 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=406130 Flatiron in Lost Dutchman State Park

Located in Lost Dutchman State Park of the Superstition Wilderness, Flatiron is one of the most challenging and spectacular hikes in Arizona. The Siphon Draw Trail brings you passed towering rock formations, up a basin carved smooth by water, and tops out on one of the most iconic rock formations in the Southwest. Keep an eye out for lost treasure as you scramble up this heart-pounding route, but know that the real gold is the view from the top!

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Summit Elevation: 4,861′
Distance: 6.6 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,147 ft
Dogs: Yes, but need to be lifted/lowered in one section
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
Trail hours: 6am to 10pm
From the Phoenix area, get on AZ-202 heading East and take Exit 26 for Brown Road. At the end of the exit ramp keep left at the fork, enter the traffic circle, and take the exit for Brown Rd East. In 4.2 miles, continue straight onto W Lost Dutchman Blvd, then after another 3.4 miles, turn left onto AZ-88 N Apache Trail. Go three miles and turn right, following the signs for Lost Dutchman State Park.

Pay the fee ($7 per vehicle), then continue on to the last parking area for the Siphon Draw Trailhead, about 0.7 miles from where you first turned into the park.

There is water at the trailhead, and there are restrooms at one of the other parking areas you pass on the way in.

Siphon Draw Trailhead

Hiking Flatiron via Siphon Draw

In the southwest corner of the parking area there is a small but clear sign marking the Siphon Draw Trailhead. Begin hiking south along the trail, undulating from one wash to the next. Just a few hundred feet in you’ll see an intersecting trail on the left, but you should continue straight following the sign for the Siphon Draw Trail. A quarter mile from the trailhead turn left, again following the Siphon Draw Trail sign. Look up the canyon ahead and you can see your objective is now in view!

Flatiron comes into view

A little past this left turn, the trail passes near some buildings and crosses straight across a paved access road. Keep hiking uphill on the path, pass through a park boundary fence into Tonto National Forest, and around the 0.8 mile mark you’ll continue past the Prospector’s View Trail. The trail continues making its way to the mouth of the canyon, and about 1.4 miles in the incline increases and it begins to get rocky.

As the trail enters the canyon, it sticks to the left side until you eventually reach The Basin at the 2.0 mile mark.

The Basin

This is where the trail becomes more challenging, both physically and to navigate. Climb out of this bowl feature on the right side, following a narrow chute. Continue up the slippery gravel covered slope until you find yourself in a notch with a spectacular view of the Flatiron. This is a good place to take a break, before you drop into the Siphon Draw. Descend carefully from the notch and start making your way up the very steep and rocky terrain.

Stay left in the draw when given a choice, and resist the temptation to go up the slope on the right. Soon after dropping in, you’ll come to a wall that you should simply climb up and over – it has plenty of good footing. Take your time, and look for the path of least resistance. If you find yourself struggling to find a clear route, take a moment and reassess.

The crux of this climb is a nearly vertical wall that’s about 10 feet tall, just shy of the final saddle. It’s jagged enough for decent foot and handholds, but still tricky figure out how to maneuver the first time. The best option is to go up the right side, utilizing the lower protruding rocks as steps.

Remember, coming down is always more difficult, so think twice before deciding to pass this point.

Scramble Below the Saddle

Once your over the crux, hike up a little further and look for a trail to the right that will take you out onto the plateau. It’s a relatively flat quarter mile to the edge of the Flatiron. From the vertigo-inducing edge the view of the valley is breathtaking!

The Valley from Flatiron

Before dropping back into Siphon Draw, consider exploring the hoodoo rock formations back near the saddle. Once you’re satisfied, return carefully down the way you came.

Sunset from Flatiron

Flatiron via Siphon Draw Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Flatiron via Siphon Draw.gpx

Flatiron Hiking Resources

Flatiron Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85119″]
2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-flatiron-via-siphon-draw/feed/ 1
Hiking Maiden Peak in the Willamette National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-maiden-peak-in-the-willamette-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-maiden-peak-in-the-willamette-national-forest/#respond Fri, 26 Oct 2018 00:39:32 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404450 Mt Bachelor, South Sister and others from Maiden Peak

The Maiden Peak Trail begins in the Willamette National Forest on Gold Lake Road, and climbs gradually and persistently to the 7,805′ high peak on the border with Deschutes National Forest. The trail is well-forested until very near the summit, and well-engineered and maintained. You will cross the Pacific Crest Trail, but the real pay-off is comes from the unusual lack of crowds and the amazing views.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,805′
Distance: 12 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,000 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: July-October
This trail can hold snow well into July, but the grade is suitable for snowshoeing in the winter. Of course, the distance would be longer still, as Gold Lake Road will likely be closed in the winter months, but it is doable with proper gear and snow navigation skills.

Getting to Maiden Peak

The trailhead is roughly 73 miles from Bend, Oregon. Head south on Highway 97 for 47 miles, turning right at Crescent Road. Follow Crescent Cutoff Road for 12 miles, then turn right (west) on Highway 58. After about 11.5 miles, turn right onto NF-500 (aka Gold Lake Road). There is a gate on this road that may be closed in winter months. Follow this gravel road for 1.6 miles to a small trailhead parking area with room for about three cars. The parking area is on the left, and the trailhead is on the right. You can get turn-by-turn driving directions to the trailhead via Google Maps. There are no facilities at the trailhead or anywhere on this trail.

Hiking the Maiden Peak Trail

The trailhead sign informs you that Trail No. 3681 is open to hikers, bikers and horses. We saw mountain bike and boot tracks, but didn’t see any other people, bikes or horses on our entire hike–a pleasant surprise since so many of the trails get quite busy. No permits or passes are required to hike this until the Sno-Park opens.

Maiden Peak Trailhead

For the first two miles, the trail follows the contour of the mountain, climbing very gradually. After you cross Skyline Creek, the climb gets a little more serious.

Sunny new growth on the forested Maiden Peak Trail Crossing Skyline Creek on Maiden Peak Trail

At very nearly the halfway point to the summit (about three miles in) you reach a junction with the Pacific Crest Trail. The signage is minimal, so check your bearings and make sure you are continuing in the right direction.

 

Crossing the Pacific Crest Trail on our way up Maiden Peak

The trail continues through tall forest, only giving way to the lower, sparse white bark pines as you get about half a mile from the summit. Finally the views begin to open up around you.

Panoramic view from atop Maiden Peak View to the south from Maiden Peak Mt Bachelor, South Sister and others from Maiden Peak Rockpile on the summit of Maiden Peak Jeff & Joan at Maiden Peak

 

The summit is rocky and (when we hiked it) very windy. There is a rock pile at the summit (along with some rusted junk from yesteryear) and we were able to sit on the protected side to eat our lunch before turning around and heading back down.

The Maiden Peak Trail is in great condition. It’s a long hike, but the shady trail makes it a comfortable one. And the views were fantastic. I’d like to come back and try snowshoeing this on a bluebird winter day.

Maiden Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: maiden-peak-92418-90152am.gpx

After the hike, we took a five mile detour west on Highway 58 to check out Salt Creek Falls. Well worth it, if you haven’t been there before.

Maiden Peak Tips & Resources

Maiden Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97492″]

For more a more detailed forecast for the summit, check mountain-forecast.com.

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge logoCentral Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

This hike is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

Originally hiked on September 24, 2018 with Joan. We didn’t see a single soul on the entire hike. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-maiden-peak-in-the-willamette-national-forest/feed/ 0
Hiking Granite Mountain in the Alpine Lakes Wilderness https://socalhiker.net/hiking-granite-mountain-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-granite-mountain-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/#respond Tue, 23 Oct 2018 19:01:16 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404457 The backside of Granite Mountain

Granite Mountain is said to offer great views, but at a price. The trail climbs nearly 1,000 vertical feet per mile. It’s steep, with only a few gentler slopes to catch your breath on. Access is straightforward, with the trail beginning off I-90 and less than an hour east of Seattle. Time your trip right (like I did) and you’ll enjoy an all-you-can-eat feast of huckleberries.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,629′
Distance: 8.6 miles
Time: 5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,800 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: After snow melts

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at the Pratt Lake Trailhead. Heading east on I-90 from Seattle, take Exit 47, turning left at the stop sign to cross the highway, then left again at the “T” intersection. The Pratt Lake Trailhead is ahead on the right. You will need a Northwest Forest Pass or an interagency pass (like an annual National Parks pass) to park at the trailhead.

There is a pit toilet at the trailhead, and parking for about 35 cars. Get turn-by-turn directions to the trailhead via Google Maps. There is an information board at the trailhead with the latest on trail conditions and stern warnings about avalanche danger when there is still snow on the trail. A few yards further and you reach a self-issue permit station. Permits are free and there is no quota, but they are required here, even for day hikes (one per party). Take a moment to fill one out before hitting the trail.

Pratt Lake Trail Information This trail crosses an active avalanche chute numerous times on the way up the mountain Self-issue permits

Hiking Granite Mountain

You begin on the gentle, forested Platt Lake Trail, climbing through a shady forest on a soft trail with the occasional root or rock. On this particular Wednesday morning, I was the first to park at the trailhead, and had the mountain to myself. The light morning rain completed the forest bathing experience.

Starting up the trail to Granite Mountain

Roughly one mile in, you reach a sign informing you that you’ve entered the Alpine Lakes Wilderness.

Entering the Alpine Lakes Wilderness

Another quarter mile beyond, you reach the junction to Granite Mountain. The trail to the left continues to Pratt Lake, but take the fork to the right and begin climbing in earnest. The trail quickly becomes steeper and rockier.

Junction to Granite Mountain

At about 4,000 feet you cross the avalanche chute, easily identified by the lack of trees.

Looking down the avalanche chute

From here you get a short respite, as the trail climbs more gradually along the side of the mountain, and the views begin to open up to the south and east. Here you see the first huckleberry bushes.

As the trail climbs over the shoulder of Granite Mountain, the lookout tower may come into view (not the case on this cloudy day). You travel through an alpine meadow on the east side of the mountain before the final, rocky push to the summit. It’s steep, but you’re nearly there, and before you know it, you’ve reached the lookout tower.

Reaching the fire lookout tower on Granite Mountain

It’s been said that the views from Granite Mountain are the real payoff for the steep climb. Not so much the case on this cloudy, drizzly day, but it was still beautiful, and I had the summit to myself. I ran into about a half a dozen other hikers on my way back down the mountain, but nothing close to the crowds that can be found here on sunny weekends, when you might be sharing the summit with a hundred other hikers.

The solitude was wonderful, but the real pay-off on this particular hike? The huckleberries. I had never picked huckleberries before, and the bushes were abundant. Chatting with another hiker-forager on the trail, this year had been particularly good for the huckleberry crop. Picking them required patience, but I took an empty Nalgene bottle and filled it nearly half-way with the delicious berries before continuing back down the trail.

Picked nearly half a liter of huckleberries on my way back down Granite Mountain

I made good time on the way back down, even breaking into a light jog when the trail smoothed out enough to do so safely. Though I didn’t get the amazing views Granite Mountain is renown for, it was still a beautiful hike.

Still misty and foggy

What do the views look like on a clear day? Check out bikejr’s Granite Mountain photo album on Flickr.

Granite Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Granite Mountain Hike.gpx

Note: my GPS tracker had a lot of “noise” interference from the trees, so the mileage shown on the elevation profile is exaggerated. My actual mileage total was 9.2 miles, about half a mile longer than the posted mileage, accounted for by meandering at the summit and picking huckleberries…and totally worth it.

Granite Mountain Tips & Hiking Resources

Granite Mountain Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98045″]

Originally hiked on September 12, 2018.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-granite-mountain-in-the-alpine-lakes-wilderness/feed/ 0
Hiking Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon https://socalhiker.net/hiking-fremont-saddle-via-peralta-canyon/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-fremont-saddle-via-peralta-canyon/#comments Fri, 28 Sep 2018 15:31:23 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404427 Fremont Saddle - Part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

The Superstition Mountains are a beautiful sight, looking in from any of the surrounding areas. But if you want to see what beauty lies within, you need to take a trip up one of its many  canyons.

Peralta Canyon gives access to one of the most breathtaking views in Arizona. At Fremont Saddle, you’ll have a spectacular vantage point of a massive and surprising monolith. Often playing a role in stories of the Lost Dutchman’s Gold Mine, Weavers Needle is a 1,000 foot column of rock that protrudes impressively from the surrounding desert landscape.

Getting to the Trailhead

Trail Details
Max. Elevation: 3,766′
Distance: 4.8 miles
Time: 3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,496 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Fall, Winter, Spring
From the Phoenix area, get on US-60 heading East. From the I-10, go about 38.8 miles on highway 60. Just past the town of Gold Canyon, turn left onto Peralta Road. After about one mile the road turns to well maintained dirt and gravel (no 4×4 or clearance required). Go another 6.5 miles on this unpaved road and you’ll dead-end into the parking lot for the trailhead. Get turn-by-turn directions to the Peralta Trailhead on Google Maps.

The parking lot fits fifty to sixty cars, but does fill up at times. There’s more parking about 0.2 mile back down the road if the closer lot is full. The trailhead has a pit toilet bathroom, but no running water.

Hiking Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon

From the parking lot, head North on the Peralta Canyon Trail #102. Be sure to stay left at the very start – another trail splits off to the right direction from the same trailhead.

Starting out toward Fremont Saddle

Around the quarter mile in the trail crosses right over the center wash of the canyon. This is probably the most confusing point along the entire hike. It’s not very obvious where the trail goes – just continue across and up the uneven rock.

Hiking to Fremont Saddle

The trail is quite obvious from here. It crosses back to the left side of the wash again around the 1.3 mile mark, and then again back to the right side around the 1.8 mile mark. The trail then switchbacks a handful of times before turning West for the final quarter mile to the saddle. You’ll know you’re there when you see Weaver’s Needle standing tall about a mile away.

The view from Fremont Saddle can be spectacular

When you’ve finished taking it all in, return the way you came.

Fremont Saddle Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Fremont Saddle via Peralta Canyon.GPX

Fremont Saddle Resources

Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”85118″]

2020 Arizona Winter Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition

This hike is part of the Arizona Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge – Winter Edition. This self-paced hiking challenge includes six hikes all easily reached from the great Phoenix metropolitan area. They are a great way to explore the area, train for bigger adventures, and you’ll be doing good, with a portion of the net proceeds going to support Big City Mountaineers.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-fremont-saddle-via-peralta-canyon/feed/ 3
Hiking Beacon Hill Loop in Griffith Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-beacon-hill-loop-in-griffith-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-beacon-hill-loop-in-griffith-park/#respond Wed, 05 Sep 2018 21:50:06 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404374 Hike the Beacon Hill Loop Trail in Griffith Park

Looking for a short, after-work hike in Griffith Park with fewer crowds and great city views? This 3.8 mile loop hike with a stop at the easternmost peak in the Santa Monica Mountains might be exactly what you’re looking for. The trail follows broad double-track dirt trails that are perfect for trail running, dog walking and social hikes. The short loop can be hiked in about an hour and a half from either direction. We’ll take you “clockwise” in our guide.

Trail Details
Summit: 1,001′
Distance: 3.8 miles
Time: 1.5-2 hours
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 590 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Year-round
Beacon Hill is so-named because it used to be home to a beacon tower that helped guide aircraft in and out of nearby Grand Central Air Terminal in Glendale. The airport closed in 1959, and the tower itself has long since been removed. But the hill remains a great spot to catch views, and if Griffith Park is convenient, it’s a perfect after-work attitude adjustment.

Getting to the Trailhead

Park at Merry Go Round Lot One. The Lower Beacon Trail begins just beyond and the the left of the gate you pass on the way into the parking lot. Get turn-by-turn directions here on Google Maps. Griffith Park is open from 5am to 10:30pm, and there is no cost for entry or parking.

Hiking the Beacon Hill Loop Trail

Start the clockwise loop on the Lower Beacon Trail. But don’t look for a trail sign; Griffith Park trails are notoriously poorly marked. Bring GaiaGPS and a copy of the Griffith Park Map (PDF) for reference.

Hiking the Lower Beacon Trail Climbing the Lower Beacon Trail

The Lower Beacon Trail will climb and drop a few times as it skirts the eastern boundary of Griffith Park near Interstate 5. Soon, downtown Los Angeles comes into view in the distance.

Lower Beacon Trail (not pictured, I-5 off to the left)

At 1.25 miles, you reach a fork with a trail that heads downhill. Bear to the right, skirting the fence for the nearby driving range.

Stay to the right here.

A short distance further, you reach a three-way junction as the Lower Beacon, Cadman and Coolidge Trails meet. Bear right once more, taking the Coolidge Trail. From here, the trail begins to climb more steeply, eventually reaching the junction known as 5-Points. Turn right once again to head up the short spur trail to the summit of Beacon Hill.

Downtown LA from the Coolidge Trail

The top of the hill was flattened for the long-gone beacon, but you can linger here and watch the city lights begin to twinkle before heading back to the 5-Points junction. The Verdugo Mountains, Burbank, Glendale, and Downtown Los Angeles are all part of this panoramic vista.

At the summit of Beacon Hill

At 5-Points, once again, take the first trail to the right. This is the Fern Canyon Trail, and will take you back to the parking area, closing your loop.

Take the Fern Canyon Trail from 5-Points

Beacon Hill Loop Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: beacon-hill-loop-7815-54251pm.gpx

 

Beacon Hill Tips & Resources

Griffith Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90027″]

Originally hiked on July 15, 2015. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-beacon-hill-loop-in-griffith-park/feed/ 0
Hiking Mount Pilchuck in Washington’s North Cascades https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-pilchuck/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-pilchuck/#comments Mon, 20 Aug 2018 23:20:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404157 Hiking to the Mt Pilchuck Lookout Tower

Mount Pilchuck is a very popular hiking destination in the North Cascades despite the difficult, rocky climb to the top. The historic lookout tower is part of the appeal, but the real attraction are the million-dollar views. On a clear day you can see mountains for miles. Mount Baker, Mount Rainier and the Olympics fill the skies around you.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,327′
Distance: 5.5 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,300 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-July to October
Although a relatively short 5.5 mile out-and-back trail, you’ll climb 2,300 feet in 2.75 miles–a pretty steep ascent! Adding to this, the upper 1.5 miles is extremely rocky.

As a sign near the trailhead warns, “The Mount Pilchuck Trail is a steep mountain trail that is sometimes hard to follow. The weather on the mountain can sometimes be extreme. It is 3 miles each way and gains 2,224 ft in elevation.* Search and Rescue teams are frequently called to this trail to rescue hikers. Please, for your safety and that of those that may search for you, do not hike this trail unless you are prepared and know the route.” 

I had hiked Mailbox Peak the day before we hiked Mt Pilchuck, and met a fairly new hiker at the summit. She mentioned that she had recently hiked Pilchuck. When I asked her how it went, her only response was “the views were amazing.” After we hiked Pilchuck, I understood why.

*Note that our GPS data recorded a little less distance and a little more elevation gain. As they say, “your mileage may vary.”

Getting to the Trailhead

Head east from Granite Falls on the Mountain Loop Highway. About a mile past the Verlot Visitors Center, you will cross a bridge. Take the next right onto Mount Pilchuck Road. This takes you 6.8 miles and dead ends at the trailhead parking. The first 4.7 miles are very rough gravel, requiring slow and patient driving. The last 1.9 miles are paved.

You’ll need a Northwest Forest Pass to park at the trailhead, since it’s a state jurisdiction (a National Forest Discover Pass won’t work). You’ll find pit toilets and signs warning you to conceal valuables. Apparently break-ins are common here. You should bring a paper map for this drive, as once you leave Granite Falls, cell reception is unreliable.

You can get turn-by-turn driving directions here via Google Maps.

Information sign at the Mt Pilchuck trailhead Official Mt Pilchuck trail sign Ominous warnings about the dangers awaiting you on the Mt Pilchuck Trail Sign the Mount Pilchuck Trail Register before starting your hike

Hiking up Mount Pilchuck

Check the information board at the trailhead for the latest notices for the trail, then start up the forested trail.

An innocent beginning to the Mt Pilchuck Trail

A short distance in, you’ll come across the trail register. Please sign-in, as this helps the rangers keep track of folks on the mountain in the case that someone gets lost (as the warning sign indicates happens with regularity).

The first 1.25 miles is a pleasant, shady, well-built trail lined with lush greenery.

The lower section of the Mt Pilchuck Trail is quite nice One of several wood bridges on the lower portion of the Mt Pilchuck Trail Wildflowers blooming on the Mt Pilchuck Trail You will climb a series of well-built steps on Mt Pilchuck

Then you reach this talus field. Look carefully at the photo below and you’ll see two orange poles ahead, roughly trail-width apart. While at first glance they look like goal posts that you should walk through, in fact, the have little arrows instructing you to switchback to the left. The key here is to pause, observe and look for clues that keep you on the actual trail, rather than just barreling ahead.

Watch for the switchback on this talus slope

The orange markers are NOT goal posts to walk through. They tell you to “turn left” and look for the trail.

Once you switchback, the “trail” through these rocks becomes a bit more obvious.

Yeah, you could say the Mt Pilchuck Trail gets rocky

This is also about where the trail becomes much more rocky, and stays that way for much of the remaining trek to the summit. Take your time and pause once in a while as the views begin to open up through the trees.

The views begin to open up through the trees on Pilchuck

Three Fingers rises to the north

Near the top there is an overlook with mountains for miles. This was the closest we came to a snowfield. There was no snow on the trail for us to contend with, though in a different year or earlier in the season, snow is a reality. The trail is usually covered with snow until early to mid-summer.

While snow makes navigation more challenging, in some ways, the climb (with appropriate gear and experience) would be much more pleasant than the uneven, rocky trail.

Jessica at the saddle just before the final scramble to the lookout

The final push to the lookout tower requires some boulder scrambling.

The final scramble to the Mt Pilchuck lookout requires hands and feet.

The views are worth it. There is a ladder that climbs to the shelter. On this particular day, the shutters were open, the skies were clear, and the views were amazing in every direction.

Climbing up the Mt Pilchuck Lookout Tower Big views from the lookout tower Snow on the side of Pilchuck and mountains for miles Looking down the Trail on Mt Pilchuck Panoramic views from Mount Pilchuck Looking outside from the tower Mount Pilchuck, Yoda approved, it is. Three amigos at the Mt Pilchuck lookout tower Mt Pilchuck - Part of the PNW Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

The historic lookout at the summit was originally built in 1921. It has been rebuilt, first in 1942 and more recently in 1989, and is maintained through a partnership with the State Park and volunteers from the Everett Mountaineers.

Inside the lookout there are a few bench seats and displays that document the history of the shelter. It’s the perfect spot for a break.

Note that the Mount Pilchuck lookout tower is maintained entirely by volunteers. You are welcome to enter only if the doors are unlocked. If the shutters are fastened down, do not open them. Forcing your way into the lookout, leaving the doors or shutters open could cause irreparable harm to the structure. 

Heading down, you follow the same route you came up. It’s 2.75 miles with lots of ankle-twisting rocks and roots, so take your time.

Mount Pilchuck Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mount-pilchuck-72518-74001am.gpx

 

Mount Pilchuck Tips and Resources

Granite Falls Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98252″]

Originally hiked on July 25, 2018 with Joan and Jessica of You Did What With Your Weiner? Apparently your name must begin with the letter “J” to hike this. 😉

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-pilchuck/feed/ 3
Hiking Mount Ellinor in the Olympic National Forest https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-ellinor-in-the-olympic-national-forest/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-ellinor-in-the-olympic-national-forest/#comments Fri, 10 Aug 2018 00:14:04 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=404004 Looking northwest from the summit of Mt Ellinor

Mount Ellinor stands nearly 6,000′ above sea level, a prominent sentinel at the south-eastern corner of the Olympic Peninsula. The trail up Mt. Ellinor has a reputation for being steep, but rewarding with terrific views. It’s also considered one of the best places in Washington to spy mountain goats. Ellinor delivered on all points.

Trail Details
Summit: 5,952′
Distance: 6.6 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,286 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: July-October
Ellinor was our third peak in as many days. We were scouting peaks for a Pacific Northwest edition of the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and our Seattle-area friend Moosefish sent us up this mountain.

There are two main trailheads that lead to the summit during summer months: the Lower and Upper trailhead. The Upper Trailhead starts higher at 3,500 feet, shaving 900 feet of vertical climb and three miles off the hike. But it also requires a Northwest Forest Pass for parking. We chose the Lower Trailhead. No special pass is required for parking, it’s a little more of a climb (let’s make it MORE challenging), and it starts out more gently, giving you a chance to warm up your legs before tackling the really steep stuff.

Getting to the Trailhead

Take North Lake Cushman Road west from Hoodsport for 9.2 miles. When you reach the “T” intersection, you’ll see a sign to the right for Mount Ellinor. Here the road becomes a washboard gravel road. In dry conditions, a 2WD sedan will have no issues, you’ll just need to take your time, as it’s 6.2 miles of dusty gravel to the trailhead, including a hard left turn that was unsigned when we drove up (thankfully we had programmed the directions into our iPhone beforehand). Your best bet? Get turn-by-turn driving directions via Google Maps.

There was plenty of parking when we arrived on a July midweek morning, but this is a popular trail, so expect bigger crowds on the weekends.

Parking at the Lower Trailhead for Mt Ellinor The trailhead is on the left (west) side of the road Information sign just a short way up the trailhead

Hiking up Mount Ellinor

The Mount Ellinor Trail starts out with a relatively gentle climb through old growth forest. There is plenty of shade, ferns and even the occasional bench conveniently located when you need to rest.

Just a walk in the woods on Mt Ellinor Shady lower trail up Mt Ellinor One of the many benches on the Mt Ellinor Trail

After about 1.5 miles and roughly 1,000 feet of vertical, you’ll reach a junction with the Upper Trail.

Junction with the upper trail

From here to the top, both trails follow the same route. And it begins to get steeper.

Steps cut into the trail up Ellinor

The trail continues up forested switchbacks, reaching an overlook at about 4,500 feet. If you look closely, you can see Mount Ranier in the hazy distance.

An overlook at about 4,500 feet

From here, there’s only about a mile to the summit, but you’ll gain nearly 1,500 feet. And most of that is above the timberline.

Looking back toward Lake Cushman, you can see hikers ascending what looks like a scramble, but there are actually carefully crafted steps. Sometimes you have to pause to find them, but they are there, thanks to the excellent work of the Mount Rose Trail Crew.

This looks like a scramble, but there ARE steps if you look carefully.

The trail reaches a traverse with carefully built steps. It’s hot and exposed, but there are wildflowers and the notch ahead makes a great spot to rest for the final push to the summit.

The trail to the notch

And looking back down from the notch, at the hikers slogging their way uphill. You are almost to the top from this point.

Hot and exposed up this stretch of the Mt Ellinor trail

From the notch, there are a few more steep switchbacks, then the trail winds around and up to the summit. On a clear day, the views are incredible.

Mount Olympus, as seen from the top of Mount Ellinor

Mount Olympus, as seen from the summit of Mount Ellinor

When I reached the top, I didn’t see any mountain goats right away, but other hikers confirmed that there were several in the area. Sure enough, this goat strolled right past the summit, and struck a pose nearby.

Mountain goat just below the summit Mountain goat striking a pose near Mt Ellinor

Oddly enough, these mountain goats are not indigenous to the area. They were introduced to the Olympic Peninsula for hunting, and there is talk about relocating them to the Cascades. Time will tell.

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2018/08/Mount-Ellinor-360.jpg view=360]

The return hike required slow and steady footwork on the way down. Sections of the trail have loose gravel, and trekking poles would be a real plus. Once you reach the forested section, it’s smooth sailing back to the trailhead. Just be sure to take time to enjoy the views and appreciate the wildflowers.

Looking northwest from the summit of Mt Ellinor

Will Mount Ellinor make the cut for the Pacific Northwest Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge? Most definitely. It’s a popular, but challenge-worthy peak.

Mount Ellinor Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: lower-trailhead-to-mount-ellinor.gpx

Mount Ellinor Resources

Mount Ellinor Area Weather Forecast

Note that the temperature and conditions can change considerably at higher elevations.

[forecast width=”100%” location=”98548″]

Originally hiked on July 26, 2018 with Joan. 

Share this post! Hiking Mt Ellinor.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-ellinor-in-the-olympic-national-forest/feed/ 1
Hike to Stanley Peak in Daley Ranch https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-stanley-peak-in-daley-ranch/ https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-stanley-peak-in-daley-ranch/#comments Thu, 24 May 2018 00:31:36 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=403088 Hike to Stanley Peak at Daley Ranch in Escondido

Everyone needs a peak in their backyard, and 1,975′ Stanley Peak in Escondido’s Daley Ranch makes a great go-to hike that you can finish before lunch. This loop route gives you a fine overview of historic Daley Ranch, with sweeping views over much of north San Diego County.

Trail Details
Summit: 1,975′ 
Distance: 6.4 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 890 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
The trail itself has very little shade, so it’s best to hike this early in the day and avoid those hot summer days altogether. And of course, wear a hat.

Getting to the Trailhead

Daley Ranch can be reached at 3024 La Honda Drive, Escondido, CA 92027. The unpaved parking lot for Daley Ranch gets crowded on the weekends and people end up parking down the hill. It’s best to get there early to avoid the head of mid-day and the worst of the crowds.

Daley Ranch parking Rules at Daley Ranch Daley Ranch trailhead

The park is open from dawn to dusk. Dogs are allowed on leash, though the trails can get hot in the afternoon. The historic Daley Ranch House (which is on this loop) is open the second Sunday of the month from 11am to 2pm. For the latest park info, call 760-839-4680.

Hiking to Stanley Peak

There are 20 miles of trails in Daley Ranch, and a number of routes that you could take to get to the summit. We stitched together this loop with a short out-and-back segment to Stanley Peak, and passing by Mallard Lake and the old Daley Ranch House.

This counter-clockwise loop begins at the entrance to Daley Ranch, and follows the Creek Crossing Trail east for about 0.7 miles. This is a broad, dusty double-track that is shared by mountain bikes, horses and hikers. Creek Crossing ends at the East Ridge Trail. Turn right here (southeast) and hike roughly 300 yards to where it ends at the Sage Trail. Turn left (northeast).

Our hiking crew in Daley Ranch

You’ll stay on the dusty Sage Trail as it winds its way through the rolling, rocky hills. Continue past the junction with the Caballo Trail, Quail Run, Coyote Run and the Old Tank spur.

On the Sage Trail in Daley Ranch

As the Sage Trail climbs, the views begin to open up.

Junction with Quail Run Trail Derek from 100Peaks and Burger Bench Views of Escondido from the Sage Trail Josh from California Through My Lens

Finally, when you reach the spur trail to Stanley Peak, turn right and follow it to the summit — roughly 0.7 miles each way. The trail starts with a fairly flat section.

The Stanley Peak Trail in Daley Ranch

Soon you climb higher, with a great view of the rusted Old Water Tank and the valley below.

Looking down at the Old Tank in Daley Ranch

At the summit, there are boulders to scramble on. If you’re lucky, you might find a scrap of shade to protect you from the sun. And there are the views. Looking east you can see Palomar Mountain, and south the city of Escondido.

View east from Stanley Peak in Daley Ranch View toward Escondido from Stanley Peak in Daley Ranch Alyx from Shoestring Adventures

After soaking in the views, refueling with snacks and water, head back down the spur trail.

A rare patch of shade on the Sage Trail in Daley Ranch

When you rejoin the Sage Trail, bear to the right (west). This will take you past idyllic Mallard Lake.

Idyllic Mallard Lake along the Sage Trail in Daley Ranch

Continue on Sage toward the old Ranch House, joining the Ranch House Trail – a smooth dirt road that sees occasional use from park vehicles. You’ll pass right through many of the historic buildings from the Daley Ranch.

On the Ranch House Road in Daley Ranch

In the ranch complex, there are restrooms, picnic tables and perhaps best of all on a hot, sunny day, ample shade trees.

From the ranch house, it’s under a mile of easy hiking back to the trailhead to finish the loop.

Stanley Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: daley-ranch-to-wild-cucumber-escondido-ca-2.gpx

When in Escondido, eat at Burger BenchLocal Tips

  • Did I mention that there’s a lot of sun exposure on this hike? Bring a hat, sunscreen and plenty of water. Start hiking before the worst heat of the day, and avoid altogether on really hot days.
  • After the hike, head to Burger Bench in quaint downtown Escondido. Awesome burgers and local craft beers on tap, and the owner also happens to be a hiking blogger. Tell Derek that SoCalHiker sent you! 

Related Resources

Daley Ranch Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92027″]

Originally hiked on February 27, 2016. Thanks to Joan, Alyx, Josh, Christopher, Kam, Derek, Traci, Paul, Yoko, Mark, Bev, and Amy for joining me on this hike. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-stanley-peak-in-daley-ranch/feed/ 5
Hiking Mount Bachelor https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bachelor/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bachelor/#respond Tue, 15 May 2018 23:20:09 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402911 Hike Mt Bachelor

Mount Bachelor is best known as the sixth largest ski resort in the United States. When the snow melts, the lower half is turned into a mountain biking park. Less well known is the Mt Bachelor Trail, which let’s you hike from the Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway all the way to the 9,056′ summit. Hiking Mount Bachelor gives you a great view of the surrounding area, and puts the mountain in a whole different perspective.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,056′
Distance: 6.4 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,664 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: When the ski resort closes
The key restriction is that the trail doesn’t open until the ski resort closes, which can vary depending on the weather and snowfall for the season. Even after the ski resort closes, snow fields can remain for weeks or longer, so you need to be comfortable with navigating over or around snow (and the requisite skills and gear for snow travel).

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail starts near the Sunrise Lodge, which is closed in the off season. In fact, the entire parking area is closed off, so you’ll have to park off of Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway, walk around the gate and head for the area where the parking lot ends and the ski area begins.

In the trees along the last parking lot, you’ll find a dirt trail with an easily overlooked sign marking the beginning of the Mount Bachelor Trail (download the maps on GaiaGPS before you head to the trailhead).  This sole hiking trail leads directly to the summit.

Park on the shoulder of the highway, and head toward Sunrise Lodge Look for this small sign marking the Mt Bachelor Trail

Hiking the Mount Bachelor Trail

The first mile and a half the trail travels through forest with occasional views onto what would be ski runs in the winter. It’s a pleasant, easy-to-follow trail.

The lower section is below the timer line

Once in a while you traverse an open area below the ski lifts. Covered in snow earlier in the year, now wildflowers bloom.

Clusters of wildflowers on the Mt Bachelor Trail

As you climb higher, the trees become thinner and the terrain rockier. Stone cairns such as the one below help mark the trail. When it’s dry, the trail is pretty easy to follow, but if patches of snow remain, these cairns help you stay on course.

Along the route, watch for rock cairns that mark the trail

The trees thin out at 1.6 miles as you continue across a dirt maintenance road. It’s not uncommon to find snowfields year round here, and the trail footprint may be obscured. Keep in mind that the trail stays roughly parallel and left (south) of the Summit Express lift. Watch for the rock cairns, and refer to your GPS.

As you near the top, the mountain becomes mostly talus, scree and chunks of basalt, but the path is fairly well defined. It pays to stop occasionally and turn around to soak in the views. You can see Tumalo Mountain (just off to the left in the photo below) across the Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway in the valley below.

The top half of the Mt Bachelor Trail has plenty of scree on either side

As you near the summit, you first reach the top of the Summit Express ski lift. The summit is northwest of the ski lift.

The large summit area has a couple of cauldrons with trails circling them, and no distinct peak.  It’s worth exploring the summit area and checking out the views in each direction before retracing your path back to the trailhead.

Summit Express lift near the top of Mt Bachelor Mt Bachelor panorama Three Sisters Wilderness seen from the summit of Mt Bachelor Sisters and Broken Top in the distance from Mt Bachelor Assorted wildflowers on the summit of Mt Bachelor

The return trip is 3.8 miles back down the mountain using the same trail you climbed up.

Mount Bachelor Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: Mount_Bachelor_Hike.gpx

Mount Bachelor Hiking Resources

  • Check the Mount Bachelor Events Calendar before planning your hike, to confirm that the skiing is over and there aren’t conflicting events (like the annual mountain running event).
  • Carry the ten essentials. Conditions on the summit can vary greatly from those at the trailhead, with bitter cold and high winds.
  • The main lodge further north on Cascade Lakes National Scenic Byway has limited dining facilities open mainly to support the mountain bike park.

Bend Area Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97701″]

Get a more detailed forecast for Mt Bachelor from Mountain Forecast.

Commemorate your achievement with a replica benchmark!

2018 Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Mount Bachelor is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked solo on July 26, 2017. All photos by the author. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bachelor/feed/ 0
Backpacking San Bernardino and San Gorgonio Peaks https://socalhiker.net/backpacking-san-bernardino-san-gorgonio-peaks/ https://socalhiker.net/backpacking-san-bernardino-san-gorgonio-peaks/#comments Wed, 28 Mar 2018 17:17:30 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=402275 Overnight backpack trip up both San Bernardino Peak and San Gorgonio Peak.

One of the best way to enjoy the mountains of Southern California is on an overnight backpacking trip. I have hiked both San Bernardino Peak and San Gorgonio Peak both as day hikes and as overnight trips, but since many of the trailheads closed by the Lake Fire were reopened in 2017, I wanted to explore other options. These two peaks were the last two I needed to finish out my SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, and with only two days on my schedule to hike, I knew it would be a challenge.

Trail Details
Distance: 30.2 miles
Time: 2 days
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 5,770 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June to November
This route is an “open” loop that requires a shuttle. To get an early start, I suggest car camping the night before at Barton Flats. In the morning, drop one car off at the nicely paved South Fork trailhead, then drive your other car to the Forsee/John’s Meadow trailhead a few miles west.

In a nutshell, the plan was to follow the John’s Meadow Trail up to the junction with the main San Bernardino Trail that begins at Angelus Oaks, follow that to the summit of San Bernardino, then continue on the San Bernardino Divide Trail to camp. Early the next day, continue on to the summit of San Gorgonio, then descend via the South Fork Trail.

Getting to the Trailheads

You’ll need to either have a friend drop you off or, more ideally, have two vehicles. In our case, there were three of us, each coming from different places and arriving at different times, so we ended up with three vehicles. We parked the nicer two cars at South Fork, and the rental car at Forsee Creek. Why? South Park has nice, paved parking. Forsee requires about a 1/2 mile drive up a very bumpy, rutted dirt and gravel road. I was able to drive my sedan back there without incident, but if you have a Mini Cooper or a BMW sedan, you might not want to risk it. 😉

Both trailheads are located off Jenks Lake Road, which is a partial loop that connects to Highway 38 on both ends. Driving up the mountain from Redlands, you’ll continue past Angelus Oaks, reaching Jenks Lake Road West on your right. The east end of  this windy, paved road reconnects with Highway 38 miles away.

The closest trailhead is Forsee Creek Trail. There is a sign for the turn-off to the right (south)  from Jenks Lake Road onto Forsee Creek Road. Note that this unpaved road is gated and may be closed during snow season. The dirt section is only about a 1/2 mile, so it could be walked. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

The South Fork trailhead is on Jenks Lake Road East. There is a paved parking lot on the north side of the road, with the trail itself beginning on the south side. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

The distance between the two trailheads is less than three miles, so if you only have one car, you could hike between the two.

South Fork trailhead to Forsee Creek Trailhead

Day 1: Forsee Creek Trailhead to San Bernardino Peak

At the Forsee Creek Trailhead, there’s a sign with a somber reminder that portions of this hike travels through area scarred by the Lake Fire in 2015. Dead trees still standing represent a hazard, as does hillsides with little vegetation to hold them together in a rain storm. Be aware of the weather and your surroundings, and be prepared to change your plans if conditions do not allow safe passage.

A welcome sign with rules for the trail. Read it. Areas ahead burned by the 2015 Lake Fire. This to-the-point sign shows the way up the Forsee Creek Trail.

The trail climbs gradually for the first 0.5 miles, reaching the junction with the Johns Meadow Trail. Turn right (west) here. You’ll follow this trail for the next 5.7 miles with no other junctions.

Turn right at the junction to Johns Meadow.

The trail climbs gently for the first four miles of this hike, following the contours of the mountain while gradually climbing.

Johns Meadow Camp would be a good place for a first night camp if you started in the afternoon. Water source near Johns Meadow Camp

There are several small creeks near Johns Meadow Camp, so this would be a good camp option to do this route as a 2-night trip. Hike the easy 4 miles to Johns Meadow late on day one, and you’re well positioned for an early start on day two.

Creek crossing and view of what we will climb

Once you pass Johns Meadow Camp the trail begins climbing quite steeply. The incline felt even steeper since we were carrying gear for overnight.

The trail from Johns Meadow Camp up to the main San Bernardino Trail is STEEP!

There are many places where the trail would be slippery with loose rock–easier to climb with trekking poles and much easier than going down. We all agreed that even though it was a steep climb, we were glad were weren’t coming back down this route.

At the 6.2 mile mark, you reach the junction with the main trail up San Bernardino, just a few yards from the rusted wheelbarrow that those who have hiked that route are no doubt familiar with.

From here, we followed a trail we had hiked before up to Limber Pines Spring, where we refilled all our water bottles and bladders. The water would need to last us up to San Bernardino, for cooking dinner and breakfast, getting us up to San Gorgonio in the morning and down to the next water at South Fork.

Junction with the main San Bernardino Trail Refill your water bottles at Limber Pine Springs. Be sure to filter and/or treat the water.
Note
There are a couple of springs downhill from the San Bernardino Divide Trail, but we didn’t relish the thought of going down to climb back up if we didn’t have to, and we had enough water storage to get us through.

As we neared the summit of our first peak, we took the short detour to checkout Washington Monument. We’ve been there before, but this historic point was used by surveyors in laying out many of the streets of Southern California back in the 1800s. To this day, it’s covered with benchmarks datum points, and an assortment of odd pins added by hikers.

Take time to visit Washington Monument.

After roughly 11 miles of hiking, we reached San Bernardino Peak. This was the perfect spot for a lunch break and socializing with other hikers, many of whom were hiking the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge.

Chilling at the summit of San Bernardino Peak

From here, we followed the San Bernardino Divide Trail as it makes it’s way east along the ridge. The trail dips and climbs, but stays above 10,000 feet. There are several trail junctions along the way, all well signed.

The landscape is fairly desolate, but we still saw patches of wildflowers even late in September.

First junction on the San Bernardino Divide Trail The San Bernardino Divide Trail has some up and down, but is generally pretty gentle. Most of the San Bernardino Divide Trail is pretty desolate and rocky, but wildflowers to spring up, even in September. The burn scarred area from the 2015 Lake Fire are eerie. Easy-to-miss sign for the Red Rock Flat Camp, our home for the night.

We considered hiking all the way to the San Gorgonio Summit Camp (our original plan), and we could have, but the spring in our step was gone and that goal didn’t sound so appealing any longer. We opted to camp at Red Rock Flat Camp, an ugly area at the edge of the fire-scarred forest, but with a beautiful view of the sunset to the west.

Sunset from Red Rock Camp on the San Bernardino Divide Trail

Day 1: Forsee Creek Trailhead to San Bernardino Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: san-bernardino-peak-91617-75426am.gpx

Day 2: San Bernardino Divide to San Gorgonio and Down South Fork

On the second day, we hit the trail just as the first rays of sunlight hit our campsite. From Red Rock Flat Camp, the San Bernardino Divide Trail descends to Dollar Lake Saddle at 10,000 feet.

I love these old iron trail signs. It reminds me of the ones I've often seen in Yosemite National Park.

Several trails converge at this saddle, so be sure to follow the sign for San Gorgonio Mountain. The trail climbs the west-facing slope of the ridge with spectacular views.

The trail from Dollar Lake Saddle to San Gorgonio has a gentle grade and great views.

Rounding the corner, Mount San Jacinto comes into view across the valley to the south. I was standing at the top of that just two days earlier.

Our first, early morning view of Mount San Jacinto

Soon we reached the trail coming up from High Creek. This is one of the more popular routes, heading up Vivian Creek to High Creek, then up to the ridge and across to the summit. It was still early, so we didn’t run into any day hikers, but we did see several who had camped at High Creek Camp and were making their way to the summit.

Greeting fellow hikers who came up from High Creek Camp

It’s a great feeling to reach the ridgeline to the summit, and this route made it feel really easy. The skies were cloudless and we enjoyed a rare, windless day atop San Gorgonio Mountain.

San Gorgonio on a rare, windless day!

On the way back down, we took the Sky High Trail towards Mine Shaft Saddle. This wraps around the east side of San Gorgonio and is used for both the Fish Creek Trailhead (still closed at the time of this writing) and to our destination – the South Fork Trailhead.

Junction with Fish Creek Trail (still closed at the time of writing) The trail skirts Dry Lake

The trail skirts the aptly named Dry Lake, then begins a steep descent toward South Fork.

This area had the most burn damage for the 2015 Lake Fire. While there were still some trees that survived, the area won’t look the same in my lifetime.

The South Fork crossing is a good place to refill your water bottles on your way down

Thankfully, there was still plenty of water running at South Fork, even in late September. We filtered water and refilled our bottles and continued the descent.

We descended over 4,400 feet on day two, logging 15.5 miles.

Trees burned in the 2015 Lake Fire pose a potential falling hazard The new sign at the boundary of the San Gorgonio Wilderness on the South Fork Trail Back at the South Fork Trailhead

Day 2: San Bernardino Divide to San Gorgonio Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: san-gorgonio-91717-72503am.gpx

Tips & Tricks for Overnight Trips in the San Gorgonio Wilderness

  • Wilderness permits are required for both day hikes and overnight trips in the San Gorgonio Wilderness. At the time of writing, there are no quotas for day hike permits, and you can even fill out your own at the Mill Creek Ranger Station. For all overnight trips, there are quotas based on the camp site(s) and days you choose. For details, visit the San Gorgonio Wilderness Association.
  • Water can be tricky. the camps at higher elevations typically do not have a nearby water source, so plan to either carry enough to get you through the night and next day until you reach South Fork, or taking a detour downhill to a spring (adding one or more miles and additional vertical gain).
  • Cell coverage is unreliable on this route. There may be places where you can pick up a weak signal, but don’t rely on this.
  • Carry the Ten Essentials, and practice the Seven Leave No Trace Principles.
  • The San Bernardino Divide Trail is also the route for the Nine Peak Challenge. Instead of taking the trail alongside the various peaks, you scramble up to the top of nine peaks.

Alternate Routes

You can hike in and exit from any number of trailheads. The most popular alternate route would be the San Bernardino Peak Trailhead in Angelus Oaks, exiting either via South Fork or the Vivian Creek Trailhead.

You can also stretch this out into a 3- or 4-day trip to cut down the daily mileage and enjoy the journey a bit longer.

For example, camp at Johns Meadow, then Limber Pine, then San Gorgonio Summit for a four day trip that includes summit sunset and sunrise atop Old Greyback.

Be prepared for extreme fluctuations in weather. Mountain weather can be very different than what you experience in the valley. Check Mountain Forecast for a summit forecast on San Gorgonio.

Originally hiked on September 16 & 17, 2017 with Jason Fitzpatrick and Ric Serena of The Muir Project.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/backpacking-san-bernardino-san-gorgonio-peaks/feed/ 10
Hiking Bighorn and Ontario Peaks https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bighorn-and-ontario-peaks/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bighorn-and-ontario-peaks/#comments Thu, 15 Feb 2018 01:01:11 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=401720 Hiking Icehouse Canyon to Ontario Peak

At 8,696 feet, Ontario Peak is one of several peaks in the San Gabriel Mountains, and lies within the Cucamonga Wilderness. It is one of the many peaks near Mt. Baldy which are accessible from the Icehouse Saddle. It is named after the nearby city of Ontario. On a clear day, Ontario Peak offers sweeping views of the spectacular San Gabriel Mountains, the Inland Empire, Los Angeles, Orange County and Pacific Ocean.

Trail Details
Summit: 8,696′
Distance: 12.4 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,738′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June – October

Getting to Trailhead

Start at the popular Icehouse Canyon Trailhead. There’s plenty of parking, but it fills up fast. Make sure to head out early before the crowds. We started our hike at 6:30 am. An Adventure Pass is required.

To the left of the trailhead, next to the sign, is a box for self-serve permits (bring a pen with you). Fill one out and leave white copy in the box, take yellow copy with you.

Completing the self-serve permit at the Icehouse Canyon trailhead

Hiking the Trail to Ontario Peak

Hiking up the Icehouse Canyon is a beautiful hike on its own. It is a well-traveled trail, with a creek that meanders alongside it. Surrounded by sugar pine forest, which shades the trail during the Summer months, massive boulders, canyon walls, and mountain peaks line up the trails. And if you’re lucky enough, you may see some of the resident big horn sheep.

Continue hiking up to 3.5 miles to the Icehouse Saddle, gaining 2,700 feet. Once there, it is a good spot for a quick break before you head up to the peak. At the saddle, you will find several trails with signs that lead to Cucamonga Peak, 3 Ts, Middle Fork, and Ontario Peak, which is to the right of the saddle.

CeCe at the saddle

From here, it’s a gentle climb for 1.0 mile to Kelly Camp, gaining only 260 feet.

Kelly Camp is a great spot to camp if you’re doing an overnight. This can be crowded though, especially on weekends. It is a historical place with remnants of foundations of a former trail resort. This was once owned by John Kelly, who built it in 1905 as a mining prospect, then turned into a trail resort in 1922 by Henry Delker. There is a spring nearby, but it is unreliable.

Arriving at Kelly Camp The ruins of Kelly Camp

The trail continues on beyond the Kelly Camp ruins, then climbs up to a fire-scarred Ontario ridge. At this point, you will have the dramatic view of Timber Mountain, Telegraph Peak and Mt. Baldy.

Views of Telegraph Peak and Mt San Antonio

If squint your eyes, you may even see the tiny blue-green speck of the Ski Hut just below Baldy Notch. As you continue your ascent, you will come upon a fork on the trail with a pile of rocks and a wooden sign that points to Bighorn Peak to the left and Ontario Peak to the right.

This is also a great spot for picture, with a panoramic view of the Inland Empire and beyond Orange County, with the Saddleback Mountain protruding from the distance. You will also have dramatic view of Bighorn Peak to the left and Cucamonga Peak on the right.

Bighorn and Cucamonga Peaks

Continue following the trail as it contours around the two false summits, then zig-zagging up a series of switchbacks.

Switchbacks up to the Ontario Ridge

Eventually, you will arrive on a ridge again to continue your rather steep approach to the summit, but it levels out at 150 yards before Ontario Peak.

Ontario Peak to the west

At the summit, you’ll find a large dead tree, which has become the landmark for Ontario Peak, and a tall heap of boulders. On a clear day, you’ll sweeping views of Inland Empire, Los Angeles and the Pacific Ocean.

CeCe and Hike Beyond the Hills at Ontario Peak Six-Pack of Peaks Ambassador CeCe on Ontario Peak

On the way back, we took the spur trail to the summit of Bighorn Peak. This added about two miles to the trip, but gave us one more peak to add to our resume. If you decide to include the spur to Bighorn, the total mileage jumps to over 14 miles total. The elevation profile and map below show this additional mileage.

Ontario and Bighorn Peaks Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

 

Tips & Tricks for Hiking Ontario Peak

  • Go early to get first dibs on parking. An Adventure Pass is required for parking.
  • There is a restroom at the parking lot area.
  • Mind your steps. Though Icehouse Canyon Trail is picturesque, the first 2 miles of the trail surface has uneven footing and a lot of loose rocks which can make it slippery.
  • Bring sun protection. Once above the tree line, you are fully exposed to the sun.
  • Carry at least 3 liters of hydration. There are springs along the trail, it will need to be filtered and Kelly Camp spring is unreliable.
  • If you’re camping overnight at Kelly Camp, you will share it many others, especially on weekends.

Ontario Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91759″]

 

Six-Pack of Peaks Ambassador CeCe atop Ontario Peak

Originally hiked on January 6, 2018 with Hike Beyond the Hills.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-bighorn-and-ontario-peaks/feed/ 4
Hiking to Mission Peak in the East Bay https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mission-peak-in-the-east-bay/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mission-peak-in-the-east-bay/#comments Tue, 14 Nov 2017 15:54:50 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=399591 Hiking to Mission Peak

At 2,517 feet, Mission Peak towers over the southern arm of the San Franciso Bay. It offers a 360-degree panorama that extends from San Jose to Mount Tamalpais. On a clear day, you can even see the Sierra Nevada range to the east.

Trail Details
Summit: 2,517′
Distance: 6.2 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain/loss: +1,992’/-1,992′
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
In History of Washington Township, published in 1904, Mission Peak was described as under-rated and under-appreciated:

“Perhaps the denizens of this valley are so accustomed to the sight of Mission Peak that they fail to appreciate the dignity and individuality which it gives to the landscape. Whether the outlines, snow-capped may be, are sharp and distinct on a clear, frosty morning in winter, or overspread with the purple afterglow of a summer sunset; whether rising grim and rugged agains black storm clouds, or emerging into the sunlight from unwinding fog wreaths, the mountain has a majesty of its own.”

Clearly the denizens have long since discovered Mission Peak, as anyone who has been to the Stanford Avenue trailhead can attest. Today, Mission Peak is a popular hiking destination appreciated by hundreds (thousands?) each day.

This guide describes the out-and-back route that climbs 3.1 miles to the summit and descends 3.1 miles back to the trailhead at the end of Stanford Avenue in Fremont.

Getting to the Trailhead

There is a small parking lot with 40 stalls at 680 Stanford Avenue, Fremont, California. The lot is at the very eastern terminus of Stanford Avenue, so you can’t miss it. You’ll pass by the remaining building from the long-gone Leland Stanford Winery on your left. Overflow parking is available on Vineyard Avenue (about 150 spots). Read the street signs and parking rules carefully to avoid a ticket, and keep the noise down; you’re in a residential neighborhood. Get turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps.

Mission Peak Regional Preserve Park hours posted conflict with info on map Trailhead for Hidden Valley Trail

Note that the posted trailhead hours (6:30 am to 9:00 pm) agrees with the hours posted on the ebparks.org website, but conflicted with the schedule on the East Bay Regional Parks District map for Mission Peak. What is clear is that they mean business. There were several signs warning that “Hikers in the park and vehicles in the staging area when the park is closed will be cited. Citations cost a minimum of $300.” If in doubt, choose the most conservative times, and note that the closing hour changes depending on the time of year.

Hiking the Trail to Mission Peak

The hike begins through a swinging gate on the Hidden Valley Trail. You are hiking through an area where cows graze. Be sure to give them plenty of room. Don’t attempt to touch or agitate them.

Early morning light on our way to Mission Peak Keep your distance from grazing cows Don't agitate the cows Beautiful early morning light Cattle guard Hike Mission Peak when the sun is low and the temperature is cooler

The trail itself is a broad, gravel and dirt fire road. There are six benches along the route to the peak, giving you a chance to rest and enjoy the view along the way.

Looking out over the south end of the San Francisco Bay

Keep an eye out for wildlife as you go. We spied a rafter of wild turkeys on our way up.

Wild turkeys on the Hidden Valley Trail

The Hidden Valley Trail is a small part of the Ohlone Wilderness Regional Trail – a 28-mile route that is popular for backpackers.

Trail marker for the Ohlone Wilderness Trail

At about 2.6 miles, you’ll reach a junction with the trail that heads to Ohlone College. Easily within view and  short detour is a pit toilet and a bit beyond that, the hang glider launch area. It’s a worthwhile detour on your way back down if the winds are favorable for hang gliding.

Bear right around the ridge to the final approach to Mission Peak–a steep gravel incline.

Final push to Mission Peak

The broad fire road finally ends about 0.25 miles from the summit. From here, there is a short, rocky section that requires careful foot placement and a single track trail to the summit.

One short section of rough trail near Mission Peak

The views from the summit? Amazing. You can see for miles in every direction.

Looking back at the approach to Mission Peak Panorama to the east from Mission Peak

There is a monument with siting tubes on the summit that is a popular place to pose for a summit selfie. The siting tubes are pointed at other landmarks you can see from Mission Peak.

Look through the siting tubes for other Bay Area landmarks

Few people know that buried within the siting tube are a bottle of Zinfandel wine and five time capsules intended to be opened 100 years after they were placed.

[vr url=”https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/11/Mission-Peak-360.jpg” view=360]

See how many landmarks you can identify. Wait in line for your selfie at the monument. When you’ve had your fill of epic views, retrace your steps, heading back down the same route you ascended.

Stanford Avenue Staging Area to Mission Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: mission-peak.gpx

Mission Peak Tips

  • Top tip: Don’t hike this route! Instead, park at Ohlone College at 43600 Mission Blvd. There is a nominal day-use parking fee (currently $4) but there is ample parking, more shade and fewer crowds. The is a little longer, being just shy of 8 miles round-trip. Plus, this route remains open until 10pm year-round, making it perfect for a sunset hike. Here’s the better route on GaiaGPS.
  • Go early and if possible, avoid weekends and holidays. It’s much easier to enjoy this trail when the crowds are lighter.
  • Carry at least a liter of water, more if it’s hot. Better yet, save this hike for a day when it’s not hot. This route is almost entirely exposed. Don’t forget water for your dog, too.
  • Bring sunscreen and sun protection (i.e. a wide-brimmed hat). Even if it’s hazy or overcast, the UV rays can burn you.
  • Wear shoes with good traction.  The trail is steep and the gravel can make it slippery in sections. I wore trail runners; my wife wore hiking boots, and we were grateful for the traction.

More Mission Peak Resources

Mission Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”94539″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-mission-peak-in-the-east-bay/feed/ 1
Hiking Black Crater https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-crater/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-crater/#comments Wed, 25 Oct 2017 16:59:57 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=398272 Hike Black Crater in the Three Sisters Wilderness

Black Crater is a “broken” cinder cone with a glacier-carved valley and quite possible the best views of the Three Sisters.  The 7,251′ summit was once home to a fire lookout, and when you hike to the summit, you’ll understand why. You can see for miles up and down the Cascade Range.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,251′
Distance: 7.3 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderate/Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,260 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-July to late October
Download GPX
This trail is forested for most of the first three miles, then sparsely for the final approach. The out-and-back route gives lots to see – from wildflowers and butterflies to lava flows – and in mid-July still had patches of snow on the trail.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead for Black Crater is about 12 miles west of Sisters on the McKenzie Highway 242 (three miles east of the pass). The trailhead parking is well-marked, and there is only one trail heading from the lot.

You can get driving directions to the Black Crater Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of Black Crater

The trail begins at the southwest corner of the gravel parking lot. Take a moment to review the trailhead information board for the latest on rules for this area.

The first half of this route is well-forested, with hemlock, fir and pine. You will see signs of the origin of Black Crater as you pass volcanic debris. To the north, watch for glimpses through the trees of Mts. Washington and Jefferson.

Starting up Black Crater The Black Crater Trail Volcanic rubble The Cascades peeking above the trees

At 2.3 miles you crest a small ridge and enter the glacier-carved valley for about another 0.5 miles. You’ll see open meadows and plentiful lupine.

One of several lupine fields on Black Crater

At 2.8 miles, the trail begins climbing reaching the eastern flank and switchbacking through sparse forest. We encountered several patches of snow in mid-July, but nothing that required technical gear. Depending on snow conditions and the time of year, this may require traction or even snowshoes.

One of two patches of snow on Black Crater in mid-July

Wildflowers and butterflies line the eastern flank of Black Butte in July. It was quite beautiful.

The views north and east are stunning, and on a clear day, you can see across much of Central Oregon.

On the eastern flank of Black Crater

The final push to the top is a gentle, winding trail across a barren cinder plateau. On one side, the twisted limbs of scraggly whitebark pines provide a wind break; on the other, the crater cliffs fall away steeply.

Black cinders on the final approach to the summit of Black Crater

The very top requires minor scrambling to reach.

One odd note: the very highest point buzzing with a thick swarm of big flies. A fellow hiker said these are always here, and neither of us could figure out why. If you know the answer, let us know in the comments below!

The summit provides great views of the Three Sisters, Mounts Washington, Jefferson and (if it’s really clear) even Mt. Hood. There used to be a fire lookout on the flat area near the summit, but only a few foundation remnants remain.

Panorama from the summit of Black Crater

Great view of the Three Sisters The rim of the glacier-carved valley on Black Crater Sisters in the background from Black Crater

[vr url=”https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/10/UUXO1929.jpg” view=360]

To finish the hike, retrace your steps back down the same trail.

Black Crater Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: black-crater-72417-71936am.gpx

Black Crater Tips & Resources

  • A $5 Northwest Forest Pass or National Parks annual pass is required for trailhead parking.
  • Bring water (I’d recommend a minimum of one liter), sun protection, and the other ten essentials. There are no creeks or springs along this trail.

Sisters Weather Forecast

Sisters is the nearest town and provides a rule of thumb for the weather. Note that the summit of Black Crater is over 4,000′ higher than Sisters, so the weather can be 40 degrees colder.

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97730″]

Originally hiked with Joan on July 15, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-crater/feed/ 8
Hiking South Sister https://socalhiker.net/hiking-south-sister/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-south-sister/#comments Sat, 30 Sep 2017 23:20:06 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=396852 Hike to the summit of South Sister

South Sister is the third tallest mountain in Oregon. At 10,363′ it’s the highest of the Three Sisters, and also the youngest, geologically-speaking. The cauldron holds the highest lake in Oregon–when it’s not frozen and buried in snow. It’s home to eight glaciers, including Prouty Glacier, the largest in Oregon. And it’s a great non-technical ascent that caps the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge.

Trail Details
Summit: 10,363′
Distance: 12 miles
Time: 6-9 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,820 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Late July to early October
Download GPX
This hike is a strenuous, all-day affair. The top section includes a scramble up a rough-shod slope of scree. Large sections of snow are not uncommon even in late July, so trekking poles and traction may be advisable.

Getting to the Trailhead

The South Sister Climber’s Trail begins at Devil’s Lake. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass is required, but if you have a National Parks annual pass and a hang tag, that will suffice. The parking lot fills up early, and overflow parking is available along the roadside. The trailhead is about 30 miles west of Bend on Cascade Lakes Highway. You’ll pass the Mount Bachelor Ski Resort, then Sparks Lake, finally turning left into the Devil’s Lake Campground turnoff.

You can get driving directions to the South Sister Climber’s Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of South Sister

South Sisters Climber's Trailhead Wilderness permits required for South Sisters Early morning light on the trail up South Sisters

Follow the trail, exercising caution when crossing back over Cascade Lakes Highway. When you reach the information board, you’ll need to stop to fill out a free, self-issue wilderness permit. The original goes in the box; keep the copy with you on your hike.

The trail begins gently, but steepens as it switchbacks up the canyon to the plateau.

Forested canyon on South Sisters Climber's Trail Snow in the valley climbing to the plateau Up the switchbacks on the approach to the plateau

Just over two miles up the trail, you reach a junction with the Moraine Lake Trail and the beginning of a long, rolling section of easy hiking across a plateau. This is where Dan and I looked ahead at South Sister looming in the the distance and thought “we’re going up there?” Indeed, we were.

On the plateau headed toward South Sister

The Climber’s Trail skirts the edge of the plateau, providing a great view of Moraine Lake from above. There are campsites down there, and it would make an excellent place to camp on an overnight trip up South Sister.

The Climber's Trail passes near Moraine Lake

At about 3.5 miles, the plateau gives way to the mountain once again, and climbing begins in earnest. In mid-July, we hit numerous patches of snow, but being a popular route, all had good tread. We were able to traverse them safely without traction or gear other than our trekking poles.

Snow, rock and scree up South Sister

At 5.7 miles, the trail reaches the western edge of the largest glacier in Oregon, the Prouty Glacier. Over 1 square kilometer in area, it was an impressive sight.

The trail skirts the west edge of Prouty Glacier

At this point, there is less than a mile to the crater rim, yet the going is slow. The “trail” spiders into a series of multiple routes, scurrying up steep volcanic scree that takes half a step back for each step forward. The trail is fully exposed. We were thankful to be hiking in the cool air of the early morning, but we could tell that it was heating up. The sun was intense.

Finally at about six miles, we reached the crater rim. The summit itself is on the far north side of the crater, but it’s an easy hike with a short section of boulder scrambling.

The summit of South Sister is on the far side of the crater

Some chose to forge straight across the snow-filled cauldron, but the snow conditions were questionable and we made better time on solid ground.

Hikers crossing a snow-filled South Sister cauldron

Numerous groups of hikers were resting near the summit. The high point is atop a cluster of boulders.

South Sister benchmark at summit Daniel at the top of South Sister Hikers lounging at the summit of South Sister

The views on this crystal-clear day were incredible, with a stunning vista of Middle and North Sister and well beyond.

Middle and North Sister from the summit of South Sister

Heading back along the crater rim, the views of Broken Top and Mount Bachelor were amazing, too.

Views of Broken Top and Mount Bachelor from South Sister's crater rim

Making our way back was much easier. At times, multiple footpaths through snowfields required us to check our bearings to choose the most efficient and direct route to the actual trail, but it was pretty straightforward.

Sparks Lake and Mount Bachelor in the distance Snow still on the South Sister trail in mid-July Descending a snow field on our way down South Sister

South Sister Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: south-sister-71517-63914am.gpx

South Sister Tips & Resources

  • A free wilderness permit is required and can be self-issued at the information board about 100 yards into the trail. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass or National Parks annual pass is required for trailhead parking.
  • Bring plenty of water (I’d recommend a minimum of three liters), sun protection, and the other ten essentials. There may be water available along the trail depending on snow melt, but be prepared to treat.
  • Carry food to keep your body fueled. This is a grueling trek, both in mileage and vertical climb.

South Sister Weather Forecast

Here’s the forecast for the summit of South Sister.

The Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeSouth Sister is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Daniel on July 15, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-south-sister/feed/ 7
Hiking Paulina Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-paulina-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-paulina-peak/#respond Sat, 30 Sep 2017 02:01:43 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392749 Paulina Peak Hike

Paulina Peak is the highest point on Newberry Crater, one of the largest shield volcanos in North America. The 7,985 feet tall summit sits on the edge of a 21 mile-long crater rim. The geology of the area is fascinating. Well east of the Cascades, Paulina Peak offers views that extend from Mount Shasta to Mount Adams. You’ll see not one but two “crater lakes”, an obsidian lava flow and the steep, craggy crater walls. If you’re so inclined, you can soak in a natural hot spring or visit an 80-foot waterfall afterwards.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,985′
Distance: 4.3 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,393 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
This trail is limited to hiking or trail running. Dogs are allowed on leash, but no mountain bikes. The trail itself sees moderate traffic. There is a road that is open seasonally to the summit, so while the views from the top are awesome, it’s not the pure alpine experience you might find on some peaks.

Getting to the Trailhead

The Paulina Peak Trailhead is 23 miles south of Bend, Oregon on Highway 97, then 13 miles east on Paulina Lake Road. Turn south (right) on Forest Road 2100 500 and you’ll find the trailhead parking about 3/4 mile on the right. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass is required for entry to Newberry National Volcanic Monument, though they also take the National Park annual pass.

You can get driving directions to the Paulina Peak Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of Paulina Peak

The trail is well-engineered, beginning with a gentle, persistent climb through shady forest. The trail to Paulina Peak is part of the longer Crater Rim Trail that’s popular with mountain bikers, though this segment is off-limits to bikes.

Paulina Peak trailhead Shady forest lines the first half of the Paulina Peak trail

The trail actually follows the crater rim pretty closely as you’ll see on the topo map below, but the first half mile looks much like a typical forest trail, with a few glimpses of the lake.

Getting higher up Paulina Peak trail

At about 1.1 miles in, the view opens up and you see Paulina Peak towering above as well as the steep-sloped caldera of the Newberry Crater.

Overlook with a view of Paulina Peak

Here the forest becomes more sparse, dotted with old snags of Whitebark Pine that are over 500 years old. The trail returns to the rim of the crater briefly.

Whitebark Pine killed by beetles

At about the two mile mark, watch closely for the true trail, which veers away from the rim. There is a false trail that hugs a steep section along the rim that should be avoided to prevent erosion. A fall here could be fatal.

At the summit, you are rewarded with tremendous view over the crater, the Cascades to the west and a good portion of Central Oregon. You can even catch a good view of the Big Obsidian Flow.

Awesome panorama from Paulina Peak

There’s also a parking lot and a restroom. Oh well.

Wildflowers on the Paulina Peak trail Trail junction en route to Paulina Peak Paulina Peak, Elevation 7,984 feet Panoramic view of the Cascades from Paulina Peak Soaking in the view from the crater rim

When you’ve finished soaking in the views, return to the trailhead via the same trail you ascended.

Paulina Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: OR-six-pack-paulina-peak.gpx

Paulina Peak Tips & Resources

  • At the time of writing, no permits were required. A $5 Northwest Forest Pass or National Parks annual pass is required for entrance to the park.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.

Newberry National Volcanic Monument Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97739″]

The Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengePaulina Peak is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan on July 14, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-paulina-peak/feed/ 0
Hiking Tumalo Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-tumalo-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-tumalo-mountain/#respond Thu, 14 Sep 2017 22:37:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392764 Tumalo Mountain Hike

Tumalo Mountain is a shield volcano that lies just northeast of Mount Bachelor.  This trail begins at the Dutchman Flat Sno-Park, and climbs steadily up the west flank of the cinder cone. Tumalo gives you great views of not only Mount Bachelor, but also Broken Top and South Sister.

Trail Details
Summit: 7,779′
Distance: 4.2 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,312 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-July to mid-October
Download GPX
Tumalo Mountain is also very accessible, only 22 miles west of Bend on the Cascade Lakes Highway, making it a quick-and-easy peak for Bendites to keep in the rotation.

Getting to the Trailhead

This part is easy; head to the Dutchman Flat Sno-Park lot. If you’re heading west on Cascade Lakes Highway (trust me, you are), it will be on your right about 1/4 mile past the Mount Bachelor Sunrise Lodge entrance. You can get complete turn-by-turn driving directions to the Dutchman Sno-Park via Google Maps here.

Trailhead facilities at Tumalo Mountain Trailhead at Dutchman Flats Sno-Park

Hiking to the Summit of Tumalo Mountain

The trail begins at the north end of the parking lot near the restroom. It immediately crosses a mountain bike trail and proceeds to wind up and around Tumalo Mountain.

Early morning sunbeams on Tumalo Mountain

Initially the trail views are obscured by the forest, but turn around once in a while to capture a glimpse of Mount Bachelor to the west.

Mt Bachelor rises into view on Tumalo Mountain trail

As you climb, the forest thins and wildflowers like lupine abound.

Lupine blooms on Tumalo Mountain

The dirt trail winds among the gnarled ghosts of whitebark pines, giving way to reddish cinder.

Scraggly trees near the top of Tumalo Mountain

The “summit” is relatively flat, sloping upward to the highpoint on the far north end. Follow the rock-lined path that loops around the top of Tumalo Mountain and avoid trampling the fragile crust and the ecosystem it supports.

 

Trail rings the summit of Tumalo Mountain

The flat-top of Tumalo Mountain

From the top of Tumalo Mountain, you have a great view of Mount Bachelor to the west.

Front seat view of Mount Bachelor

To the north, South Sister, Middle Sister and Broken Top give you plenty to soak in.

South Sister and Broken Top

You will also find a large cairn near the high-point.

Rock cairn at the summit of Tumalo Mountain

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/09/GUER0023-1.jpg view=360]

 

Tumalo Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: OR-six-pack-tumalo-mountain.gpx

Tumalo Mountain Tips & Resources

  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.
  • Tumalo Mountain is also a popular destination for snow-shoeing in the winter.
  • Check out William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes / Travel Guide Central Oregon Cascades (affiliate link) for more on the geology and flora of Tumalo Mountain.

Bend Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97701″]

The Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

2018 Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeTumalo Mountain is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan on July 21, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-tumalo-mountain/feed/ 0
Hiking Black Butte https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2017 17:46:23 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392693 Hiking Black Butte in the Deschutes National Forest

Black Butte is an extinct stratovolcano that sits east of the Cascades, rising 3,076′ above the surrounding plain.  This symmetrical cone-shaped butte is home to an active fire lookout tower, as well as a historic cupola that you can easily imagine must have been the coolest summer digs ever, with spectacular views of Mt Washington, The Sisters and beyond.

Trail Details
Summit: 6,436′
Distance: 4.4 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,443 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
This guide describes the hike from the Upper Black Butte Trailhead, which begins at the end of several miles of bumpy gravel road. The trail climbs 1,443′ feet to the top of the butte, covering a total of 4.4 miles on an out-and-back route.

Getting to the Trailhead

There are two options for hiking Black Butte. The Upper Trailhead starts roughly half-way up the butte. It requires several miles of driving on a bumpy gravel road that narrows to one lane in sections, and results in the shorter hike described here. The road does not require high clearance or 4WD in dry conditions. The trailhead has plenty of parking and pit toilets. There is no water available. The Lower Trailhead begins just off Highway 20, and doubles the length and vertical gain. The route you choose is up to you.

You can get driving directions to the Upper Black Butte Trailhead via Google Maps here.

Hiking to the Summit of Black Butte

The trail is well-engineered, beginning with a gentle, persistent climb through shady forest.

Fern-lined trail to Black Butte

Many of the trees are covered in moss, giving the forest a moody feeling that’s a perfect start for our morning hike.

Branches covered in moss along the Black Butte Trail

About a mile up the trail, the forest clears and the wildflowers abound. This area on the south side of the butte is shady if you hit it early enough, but fully exposed as the sun rises higher in the sky.

At the 2 mile mark, the trail wraps around the east end of the butte, traveling through the remnants of a wildfire as you make the final ascent to the summit.

Fire-scarred trunks on the east side of Black Butte

The top of Black Butte is broad, with an active fire lookout tower on the east end, and a historic cupola on the west end. There used to be a cabin just west and directly below the cupola, but it was removed. You can still see the foundation.

On a clear day, you can see up and down the Cascade Range, and east over much of Central Oregon.

The fire lookout trail atop Black Butte

Historic cupola atop Black Butte

The Bearded Bachelor of Black Butte

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/09/AEON6497.jpg view=360]

 

Trailhead sign at the top of Black Butte Site of the old cabin on Black Butte Yoda at the summit of Black Butte Looking East on the Black Butte Trail

Retrace your steps to return to the trailhead.

Black Butte Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: OR-six-pack-black-butte.gpx

Black Butte Tips & Resources

  • At the top, please stay on the marked trails to avoid damaging the fragile ecosystem.
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required, but a Northwest Forest Pass is required to park at the trailhead May 1 to September 30. You can purchase a pass at the trailhead with $5 cash. If you have a hang tag with an annual National Parks pass, that will also work.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials.
  • Check out William Sullivan’s 100 Hikes / Travel Guide Central Oregon Cascades (affiliate link) for more on the history and flora on Black Butte.
  • Want more of a challenge? Start at Camp Sherman for double the mileage and the vertical climb!

Sisters Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97730″]

Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge SeriesThe Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Black Butte is part of the Central Oregon Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked with Joan and Dan on July 14, 2017.  

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-black-butte/feed/ 0
Hiking Mount Bierstadt https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bierstadt/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bierstadt/#respond Wed, 06 Sep 2017 05:14:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392112 Hiking Mount Bierstadt

Mount Bierstadt is considered one of the most accessible 14ers in Colorado, nearby Denver and well maintained, but that doesn’t mean it’s a stroll in the park. You’ll climb over 2,700′ over the course of just over three miles, including a boulder scramble up the final stretch to the peak.

Trail Details
Summit: 14,060′
Distance: 7 miles
Time: 4-4.5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,776 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
The trail from Guanella Pass is very popular, especially on summer weekends. Consider planning your hike on a weekday or starting before dawn to beat the crowds.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at Guanella Pass, about an hour from Denver and 11.5 miles south of Georgetown. There is a no-fee parking lot as well as off-street parking. There are pit toilets at the trailhead parking, but people were waiting 30-40 minutes in line to use them. And most of the trail is completely exposed with no privy privacy. You’ve been warned.

Get driving directions to the Guanella Pass Trailhead via Google Maps.

Guanella Pass trailhead parking

Hiking to the Summit of Mount Bierstadt

The trail starts with a gentle warm-up, as you pass Deadman’s Lake and descend to Scott Gomer Creek. Keep your eyes peeled for moose and other wildlife.

Early morning start on Mt Bierstadt

There is no way to cross the creek without getting wet. We hiked about 30 yards upstream to a more shallow section, and the ice-cold water still came up to our knees. Most people will take their hiking shoes off for the crossing.

Sign marking Mt Evans Wilderness Crossing Scott Gomer Creek en route to Mt Bierstadt

From here, the trail climbs steadily. About two miles in you traverse a rocky bench where you might be lucky enough to catch a glimpse of a mountain goat.

Above the bench, the trail makes a bee-line to the saddle to the southwest side of Mount Bierstadt. It’s straight-forward hiking.

Patch of snow near the top of Mt Bierstadt

From the saddle, the final 1/4 mile to the summit requires following rock cairns up the steep talus- and boulder-strewn slope. There is no well-defined path through this ever changing landscape of rock, but when in doubt, head up.

The summit rewards you with spectacular views of Mount Evans and the sawtooth ridge that connects it to Bierstadt, as well as Grays Peak and Torrey Peak to the west. There is room at the top to break for lunch, an summit benchmark and a register to sign.

Scramble to the top of Mt Bierstadt Mt Bierstadt Benchmark Author at the summit of Mount Bierstadt Overview of the hike up Mt Bierstadt

Panoramic view from Mt Bierstadt

To return, retrace your steps. Take care to properly orient yourself as you descend to the saddle.

Mount Bierstadt Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-mt-bierstadt.gpx

Mount Bierstadt Tips & Resources

  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • If possible, avoid hiking this on weekends or holidays when it can get quite crowded. For the same reason, please stay on the trail and follow Leave No Trace principles.
  • This trail has spectacular wildflowers.
  • Be prepared for cold air and windy conditions.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials. This hike is entirely above the tree-line.
  • Keep an eye on the weather forecast, and plan to summit by noon. Afternoon lightning storms are a very real risk.

Idaho Springs Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80452″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeMount Bierstadt is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on July 15, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mount-bierstadt/feed/ 0
Hiking Grays Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-grays-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-grays-peak/#comments Tue, 29 Aug 2017 22:01:17 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=392243 Hiking Grays Peak in the Colorado Rockies

At 14,270′, Grays Peak is one of only two fourteeners that actually sits on the Continental Divide. The ninth-highest mountain in Colorado has a well-defined trail to the summit and its proximity to the slightly lower Torreys Peak (14,267′) make this a popular mountain destination, especially on summer weekends, so start your hike early. We started at 3am.

Trail Details
Summit: 14,270′
Distance: 8.6 miles
Time: 5-7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,939 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Late-June to early October
Download GPX
The trail climbs up a large, glacier-carved cirque with Grays and Torreys presiding at the head. It’s also a great place to hobnob with the mountain goats.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead to Grays Peak and Torrys Peak is about an hour from Denver, and just over 10 miles from Georgetown off Interstate 70. Take exit 221 from I-70 west and follow Stevens Gulch Road. The road is a rough, gravel road that travels three miles to the trailhead. While there were plenty of sedans at the trailhead, I recommend a high clearance vehicle and, in wet conditions, 4WD.

Another option is to park at the beginning of Stevens Gulch Road and hike in to the trailhead, though this adds a total of six miles to the trip. Get turn-by-turn directions to the Stephens Gulch Trailhead via Google Maps.

Hiking to the Summit of Grays Peak

Early starts are always advisable, especially on popular 14ers like Grays Peak. You’ll get parking and you will summit before noon to avoid afternoon thunderstorms. We hit the trail at 3am, hiking by headlamp.

3am start on Grays Peak

It was a clear sky, and the Milky Way was visible to the naked eye (but sadly, not my iPhone). The trail up the valley is clearly marked and easy to follow, even by headlamp. You will likely see other flickering headlamps bobbing up and down the trail in the distance.

The first three miles of the trail head straight up the valley with only a few switchbacks. When you reach the end of the cirque, the grade gets steeper but well-engineered switchbacks keep the climb steady and manageable. We hit patches of snow and ice in early July, easily manageable without traction devices.

The real payoff for the Alpine start? The sunrise views. 

Just before sunrise on the way up Grays Peak Sunrise as we ascend Grays Peak Starting early up Grays Peak pays dividends with the sunrise

 

At 3.5 miles you reach the junction with the trail from the saddle. This is used for the return from Torrys Peak. Bear left at this junction, and continue following the switchbacks and occasional cairns to the summit.

Mike on the approach to Grays Peak

The summit of Grays Peak is surrounded by a small stone wind shelter. The views? Epic.

Looking down the cirque from Grays Peak View west from Grays Peak Trail mascot Yoda at the summit of Grays Peak

Mike Off the Map and The SoCalHiker on Grays Peak

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/08/USNN3845.jpg view=360]

The return route is simple. Just retrace your steps.  Keep an eye out for mountain goats on the way. Can you find the mountain goat we saw on our return in the photo below?

Mountain goat near Grays Peak

Grays Peak and Torreys Peak These cars all made it to the trailhead

The trail up Grays Peak

Bonus Peak

Many people combine a trip up Grays Peak with Torreys Peak (14,267′). From Grays Peak, there is a faint trail down the ridgeline to the saddle, and up the ridge to Torreys Peak. Coming down, return to the saddle and take the connector back to the main trail down to the trailhead.

Adding Torreys Peak to the trip adds 0.9 miles to the total distance and another 894′ in vertical gain.

Grays Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-grays-peak.gpx

Grays Peak Tips & Resources

  • Check out Michael Restivo’s blog post for this hike. He joined me to help scout the trail.
  • Grays Peak is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials. This hike is entirely above the tree-line.
  • Keep an eye on the weather forecast, and plan to summit by noon. Afternoon lightning storms are a very real risk.
  • DID YOU KNOW? Grays Peak and Torreys Peak are the only fourteeners that lie directly on the Continental Divide.

Silver Plume Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80476″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeGrays Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on July 2, 2017. Thanks to Michael Restivo for joining me. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-grays-peak/feed/ 11
Hiking Horseshoe Mountain https://socalhiker.net/hiking-horseshoe-mountain/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-horseshoe-mountain/#comments Thu, 24 Aug 2017 23:20:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=391787 Hiking Horseshoe Mountain in the Colorado Rockies

Horseshoe Mountain scrapes the clouds at 13,898′ – just shy of being a 14er. Even so, the glacier carved cirque remains one of Colorado’s 100 tallest mountains, and the views are coveted by peak baggers. Just west of Fairplay, Horseshoe Mountain straddles Park and Lake County and is dotted with abandoned mines. Epic views, fascinating geology, and a rich mining history make this uncrowded hike a gem.

Trail Details
Summit: 13,898′
Distance: 6.4 miles
Time: 4-4.5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,254 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
The abandoned mines provide another twist to this trek. Old jeep trails criss-cross the area, so you’ll put your map reading and navigation skills to the test as you make your way to the saddle.

Getting to the Trailhead

The adventure begins with an 11 mile drive on a bumpy gravel road called Fourmile Road (CO-9). Sedans should be fine, but you’ll need to allow additional time. When you pass the crumbling remains of the ghost town of Leavick, you are almost there. You can park on the side of the road, or take a left and follow the dirt road up another 0.5 mile, at which point you are at timberline. Get driving directions here.

Travel 11 miles on this gravel road Glimpse into the mining heyday Road 603 Forest Service Road 603

Hiking to the Summit of Horseshoe Mountain

This trek began with a hike up a gravel Forest Service road. After about a 0.5 miles you pass the last of the cabins and the “road” becomes a rough double-track. You could drive to that point and park on the side of the road, but you may want a high clearance or 4WD vehicle.

Continue onward and upward.

Winding up to Horseshoe Mountain

One mile in, the namesake cirque of Horseshoe Mountain comes into view. Keep following the trail as it winds upward.

The trail heads to the saddle north of the cirque

As you near the base of the cirque, you’ll see the headwaters of Fourmile Creek–Leavick Tarn.

Small tarn below Horseshoe Mountain

The glacier-carved cirque of Horseshoe Mountain

Pick your way up the myriad of trails, aiming towards the saddle north of the cirque. Along the way, you’ll see the remains of many abandoned mines. Though it may be tempting, I advise against exploring these unstable and potentially dangerous structures.

One of many abandoned mines on Horseshoe Mountain

At 2.7 miles, you reach the saddle which begins at 13,110 feet. From the saddle, follow the ridge-line toward the south.

Ridge line toward Horseshoe Mountain

In late June, a foot path was easy to follow towards the summit, with just a few patches of snow to traverse.

Trail along ridge toward the summit of Horseshoe Mountain

The summit of Horseshoe Mountain is marked by a small mound of rocks. Keep heading south until you reach it.

Keep going up Horseshoe Mountain to the carin

The views from the summit are phenomenal.

View east from Horseshoe Mountain Our mascot Yoda on Horseshoe Mountain Wildflowers at nearly 14,000 feet Jeff Hester on Horseshoe Mountain

[vr url=https://socalhiker.net//wp-content/uploads/2017/08/MEPQ4319.jpg view=360]

The wind on the ridge is powerful and cold. Be prepared to layer up.

Retrace your steps back to your vehicle, roughly 6.5 miles roundtrip.

Looking east toward Fairplay

Horseshoe Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-horseshoe-mountain.gpx

Horseshoe Mountain Tips & Resources

  • Horseshoe Mountain is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water, sun protection, and the other ten essentials. This hike is entirely above the tree-line.
  • Keep an eye on the weather forecast, and plan to summit by noon. Afternoon lightning storms are a very real risk.

Fairplay Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80440″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeBirthday Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 30, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-horseshoe-mountain/feed/ 6
Hiking Birthday Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-birthday-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-birthday-peak/#respond Sat, 19 Aug 2017 15:19:00 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=391258

Birthday Peak is in the 12er family. At 12,730 feet, it sees less foot traffic than its taller cousins, which means you’ll have more solitude but still have epic views of the surrounding mountains in the Collegiate Peaks Wilderness. This hike requires some additional navigation skills and includes a fun boulder scramble to the summit. If you’re lucky, you might enjoy the company of a mountain goat or two.

Trail Details
Summit: 12,730′
Distance: 10.3 miles
Time: 5-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,827 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-June to early October
Download GPX
Sitting on the Continental Divide, Birthday Peak really has spectacular views of the surrounding 14ers–and with names like Harvard, Princeton, Columbia and Yale, you might think you’ve made the Ivy League.

Getting to the Trailhead

This hike begins at the North Cottonwood Creek Trailhead, about 8.5 miles west of the rustic town of Buena Vista. Much of the road is gravel and dirt, but easily passable in a sedan during normal summer conditions. Get turn-by-turn driving directions using Google Maps. Parking is free and no permit is required.

Parking at the North Cottonwood Creek Trailhead North Cottonwood Creek Trailhead Crossing Cottonwood Creek

Hiking to Birthday Peak

There is only one trail from the trailhead, and it begins with a gentle climb that parallels and occasionally crosses Cottonwood Creek, heading towards Kroenke Lake and Browns Pass.

At 2.7 miles in, an improvised log crossing of Horn Fork Creek was the sole challenge along the Kroenke Lake Trail. There was still a lot of snow melt, so the water was running strong and I was grateful to have brought my trekking poles.

Improvised creek crossing

At about the 4 mile mark, I reached the unnamed creek that led up towards Birthday Peak.

Unnamed Creek where I turned off trail towards Birthday Peak

Rather than follow the Kroenke Trail as it continues across this tributary and continues alongside Cottonwood Creek, we tu, ned right to follow this unnamed creek up to the cirque below Birthday Peak. Some guide books describe the trail here as “intermittent”, but there was hardly a trace in late June. This off-trail section requires good map reading skills, but as long as you follow the little creek, you will do pretty well. Having the route and maps downloaded on GaiaGPS helped tremendously.

Climbing above the tree-line, the creek grew smaller and smaller, replaced by the occasional snow field.

Birthday Peak in the distance

Soon the saddle to the south of Birthday Peak was in clear view. There were some footpaths through the snow and rock that made provided a good target as I aimed for that saddle.

Making my way to the saddle below Birthday Peak

At the top of the saddle, straddling the Continental Divide, looking back on what I had just climbed.

Looking back down from the saddle below Birthday Peak

From the saddle, make your way north along the ridge to Birthday Peak. The final 0.25 miles required boulder scrambling to reach the summit. It looks more intimidating than it really is. Take your time and test each rock before putting your full weight on it.

Looking up the boulder scramble to the summit of Birthday Peak

The summit of Birthday Peak itself has a grassy knoll spotted with wildflowers. The summit register is protected by a small rock cairn.

Summit Register at Birthday Peak Cairn atop Birthday Peak

The views from Birthday Peak are sublime.

Heading back down was easier, and I knew where I had to aim. Picking your route is much simpler when you have your GPS track to follow, and can see the area from above.

Heading back down to Cottonwood Creek

Once you reconnect with the Kroenke Lake Trail, follow it downhill back to the trailhead.

Alternate Route

A longer, but easier route to navigate that some people prefer is to follow the Kroenke Lake Trail all the way to Browns Pass. From there, veer north and pick your way along the ridge-line, eventually reaching Birthday Peak. This adds some mileage but eliminates any bushwhacking.

Birthday Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-birthday-peak.gpx

Birthday Peak Tips & Resources

  • Birthday Peak is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water and sun protection.
  • Dogs are allowed, on leash.
  • After the hike, grab lunch in downtown Buena Vista and stop in at The Trailhead–a great local outdoor store.

Buena Vista Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”81211″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeBirthday Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 29, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-birthday-peak/feed/ 0
Hiking Rocky Mountain via the Manitou Incline https://socalhiker.net/hiking-rocky-mountain-via-manitou-incline/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-rocky-mountain-via-manitou-incline/#comments Fri, 18 Aug 2017 20:46:14 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=391053 Hike Rocky Mountain via Manitou Incline

Yes, Rocky Mountain is an actual mountain. Located in Manitou Springs, Colorado, this 9,250′ peak is often overshadowed by the trail that climbs it: the famous Manitou Incline. This route forms a loop that ascends the incline, but then continues climbing to the little-traveled summit of Rocky Mountain before descending via the gentler grade of the Barr Trail.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,250′
Distance: 6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,483 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Late-April to Late November
Download GPX
As Peak #2 in the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, Rocky Mountain offers a unique challenge of its own: climbing the Manitou Incline. The incline trail was created on the site of the former Manitou Incline Rail, which was destroyed by a rock slide in 1990. This trail goes straight up, climbing 2,000 vertical feet in under one mile. But most people stop at the top of the incline and completely miss the summit. But not you, right?

Getting to the Trailhead

You have two options to reach the summit of Rocky Mountain: the short-but-steep Manitou Incline, or the longer, gentler Barr Trail. This guide describes a loop that takes you up Manitou Incline and back down the Barr Trail, but you could easily modify this to go out-and-back via the Barr Trail. The two trailheads are only about 100 yards apart, so the parking will be basically the same. You can get turn-by-turn driving directions to the Incline trailhead on Google Maps, and here is the Barr Trailhead.

Speaking of parking… it’s a problem. Both the Incline and the Barr trails are popular, plus the Pikes Peak Cog Railway starts in the same area. If you find parking, you will pay through the nose for it (imagine $10/hour). I recommend parking in downtown Manitou Springs and walking up Ruxton Avenue to the trailhead. It adds about 0.8 miles each way, but I paid just $10 for about 5-6 hours of parking. And it’s a nice walk.

Hiking to Rocky Mountain

There are two routes up Rocky Mountain; the Manitou Incline and the Barr Trail. This guide describes the route up the incline, returning via the Barr Trail. You can modify this to go out-and-back via the Barr Trail if desired. Going down via the incline is not recommended. It’s bad for the knees and bad for traffic flow.

The Manitou Incline is an impressive sight. It’s a series of steps that goes quite literally straight up the mountain. It starts out with gentle steps, but steepens quickly.

Starting the Manitou Incline

At roughly the halfway point up the incline, there is a “bail-out” point where you take a break or cut over to the Barr Trail.

Looking down Manitou Incline from the bail-out point

Looking down from here, it’s hard to believe you’re only half-way up Manitou Incline.

Shade is precious on this trail. There is some, but the steps are largely exposed, making an early morning start advisable in warm weather. Still, there are little nooks where you can duck off the steps and catch your breath in the shade.

In places, the trail goes from steep to ludicrous.

Manitou Incline goes from steep to ludicrous

After a mile and 2,000 feet of vertical climb, you reach the top of the incline. Go ahead. Pose for that selfie, drink some water, and eat a snack. You may be done with the Incline, but you’ve still got more hiking to reach the summit.

There is a well established double-track trail that heads towards Rocky Mountain, although are no trail signs. Head uphill past the crumbling concrete foundations that remain from the old incline rail, and look for the wide trail bearing left and uphill.

Look for this trail up Rocky Mountain

At 1.5 miles, take a faint single-track trail up to the right.

The lightly-used trail to the summit of Rocky Mountain

Follow this as it winds up the mountain, aiming for the summit. There were a few downed trees to cross over, but nothing to difficult.

Quiet trail through the forest

Finally, you’ll see the boulder-strewn summit of Rocky Mountain. The high point itself is atop a large boulder formation, easily identified by the wood beam anchored at the top. This used to be part of a ladder that climbed to the top, and which has decayed and fallen to bits that you can see nearby. Climbing to the top is not difficult.

Boulder high-point of Rocky Mountain

At the summit of Rocky Mountain Pikes Peak in the distance Mt Manitou in the distance

To head down, retrace your steps down the single-track trail until you reach the wider double-track section. Here you’ll turn right, heading down and west to the junction with the Barr Trail. Turn left at the Barr Trail and follow it down the switchbacks to the trailhead, about three miles.

Trail sign for the Incline Trail sign for the Barr Trail The Barr Trail weaves through these boulders Halfway point on the Manitou Incline Barr Trail

 

Manitou Incline to Rocky Mountain Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-rocky-mountain.gpx

Rocky Mountain via Manitou Incline Tips & Resources

  • Rocky Mountain is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • At the time of writing, no permits were required.
  • Bring plenty of water and sun protection.
  • Dogs are allowed, on leash.
  • After the hike, grab lunch in Manitou Springs.

Rocky Mountain / Manitou Incline Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80809″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeRocky Mountain is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 28, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-rocky-mountain-via-manitou-incline/feed/ 4
Hiking to Bergen Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-bergen-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-bergen-peak/#comments Mon, 14 Aug 2017 23:10:10 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=390298 Hike to Bergen Peak

Bergen Peak in the Jefferson County Open Space is a short 30 minutes from Denver. At an elevation of 9,708′ it provides a good view of Mount Evans to the west, as well as a good portion of the front range.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,708′
Distance: 9.6 miles
Time: 3-4 hours
Difficulty: Moderately Strenuous
Elevation gain: 1,890 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Mid-April to Late November
Download GPX
The trail is well-maintained and well-marked, yet climbs nearly to 10,000′. It’s the perfect start to the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge™, giving low-landers a chance to acclimatize and prepare for the higher elevations to come.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trail begins at the Elk Meadow Park trailhead on Stage Coach Boulevard, just north of the town of Evergreen (map). Most of the trail is within the Jefferson County Open Space, but a portion crosses into neighboring Bergen Peak Wildlife Area, where hunting is allowed in season. There is a restroom a short distance from the parking lot, but no other facilities on this trail. Bring your own water.

Parking for Bergen Peak Trail Toilets near the trailhead to Bergen Peak

Hiking to Bergen Peak

The trail begins at the north end of the parking lot. At about 0.3 miles, take a left at the junction to follow the Meadow View Trail.

The lower section of the trail runs along the meadow

After another 0.6 miles, bear left again to take the Bergen Peak Trail. This climbs close to the ridge line before veering north.

Most of the trail to Bergen Peak is forested One of three junctions en route to Bergen Peak Shade on the trail to Bergen Peak

Bear left again at the final trail junction with the Too Long Trail and the final mile to the summit.

View from an overlook near the top of Bergen Peak Looking out over the Colorado Front Range Yoda approves of Bergen Peak Radio tower atop Bergen Peak

You can take the same route back, or if you want to extend the hike, take the Too Long Trail back down toward the meadow and back to the beginning.

Bergen Peak Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: CO-six-pack-bergen-peak.gpx

Bergen Peak Tips & Resources

  • Bergen Peak is a Colorado Mountain Club Classic. For more details, check out Colorado Summit Hikes for Everyone (affiliate link).
  • Dogs are allowed, on leash. There’s also an off-leash dog park in a meadow south of the parking lot.
  • The trail is shared with mountain bikes and equestrians. Hikers yield to horses and bikers yield to both, although it’s often more courteous to allow bikers to pass, especially when they’re climbing. We came across one couple biking and no horses on our hike.
  • Get the latest on the trail at the official Elk Meadow Park website.
  • After the hike, grab a burger at the Little Bear Saloon & Restaurant in Evergreen. The stage at this old-time western venue has hosted John Denver, Willie Nelson and many others.

Bergen Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”80439″]

The Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Colorado Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeBergen Peak is part of the Colorado Rockies Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge, a self-paced hiking challenge that takes you up six, iconic peaks–each one a bit higher and tougher.

It’s a challenge in itself, or great training for still bigger adventures. Learn more and sign-up here.

Originally hiked on June 27, 2017.

Thanks to Bryan Martin of Big City Mountaineers for joining me on this hike. 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-bergen-peak/feed/ 2
Hiking the Misery Ridge Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-misery-ridge-loop/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-misery-ridge-loop/#comments Tue, 04 Apr 2017 00:48:20 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=168268 Hiking the Misery Ridge Loop Trail in Central Oregon's Smith Rock State Park

Smith Rock State Park in Central Oregon is a rock climber’s playground. The Crooked River carved through layers of hardened volcanic ash to create a landscape that reminded me of Utah. Hiking here is a treat, and the Misery Ridge Loop is the perfect way to tour Smith Rock. It takes you across the river and up to the panoramic views on Misery Ridge. You will get a front-seat view of the popular climbing areas like the Red Wall, Monkey Face, Morning Glory Wall, and the Phoenix Buttress. And you might even spy otters frolicking in the river.

Getting to Smith Rock State Park

Trail Details
Distance: 5.0 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 850 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring-Fall
Smith Rock State Park is located nine miles northeast of Redmond, Oregon in the town of Terrebonne. The official address is 9241 NE Crooked River Dr, Terrebone OR 97760, but the actual Welcome Center and parking is located here. You will be required to display either a day-use pass or an 1- or 2-year pass. All are available at the Welcome Center, if it’s open. Day passes are available from a vending machine and cost $5. It’s worth it.

You enter the park at the top of the southeast bluff. There are restrooms, picnic tables and a climbing area for youngsters. And lots and lots of people, especially on the weekends.

Hiking the Misery Ridge Loop

After picking up a free map at the Welcome Center and hanging our pass on the rear view mirror of our rental car,  we followed the Rim Rock Trail north to the Canyon Trail. There are some great views of Smith Rock, so take your time and soak it in.

Smith Rock State Park in Oregon reminds me of Zion National Park in Utah

The Canyon Trail begins as a broad paved trail that allows stroller-pushing parents to access the bottom of the canyon, but we cut off at The Chute — a steeper, shorter section that heads pretty much straight down toward the Crooked River and the bridge crossing. Look across the river and you’ll see the switchbacks of the Misery Ridge Trail.

The switchbacks of the Misery Ridge Trail beckon Information Kiosk in Smith Rock SP View from the bridge over the Crooked River The first steps of the Misery Ridge Trail

At the bottom of the canyon there is a information kiosk with a map of the area — which you don’t really need because you brought your free map from the Welcome Center, right? It also has all the typical warnings about carrying plenty of water, watching for rattlesnakes in hot weather, staying on the trail and leave no trace.

This is also a good place to ponder the phrase “misery loves company” because when you cross that bridge over the river, you’re going to soon find out.

Immediately across the bridge you’ll see the initial steps of the Misery Ridge Trail climbing in front of you. Take a deep breath and head up. Take a breather below the Red Wall, one of several popular climbing locations you will hike past on this loop, and watch the climbers defying gravity. In case you catch the climbing bug, Smith Rock is also a great place to learn climbing, with a number of schools leading courses here.

Rock climber on the Red Wall

The Misery Ridge Trail climbs pretty relentlessly, but is well engineered with steps to help prevent erosion. Remember to stay on the established trails, and be sure to stop every so often and soak in the ever-changing views. Soon, you’ll well above the bluff you began on.

The Misery Ridge Trail is easy to navigate. Just keep climbing!

Looking back down on the trail you’ve climbed you get a sense of how steep it is, and why they call it Misery Ridge. The geology of the park is on full display, with multi-colored layers of compressed volcanic ash.

Looking back down on the Misery Ridge Trail

The top of the ridge makes a great place for a break. You’ve hiked about 2-1/2 miles and reached the high-point of this loop. And the views are pretty nice, too.

Panoramic view from Misery Ridge

Looking west, you can see the snow-capped Cascade Mountains.

Looking to the west and the Cascade Mountains in the distance

Follow the signs for the Misery Ridge Trail to the west. At about the 3.0 mile mark, you’ll see use trails that lead to an overlook of the icon Monkey Face column. Bear right at that junction to stay on the loop and begin the descent via a dozen steep switchbacks.

Can you see the Monkey Face?

If you have trekking poles, this is a good time to use them. The loose gravel and sand can make this steep trail slippery.

When you reach the bottom of the canyon, bear left to follow the River Trail back to the bridge. It’s normally an easy, rolling trail, but with higher-than-usual water levels, parts of it were submerged. We had one section that involved a light scramble to follow the detour. It was fine for us, but could be tricky with young children or dogs.

The River Trail back toward the bridge

As you get closer to the bridge, you’ll pass by several other popular climbing area and see more and more people on the trail. The River Trail is the only trail in the park where mountain bikes are also allowed, so be alert for bikers.

Take time to enjoy the river and watch for wildlife. Otters, geese and deer all call this area home.

Misery Ridge Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: 9980-ne-crooked-river-dr-deschutes-county-or-usa.gpx

Smith Rock State Park Tips

  • The best time for taking photos at this beautiful park will be early morning and the golden hour before sundown. Note that the park closes as sundown, so be respectful.
  • Even though this is a popular park, I recommend bringing the 10 essentials. Weather conditions are unpredictable, and it’s better to be prepared.
  • Please stay on all marked trails. This will help minimize erosion.
  • A day use pass is $5, but if you think you might come back here, one-year and two-year passes are also available.

More Smith Rock State Park Resources

Smith Rock State Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97760″]

Photo credit: Jeff Hester. Originally hiked on March 26, 2017.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-misery-ridge-loop/feed/ 6
Hiking La Tuna Canyon Trail https://socalhiker.net/la-tuna-canyon-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/la-tuna-canyon-trail/#comments Mon, 16 Jan 2017 04:47:16 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=88118 Hiking the La Tuna Canyon Trail

La Tuna Canyon Trail is a little gem on the northwest side of the Verdugo Mountains. The trailhead is officially in Sunland, and easy to reach from both the 210 and 5 freeways on – what else – La Tuna Canyon Road.

Trail Details
Distance: 4 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,126 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
The Verdugo Mountains are easily accessible and provide great 360-degree views of LA and the Valley, plus a front-seat view of the San Gabriel range. This four mile out-and-back gives you a shady climb through old oaks and sycamore trees with options to add adventure or extend the hike.

There are no permit or parking fees. Just find a place to pull up and park. The trail begins on the south side of La Tuna Canyon Road, 1.2 miles west of the 210 freeway. Look for the big, brown Santa Monica Mountains Conservancy sign marking the start of the trail.

 

Trailhead to the La Tuna Canyon Trail

The trail meanders back and forth, zig-zagging through several canyons as it slowly and steadily climbs. This side of the Verdugo Mountains faces north, so it gets much more shade than the Vital Link Trail. On a January morning, it was cool and the hills were turning green from the winter rains.

Oak trees on La Tuna Canyon trail

After a mile and a half of meandering and gentle gains, the trail climbs out of the shade, into the sun, and the vertical gains come more steadily.

The last mile to the top the trail climbs 600 feet. Once you reach the “top” of this this trail, you’re granted a restful lounge chair with the name “Chuck” carved into the back. You get a great view of the 210 snaking it’s way through the mountains and the taller San Gabriel range just beyond.

Sit and rest at the top of the trail

Here the trail hooks up with the Verdugo Motorway – a fire road the weaves closely along the crest of the Verdugo Mountains, ultimately connecting with both the Vital Link Trail and the Beaudry Motorway Loop. If you’re looking to extend your hike, you can follow this road in either direction, but be sure to save energy and water for the return trip.

After a rest break at “Chuck,” we headed back down the La Tuna Canyon Trail, but on our return we followed the steep single-track down the ridge. It begins innocently enough.

This short cuts about 1/2 a mile off the return

The last section of this “short-cut” adds an element of adventure, requiring hand-over-foot scrambling. Trekking poles, hiking shoes with good grip and a willingness to get a little dirty come in handy on the steep, rutted descent. We shaved about half a mile returning this route, but had to take it slowly.

It gets much steeper still

La Tuna Canyon Trail Map & Elevation Profile

Download file: 8200-west-tuna-canyon-road-to-8001-west-tuna-canyon-road-los-angeles-ca (1).gpx

La Tuna Canyon Trail Tips and Resources

La Tuna Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91352″]

Originally hiked on January 16, 2016.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/la-tuna-canyon-trail/feed/ 7
Hike to Crystal Lake in Mammoth https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-crystal-lake-in-mammoth/ https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-crystal-lake-in-mammoth/#comments Sun, 19 Jul 2015 04:43:18 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=16218 Crystal Lake is a perfect day hike in Mammoth Lakes

Crystal Crag looms above beautiful Crystal Lake, surrounded by steep granite peaks and dotted with pines. And this short hike to Crystal Lake in the town of Mammoth Lakes gives you a taste of the Sierra Mountains without the long miles or an overnight backpack, making this a perfect morning day hike. 

Trail Details
Distance: 3.2 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 685 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October
This is a fairly easy hike, but I’ve labeled it as moderate mainly for the elevation gain and the altitude.

Getting to the Trailhead

The Crystal Crag trailhead begins near Lake George directly off of Lake George Road (directions via Google Maps), about five miles from the town center. Free street parking is available along Lake George Road — but make sure your car is entirely off the pavement to avoid being ticketed.

Better yet, you can take the free Mammoth Lakes Tram which runs approximately every 30 minutes.

We arrived fairly late by our normal standards, getting there around 9:30am, but when we got back from our hike, parking was much worse with cars parked even further down the hill. As always, my recommendation is to start earlier to beat the crowds. Morning is a perfect time to explore this trail.

Hiking to Crystal Lake

The Crystal Crag trailhead is well signed, and the trail very easy to follow. You’ll steadily climb a series of well-engineered switchbacks that make the grade fairly easy by Sierra standards. The trail is mostly shaded, giving you some relief from the brilliant mountain sun.

Sign for the Crystal Crag trailhead

As you climb, pause to look back over Lake George, Lake Mary and even glimpses of Lake Mamie through the pines.

Looking down on Lake George and Lake Mary

This is a popular trail, and you’re likely to see trail runners, people hiking with dogs and entire families with kids in tow.

At about 1.3 miles, you’ll reach the only junction on the trail. Bear left (straight) to continue towards Crystal Lake. The other route continues up to Mammoth Crest.

Junction with Mammoth Crest Trail

At this point, you are nearly at the high point of the trail. Once you reach the crest (about 9,730′) you descend 120′ to the outlet of Crystal Lake.

From the outlet, you have some choices. There some use trails that travel part way back the steep-sloped western shore with access to the lake and boulders to stretch out on. But most people will travel around the east side of the lake, where the slope is gentler, offering more options to spread out for a picnic or even take a plunge in the icy cold water.

We found a boulder to sit on and soak in the views of the crag, the lake and the surrounding peaks. It was an idyllic spot for a snack break, but more than that, it replenished our souls.

Fully recharged, we headed back down the trail, retracing our steps to the trailhead.

Crystal Lake Trail Map

Download file: crystal-lake-in-mammoth.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Crystal Lake is a perfect day hike in Mammoth Lakes

Crystal Lake Tips

  • No permits are required for this hike
  • Start early. This is a popular trail that can get crowded.
  • Consider take the free tram from town

More Crystal Lake Resources

  • You can also climb Crystal Crag via several routes, including a Class 3 route that doesn’t require any equipment. Get details on the routes from SummitPost.
  • Download the GPX file

Mammoth Lakes Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”93546″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-crystal-lake-in-mammoth/feed/ 7
Hike to the Griffith Park Teahouse https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-the-griffith-park-teahouse/ https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-the-griffith-park-teahouse/#comments Tue, 07 Jul 2015 18:52:00 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=16013 The shortest route to hike to the Griffith Park Team House

A collective of artists serruptitiously erect a teahouse on the side of an obscure peak in Griffith Park, and you get the zen moment.

The Griffith Park Teahouse was assembled on the side of Taco Peak at the end of June. The teahouse was constructed from redwood scavenged from the 2007 Griffith Park fire, thoughtfully designed and fabricated atop an existing concrete pad. It’s a wonderful little reminder of what makes LA special, and you should hike to it while you can.

The future of this fun little teahouse with the big views is still up in the air as park officials decide what to do with it, so go now.

UPDATE: The teahouse was moved from this location on July 28th. Not sure where it’s going to be moved to, but it wasn’t demolished. You can still hike to the site of the teahouse, enjoy the views, and imagine what was.

Trail Details
Distance: 2.4 miles
Time: 60-80 min.
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 505 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Here’s the shortest route to hike to the Griffith Park Teahouse.

Start at the Griffith Observatory parking lot, heading into the trees at the end of the parking lot directly across from the famous observatory. You will pass through the Berlin Forest — named in honor of LA’s sister city in Germany — and continue across the tunnel “bridge.”

Here’s where your grippy shoes come in handy. 

The main fire road veers left, but a steeper, shorter route peels up the slope. This trail is for the sure-footed. Follow it up to the next fire road, then turn right.

You’ll continue past Dante’s View and follow the main fire road as it curves left around Mt Hollywood. At the junction, continue straight across the ridge-line toward Taco Peak. When you see the trail with a big pipe in it (it almost doesn’t look like a trail)–take it. It continues for about 50 yards to a level clearing with a cluster of trees and…the Griffith Park Teahouse.

Breathe in deeply. Write your wish for LA on a shingle and hang in on the pegs inside, or read the wishes others have made. Then ring the bell, sip some tea, and enjoy your moment of zen.

The shingles are each stamped with one of several patterns, and visitors are encourage to write their wish down on and hang it on one of the pegs lining the inside of the tea house.

The shingles are each stamped with one of several patterns, and visitors are encourage to write their wish down on and hang it on one of the pegs lining the inside of the tea house.

When you’re done soaking in the views and the positive vibes, retrace your steps to the trailhead.

Griffith Observatory

On Our Way Back to the Observatory

Google Earth overview of the shortest hike to the Griffith Park Teahouse

Griffith Park Tea House Trail Map

Download file: griffith-park-tea-room.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version.

Google Earth overview of the shortest hike to the Griffith Park Teahouse

Griffith Park Tea House Tips

  • The Griffith Observatory is closed on Mondays, but the parking lot still fills up with people who come just for the views. Well worth stopping to enjoy.
  • There is a bathroom at the Griffith Observatory parking lot, and a cafe at the observatory.
  • Early morning and late afternoon are my favorite times to hike here. Avoids the worst heat of the day, and makes for more colorful skies.
  • Follow @GParkTeahouse on Twitter and Instagram
  • Tag your photos with #gparkteahouse

More Griffith Park Tea House Resources

Griffith Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90027″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hike-to-the-griffith-park-teahouse/feed/ 5
Hiking Mt Baldy: Climb for Heroes 2015 Recap https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-baldy-climb-for-heroes-2015-recap/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-baldy-climb-for-heroes-2015-recap/#comments Mon, 20 Apr 2015 08:07:57 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=15217 Team SoCalHiker

On April 12th, I had the privilege of hiking up 10,064′ Mt. Baldy, raising money for The Heroes Project. The annual event is called the Climb for Heroes, and the money helps wounded veterans — soldiers who have lost one or both legs in service — redefine who they are as they summit the highest peaks.

There were nearly 1,000 hikers participating, many of them hiking all the way to the summit. This was my first year participating, and in fact, I organized #TeamSoCalHiker. We had 49 SoCal hikers sign up, and together we raised $7,550 for The Heroes Project.

Our team was unique in that with only a couple of exceptions, many of us had never hiked together before. There were some couples, families and groups of friends on the team, any many of the team I’ve “met” through the SoCalHiker Facebook page, Twitter or Instagram. But this was our first hike together.

It was also unique in that this was my first time at the event. I learned a few things in the process, but I’ll get to that later. First the good stuff.

Trail Details
Distance: 12 miles
Time: 4-6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,535 ft
Top elevation: 10,064 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring-Fall
49 hikers
$7550 raised
The sponsors of Climb for Heroes did a great job overall. The hike was divided into a series of “camps” modeled after the camps USMC Staff Sergeant Thomas Charles Linville will visit on his climb up Mt. Everest. The Mt Baldy Ski Resort parking lot was Base Camp. Sponsors provided breakfast, snacks, coffee and coconut water. Parking was free (no Adventure Pass required).

Just finding all the team proved to be our first challenge. If you count the folks in the photo above, you’ll note that many team members are missing. Some team members got an early start and some we saw on the way up (or down… or not at all). The more experienced teams had t-shirts and a better plan for meeting. Next year…

The first half mile was steep! We ascended 500 feet in that first half mile, climbing to the fire road from Manker Flat. Once we reached the fire road, it felt like we found some new legs.

The First Section was Steep!_

Camp 1 was at the first mile marker and we’d already climbed 770 feet vertically. We queued up to shake hands with one of the wounded vets, who also handed out custom poker chips. We would earn a new chip at each camp all the way to the summit.

Photo Op with a Veteran at Camp 2

Camp 2 was at 2.5 miles — just beyond The Notch at the junction with the 3-Ts trail — and we climbed another 500 feet to 7,800′. From here we took the service road that winds around the Mt Baldy ski runs, snaking our way up to…

Camp 3 — This camp was a turnaround point for some hikers. But those who made it this far could opt for a cold PBR (I declined… knowing what was still ahead). My reward would have to wait a while longer. Camp 3 was at the 3.6 mile mark and an elevation of 8,537 feet. This also marked the beginning of the Devil’s Backbone Trail.

The Devil’s Backbone Trail is one of the most scenic sections of the trail. It’s also the most treacherous. The wind whips you as it howls over the ridge line from east. The trail itself balances right along that ridge — when it’s not traversing a steep slope of ever-changing scree. Trekking poles are a great plus here (a must-have in my book) but the event organizers went a step further and put a rope up to provide a handhold across the gnarliest section.

Peter Dancing on the Devil's Backbone

Once you pass the backbone, you make a bee-line to Mt Baldy, climbing diagonally along the western side of Mt Harwood. Poor Mt Harwood. Everyone hikes on it, but they’re mostly just passing by en route to Baldy. Very few visit the summit. Another time.

Camp 4 sat in the saddle between Baldy and Harwood. At this point, you’ve hiked 5.5 miles and are only half a mile and 750 vertical feet away from the summit. The altitude becomes a factor. And if you haven’t been drinking enough water, you’ll really feel it here.

The final push to the summit is steep, and a slow, steady pace is the best approach. The “trail” is really just a spiderweb of goat trails. You have to pick your way along, but mostly you go up… up… UP!

A Long Line of Hikers

Finally we reached Summit Camp, and were greeted by Gyalbu Sherpa and Linville himself.

Charlie Linville at the Summit

The summit of Mt Baldy is usually crowded on weekends, but I’d never seen it like this. There were hundreds of hikers up there, and a steady stream of folks coming and going. I had a chance to thank Linville for his service and wish him well on his quest to summit Everest, then we headed back down.

Our route back retraced our steps, but included a stop for lunch at The Notch — which graciously provided BOGO lunches for Climb for Heroes participants. We had the option of riding the ski lift back down, but decided to hike that last two miles to make it an honest 12 mile trek.

Usually I would make a loop out of this, but in this case, it was worth going back to Base Camp and exchanging our tokens for shwag.

Special Thanks

I’m honored that so many people joined #TeamSoCalHiker, and many of you raised more than the minimum $100 target. I’d like to extend a special thanks to our top three fundraisers:

  • Mike Simms raised a whopping $1500! Way to go, Mike!
  • Susan Tracy raised $660!
  • Roxane Bukacek raised $560… and she made awesome red-white-and-blue paracord survival bracelets for the team and the soldiers on the trail.

Thanks to everyone on the team. I really appreciate meeting so many of you and hope to catch up with those I missed on another hike in the future. You all rock!

Follow Charlie

Charlie Linville is already already in Nepal. You can follow along on his Everest climb via updates on The Heroes Project’s Facebook page.

Climb for Heroes 2015 Trail Map

Download file: Mt Baldy - Climb for Heroes 2015.gpx

Climb for Heroes Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Mt Baldy Tips & Trivia

  • Mt Baldy’s real name is Mt. San Antonio
  • The Mt Baldy Ski Resort hosts full-moon hikes when the snow melts (i.e. now). They have special packages that include a BBQ buffet, live music at The Notch and the option of adding a lift — up, down or both. Not a bad way to explore the area and catch the sunset.
  • For more details on the area an my recommended loop hike, read Hiking Mt San Antonio (Mt Baldy) Loop.
  • Find more photos from the event on Instagram: #TeamSoCalHiker

Final Notes

To all the #TeamSoCalHikers out there who summited Mt Baldy, you’ve bagged one of the Six-Pack of Peaks. Which one will you summit next?

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-baldy-climb-for-heroes-2015-recap/feed/ 3
Hiking Portuguese Bend Reserve https://socalhiker.net/hiking-portuguese-bend-reserve/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-portuguese-bend-reserve/#comments Fri, 13 Feb 2015 22:28:04 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13119 Hiking Portuguese Bend Reserve

The Rancho Palos Verdes peninsula is a prominent feature in Southern California geography. It protrudes into the Pacific Ocean as if it could almost touch Catalina Island. The hills of Palos Verdes really stand out against the flat terrain surrounding it, making it instantly recognizable from a hike on nearly any hill or mountain in SoCal.

Trail Details
Distance: 3.1 miles

Time: 60-90 min.
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 855 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Download the GPX

Portuguese Bend Reserve in Palos Verdes is a 399 acre park established in 2005. It’s a great place for a hike with views of the Pacific. Catalina Island feels incredibly close. And this sweet little 3.1 mile loop takes you up the Rim Trail, past an awesome pillow lava outcrop called Ailor’s Cliff in honor of conservancy founder Bill Ailor.

Getting There

The trail begins at the top of the park. Yep, it’s one of those inverted hikes where you hike downhill in the beginning and uphill at the end. Don’t let that dissuade you from checking it out. There is free street parking along Crenshaw Boulevard near Burrell Lane (heed the street signs).  You can calculate turn-by-turn directions here on Google Maps.

The Trail

Once you’ve parked, you’ll walk to the end of Crenshaw where you’ll see a gate that marks the entrance to the park. Beyond, the road becomes a dirt double-track trail called the Burma Road Trail. This is one of many mixed-used trails in the park, shared by hikers, trail runners, mountain bikers and horses.

Entrance to Portuguese Bend Reserve

At 0.5 miles, bear right on the single track trail marked as Peacock Flats Trail. You may see evidence of restoration still underway from a wildfire in the park in 2009. The trail reconnects with the Burma Road Trail, where you’ll bear right and follow the broad trail as it curves south.

At 1.7 miles, we reached the junction with the Rim Trail. This trail is steep and can be slippery, but gives you an up-close view at Ailor’s Cliff — one of the most interesting geological features in the park.

At the top of Ailor’s Cliff — and right at the 2.0 mile mark — you’ll reach a junction with the Paintbrush Trail. Turn around, soak in the views and catch your breath. Then bear left on the Paintbrush Trail. The rest of the uphill will be much more gradual.

Paintbrush Trail

Another 0.3 miles down the trail you’ll reach the Ishibashi Trail. Follow this uphill back to the Burma Road Trail. You’ll find a pit toilet near this junction — the only break you’ll find before you reach your car.

This was a great park, and if you live in the area, it’s definitely worth checking out. It was cool to see how close Catalina Island seemed. It almost looked like you could swim there.

This trail would be an easy trail. I’ve labeled it moderate only for the steep, sketchy Rim Trail. As you can see from the map, there are lots of options in the park, so you can remix this hike to make it easier, longer or whatever you’d like.

Portuguese Bend Trail Map

Download file: Portuguese Bend Loop.gpx

More Portuguese Bend Resources

Map of Portuguese Bend Reserve

Portuguese Bend Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90275″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-portuguese-bend-reserve/feed/ 6
Chantry Flats to Sturtevant Camp and Mt Zion https://socalhiker.net/chantry-flats-sturtevant-camp-mt-zion/ https://socalhiker.net/chantry-flats-sturtevant-camp-mt-zion/#comments Fri, 23 Jan 2015 23:27:48 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=14540 Hiking Chantry Flats to Sturtevant CampThe beautiful Santa Anita Loop takes you on a 10-mile hike from Chantry Flats to Sturtevant Camp, then on to Mt Zion and back past Hoegee’s Trail Camp and along the Lower Winter Creek Trail. It’s got a 50 foot waterfall, babbling creeks, historical wilderness cabins, deep granite canyons and towering Alder and pine trees. It feels like a world away from Los Angeles…but it’s not.

Trail Details
Distance: 9.6 miles
Time: 5 hours
Difficulty: Moderately strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,100 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: October to June
Download the GPX
This world away from LA is just 30 minutes from the freeway and the San Gabriel Valley. It can be unbearably hot in summer, but fall through spring, especially after a few rainstorms, the Santa Anita Loop really comes alive. Waterfalls, cascading creeks, tall, shady trees and deep, fern-lined granite gulches transport you to another place and time.

Getting to the Trailhead

This hike begins at Chantry Flats — a popular and especially crowded spot on weekends. If you’re here on the weekend, get here early or you’ll end up parking down the road and extending your hike even further. Get directions on Google Maps. To park in the area, you’ll either need an Adventure Pass or you can park at the Adams Pack Station for a fee. The pack station also sells Adventure Passes. If you don’t have one, get one. It’s worth avoiding a ticket.

The Santa Anita Canyon Loop

The trailhead begins on the downhill side of the road near the entrance to the Chantry Flats parking lot. The first half mile is paved and often crowded with families and children looking for an escape from the city. You might even see a few serious hikers. Don’t let the crowds dissuade you! This trail is worth hiking.

When you reach the bottom, you’ll cross a steel-and-wood bridge, then take the Gabrielino Trail toward Sturtevant Camp. Along the way, you’ll criss-cross the creek a number of times. It’s a fun rock-hopping exercise, but if you’re feeling insecure, use your trekking poles for added support and balance.

Sturtevant Falls are worth visiting, although it’s a short out-and-back on a spur trail to reach them. This 50-foot waterfall can be quite beautiful after the winter rainstorms roll through.

You may see some people climbing the scree up the north side of the canyon to “shortcut” back to the trail. Don’t do it. It’s a short hike back to the actual trail junction, and this accelerates erosion and damages the hillside next to the waterfall.

Instead, retrace your steps back to the Gabrielino Trail junction. You can go either way here (they both end up at the same place) but stick to the right. It follows the creek more closely and is much more beautiful. The high trail is mainly for the pack mules.

After four miles, you’ll reach a sign pointing to the Sturtevant Camp. Remember that this is private, so be respectful of the guests. On the day we hiked here, no one was staying there, so we explored a bit and even tried out the giant swing.

Back on the trail, and just across the creek from Sturtevant Camp is the junction with the Zion Trail — the next leg of this loop.

Chantry Flats-Upper Zion Trail Junction -13

The Zion Trail climbs 1.25 miles to the summit of Mt. Zion, then descends on the other side of the ridge to Hoegee Trail Camp and Winter Creek. There was one downed tree we had to clamber over, but otherwise the trail was well-maintained and easy to follow. Most of the route to the summit was shaded.

Chantry Flats-Fell Tree on the Mt Zion Trail -14

The Zion Trail was built by Wilbur Sturtevant back in 1896 to provide direct access to his resort. This was the primary route to Sturtevant Camp until 1916 when the canyon trail was constructed. During the 1960’s the trail fell into disrepair, became overgrown and impassable. It was reopened in 1985 thanks to the efforts of the Sierra Club and local volunteers to rebuilt the trail.

View from Mt. Zion

View from Mt. Zion

The trail down to Hoegees Trail Camp descends the south-facing ridge to Winter Creek. This section of the trail had several sections with direct sun exposure. It’s fascinating to note the change in plant life — and in temperature! It was about 10 degrees warmer in the sun than in the shady canyons.

At Hoegees, you have the option of taking the Upper or Lower Winter Creek Trail. We opted to follow the Lower Winter Creek Trail (and I recommend you do the same). This follows a more scenic route along Winter Creek with numerous water crossings, the cool shade of the Alders and the sounds of gurgling water cascading down the canyon.

Several places along the way you’ll pass cabins of various sizes and conditions. These cabins are all privately owned and on land leased from the Forest Service. They were built between 1907 and 1936, and while at one time there were hundreds dotting the canyons, today only about 80 remain. They have no electricity or utility services, and everything must be either hand-carried or brought in by mule train, as they have been for 100 years.

Chantry Flats-An Old Cabin on Winter Creek -20

Finally you’ll reach the bridge that you crossed near the beginning of your hike. It’s just half a mile uphill on the paved road back to Chantry Flats. And yes, it’s normal for it to feel longer going up than when you went down it this morning.

Santa Anita Canyon Loop Trail Map

Download file: chantry-flats.gpx

Santa Anita Loop Tips

  • When Zion Trail reaches the Winter Creek Junction, you can optionally take the Upper Winter Creek Trail back to Chantry Flats. This adds one mile to the total distance, but comes down at the parking lot rather than descending all the way to the canyon (with the half mile climb up the paved road to the lot). I’ve done both routes, and in spite of the final uphill climb, I still prefer the scenery of Lower Winter Creek Trail.
  • If you’re feeling ambitious and want a longer, more challenging hike, you can take the Sturtevant trail at the junction to Mt. Zion and continue your climb up the canyon to Mt. Wilson. I’ve got a full guide to that route here: Chantry Flats to Mt. Wilson. It happens to be the first of the SoCal Hiker Six-Pack of Peaks.
  • The Chantry Flat Road is gated. The gate is open from 6am to 8pm, so plan accordingly.

More Chantry Flats Resources

  • Adams Pack Station – They sell Adventure Passes, but also offer some parking on their own lot for about $10. They have a market that sells drinks and food, and sometimes on the weekends they have a grill outside cooking up burgers. They also have a mule pack service that can haul gear and supplies up to your campsite or cabin. Many of the small, privately owned cabins in these canyons use their service to lug supplies up.
  • Staying at Camp Sturtevant – The camp was established in 1893 by Wilbur Sturtevant. Today, it’s owned by the Methodist Church, but managed by the Adams Pack Station. You can reserve cabins at Camp Sturtevant for your personal or family retreat, or for a group outing.
  • GPS User? Download the GPX file.

Chantry Flats Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91006″]

Special thanks to my hiking partners Ric, Jason and Bruce from the Muir Project. Great hiking with you! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/chantry-flats-sturtevant-camp-mt-zion/feed/ 13
Hiking to the Bridge to Nowhere https://socalhiker.net/hike-the-bridge-to-nowhere/ https://socalhiker.net/hike-the-bridge-to-nowhere/#comments Thu, 18 Dec 2014 00:55:12 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=518

The Bridge to Nowhere hike is a quintessential SoCal trail. The trail criss-crosses the East Fork of the San Gabriel River many times. In the spring, the water can run fast and deep. Sometimes it’s waist high in places, making crossing a wet proposition. The river crossing make this trek more fun, and on a hot summer day, cooling off in one of the pools at the turnaround point is a perfect respite. But this hike has a bonus history lesson. It roughly follows the route of a road that attempted to provide a shortcut to Wrightwood. A flood in 1938 wiped out all but a few remnants of the road, but the “Bridge to Nowhere” remains.

Trail Details
Distance: 11 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,140 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Download GPX
We hiked this trail in June on a warm but-not-too-hot day. Much of the trail is exposed and it gets too hot to be comfortable in the middle of summer. There was water running, but all of the crossing were easily managed by rock-hopping or log balancing. Only the soles of our shoes got wet — a relatively rare occurrence on this trek.

Getting to the Trailhead

To get to the trailhead from Azusa, head north on San Gabriel Canyon Road for about 11 miles, then turn right at East Fork Road. Take this about 6 miles to the end and the parking lot. Note that the lot gets crowded, but you can park along the sides of the road. Pay attention to the signs. There are a few sections where parking is not allowed. Get detailed driving directions.

Hiking the Bridge to Nowhere Trail

The trail is clearly marked. You start out heading north up the canyon on a gravel road that hugs the east side of the canyon, parallel to the river. In the early morning, the mountains provide shade from the sun — a welcome relief on hot days, as most of this trail has full exposure.

At 0.5 miles you’ll reach the Heaton Flat Campground. I would probably never camp here personally — too much of a zoo.

The trail crosses the river several times along the route, and each time you’ll be shaded by alder trees. It’s quite beautiful.

As you continue along the river trail, notice that at times there are traces of the road that once wound through the canyon. This is the very road that once cross the bridge. Mother Nature has done her darnedest to erase all evidence of the road, but look closely and you’ll see a patch of asphalt here and there.

At about 3.5 miles, you scramble up the side of the canyon to a ledge with remnants of the old road. Watch closely to your right and you might see little spur creek feeding the river. If you’re feeling adventurous, you can scramble up this creek to a hidden waterfall that few ever see.

Soon you come to a sign with a long list of rules and a stern warning that you entering private property. Yes, the Bridge to Nowhere is on land leased to a company that runs bungee jumps off the bridge. For a fee, you too can wait in line and jump off a bridge.

As we approached the bridge, we spied several big horn sheep making their way down the canyon wall on the opposite side of the river — quite appropriate sense we were in the Sheep Mountain Wilderness.

The Bridge to Nowhere is a beautiful structure oddly out-of-place. As it’s name suggests, it really is a bridge without a road, in the middle of nowhere. The bungee jumping crowds can be big on the weekends in warm weather. We threaded our way through the crowd to the opposite side of the bridge, then picked a route down to the river.

The area just beyond and below the ridge is the beginning of The Narrows. There are lots of pools, waterfalls, shady Alder trees and boulders to hop across or stretch out on. This is the perfect spot to kick off your boots, eat your lunch and take a refreshing dip in the surprisingly cool water.

 

Bridge to Nowhere Trail Map

Download file: bridge-to-nowhere.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

 

Bridge To Nowhere Tips

  • An Adventure Pass used to be required here, but that has since been change. If in doubt, check with the Ranger Station.
  • Bring plenty of water, or a means of purifying or filtering water from the river.
  • When water is high, wear hiking shoes that are not waterproof, and just wear them through the water. The stones in the river are slippery. Going barefoot or even in sandals is not advised.
  • Trekking poles are very useful, particularly for the water crossings.

More Bridge to Nowhere Resources

Originally hiked on June 21, 2014.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hike-the-bridge-to-nowhere/feed/ 25
Hiking Mt Baden-Powell https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-baden-powell/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-baden-powell/#comments Tue, 16 Sep 2014 01:25:35 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13377 Hiking Mt Baden-Powell

The sky was a deep, cloudless blue. The only sounds came from the occasional wind through the sparse trees and the crunching of my boots on the trail. I had just climbed nearly 3,000 vertical feet to the summit of Mt. Baden-Powell (9,406′) — one of the highest mountains in the San Gabriel mountains. The stunning 360° views made those 40 switchbacks worth climbing.

Trail Details
Summit: 9,406′
Distance: 8.7 miles total
Time: 4 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2,900 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October
Download the GPX
Mt. Baden-Powell is named for Lord Baden-Powell, the British officer who started Boy Scouts in 1907. This trail follows the Pacific Crest Trail from Vincent Gap near Wrightwood nearly all the way to the summit. Hiking this out-and-back trail not only provides a great challenge and helps you build strength and stamina for bigger hikes, but also beautiful scenery and stunning mountain and desert views.

Getting to the Vincent Gap Trailhead

Vincent Gap is a popular trailhead a few miles outside of Wrightwood on Highway 2. There is plenty of parking and there are pit toilets. The Vincent Gap is on the backside of the mountains from the LA basin, so it takes some time to get there, but it’s worth it. Get your driving directions.

Vincent Gap to Mt. Baden-Powell Trail

The trail begins at the west end of the parking lot, and immediately begins a relentless ascent up the north ridge to the summit. You are actually hiking a section of the Pacific Crest Trail — the 2,600 mile trail from Mexico to Canada.

The trail follows a well-engineered series of switchbacks through shaded forest. And just at the moment when you think “Wow, I could use a breather,” this bench appears.

Taking a Breather

As you continue climbing the forty switchbacks, you’ll see a spur trail that leads 200 yards east to the dribbling pipe known as Lamel Spring.

Lamel Springs Junction

Hiking this trail you can watch the climate zone change as you gain elevation. The thick forest thins out, and closer to the summit are replaced by weathered and twisted limber pines.

When you reach this ridge line, you’re almost to the summit. The trail here skirts the top of the ridge, with steep slopes in both directions. When covered with ice and snow, this can be particularly treacherous, as you can imagine.

On the far end of the ridge, but before the final climb to the summit you’ll see the gnarled and twisted roots of the Wally Waldron tree. This 1,500 year old limber pine is said to be the oldest in the San Gabriel mountains, and named for a noted Boy Scout leader and volunteer.

One last push and the rounded summit of Mt. Baden-Powell comes into view. When you see the monument, you have arrived.

There summit itself is quite exposed, but there are a few clusters of trees where you’ll find shade and a great spot for a lunch break. When you’ve had your fill of the views, retrace your steps to Vincent Gap.

Hiking Mt Baden-Powell is a challenging hike, a great workout with rewarding views. Hike this!

Mt. Baden-Powell Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

All of these photos were from our hike on July 5, 2014.

Mt. Baden-Powell Tips

  • This trail can be hot. We hiked this on a moderately warm day, but started early. By afternoon, I was glad that we were headed downhill and not up.
  • Bring the ten essentials, and carry 2-3 liters of water. I carried 3 liters and drank it all by the time we finished.

More Mt. Baden-Powell Resources

Mt. Baden-Powell Video Fly-by

Wrightwood Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”Wrightwood, CA”]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-baden-powell/feed/ 22
Hiking to Aliso Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-aliso-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-aliso-peak/#comments Sat, 13 Sep 2014 02:46:37 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13558 Aliso Peak Trail has great coastal views

South Orange County is often dismissed as a snooty, well-to-do slice of suburbia filled with malls, expensive cars and cookie cutter houses. It may fit that stereotype on the surface, but there is much more to explore. There are hidden trails like the Aliso Peak Trail above Laguna Beach.

Trail Details
Distance: 1.6 miles
Time: 60-80 min.
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 533 ft
Summit elevation: 683 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
This short-but-sweet trail provides a perfect mid-week attitude adjustment, especially on a hot summer day. It’s the perfect way to decompress after a day at work.

Getting to the Aliso Peak Trail

The Aliso Peak Trail is officially part of Aliso and Woods Canyon Wilderness Park, but you won’t find it connected to the more familiar parts of the park. The entrance is at the west end of Seaview Park in Laguna Niguel. There is free street parking along Talavera Drive. View in Google Maps. The park’s hours are 7am – 9pm March 1 through October 31, and 7am to 6pm November 1 through February 28.

Hiking to Aliso Peak

From the green grassy Seaview Park, make your way to the west end (closest to the guard shack for the gated community beyond). You’ll see drinking fountains and information signs about the park. From here, the wide dirt trail follows the ridge line with condos on your left, and Aliso Canyon on your right.

The plants you see along this trail have been maintained in their natural condition. This is one of the few areas where plants of the inland mountains and north coastal California grow side-by-side with plants from San Diego County and Baja California. Many of the plants have been identified with markers along the way.

At about 0.3 miles you reach the last picnic table, with awesome ocean views.

Awesome picnic table view

From here, veer to the left to find a steep, gravely trail that heads down towards Aliso Peak. Yes, this is one of the few peaks you’ll ever bag where you start out looking down at it.

Veer to the left here

Veer to the left here

The trail opens up along a street lined with McMansions. Watch for the posts on the right that indicate the trail down. Take it.

At 0.7 miles you reach a saddle junction with the Toovet Trail, which ascends from Laguna Beach below. Stick to the right and head up the fairly steep final push to the summit of Aliso Peak.

Junction with the Toovet Trail

When you reach the summit of Aliso Peak, you’re rewarded with great views of the Laguna coastline. And a bench to catch your breath on, or to sit while you watch for whales, or enjoy the sunset. Take some time to just be. That’s where this little trail excels.

View of Laguna Beach from Aliso Peak

Going back, you simply retrace your steps. Although I’ve classified this trail as easy due to the short length, it’s not really for hiking beginners. The hills are steep, a little treacherous and really get your heart pumping.

You can modify this to just take in the easy top section and skip the peak. Then it’s family- and stroller-friendly and a perfect picnic spot. You can also string this together with the Aliso Summit Trail (with a little sidewalk time) and turn this into a longer more serious hike.

Aliso Peak Trail Map

Download file: Aliso Summit Trail.gpx

Aliso Peak Tips

  • Dogs are allowed, but must remain on leash. There are drinking fountains and a dog bowl at the trailhead.
  • There are a number of picnic tables on the first part of the trail, and most of them have great views.
  • Aliso Peak is a great spot whale watching during the annual migration, January through April.

More Aliso Peak Resources

Aliso Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92677″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-aliso-peak/feed/ 7
Cooper Canyon Falls https://socalhiker.net/hiking-cooper-canyon-falls/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-cooper-canyon-falls/#comments Wed, 27 Aug 2014 15:14:28 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13078 Backpacking to Cooper Canyon

Cooper Canyon Falls is a beautiful waterfall that flows almost year round, but roars in April-May as the spring snow melts. The falls can be spectacular when you time your hike right, and I’m surprise more people don’t talk about this trail.

This hike includes a side trip to Cooper Canyon Campground — a wilderness campsite right on the Pacific Crest Trail — making this an easy hike to modify for an overnight backpacking trip. It’s not long, but it it has some great features and makes a great shake-down trip for testing your gear and getting comfortable with your pack weight before a longer trip.

Trail Details
Distance: 6 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 907 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring to Fall
Although we hiked this as a day hike, you could shorten the journey by heading straight Cooper Canyon Falls and back, skipping the side trip to the campground and cutting the total distance in half. We wanted to check out the campground first hand.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead is found at the very back of the Buckhorn Campground, about 33 miles back from La Cañada-Flintridge off Highway 2 in the Angeles National Forest (Google map).

Trail Description

Start at the Burkhart Trail and head down. Yes, this is one of those trails where the elevation gain is all on the way out. Some people prefer to get the vertical out of the way first, but that’s not really an option for this trip. But it’s worth it. 

Heading down the Burkhart Trail

The trail descends down a mostly shady canyon with a babbling creek at the bottom. The Buckhorn Campground provides car camping, and a lot of people were exploring and playing in the creek not far from the trailhead. We soon left them behind as we traveled further down.

Redwoods

I was surprised to see a number of redwood trees — an unusual site in southern California.

Trail Markers

At the 1.2 mile mark, the trail reaches a junction with the Pacific Crest Trail. The falls are to the right only  a few hundred yards down the trail. You’ll have to scramble down the embankment to reach them, and there was a handy rope to make getting down (and back up) a bit easier.

Detour to Cooper Canyon Falls

Look for the steep scramble down to the base of the falls.

I was surprised to see fairly decent-sized fish swimming in the pool below the falls! The waterfall and creek were beautiful in spite of the drought. In wetter years as the snow melts, Cooper Canyon Falls are spectacular.

Here’s a shot from Kolby “The Hike Guy” Kirk taken during his 2011 hike on the PCT:

Kolby Kirk at Cooper Canyon Falls

Doubling back to the junction, we took the PCT toward the Cooper Canyon Campground. This was about 1.5 miles up another canyon, and we ran into a group of PCT thru-hikers headed the same way. The campground itself feels quite developed, even though you have to hike back there. There are two pit toilets, picnic tables and plenty of area for tents — making it suitable for groups. And the creek runs just behind the camp area, providing a water source.

Cooper Canyon Camp

Personally I wouldn’t choose this camp for a quiet getaway, but for a group looking for an easy way to test the waters and give backpacking a try, this could be ideal. And it gives you a chance to actually backpack a section of the epic Pacific Crest Trail.

Cooper Canyon Falls Trail Map

Download file: Cooper Canyon Falls.gpx

Cooper Canyon Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

 

Cooper Canyon Tips

  • No permits are required for the Cooper Canyon Camp. There are six, first-come, first-serve hike-in sites.
  • Water is typically available from the stream at Cooper Canyon Camp, but should be treated. Flow may be low or non-existent in dry years during the height of summer.
  • An Adventure Pass is required to park at the Burkhart Trailhead.
  • After the hike, grab a burger and a beer at a favorite biker destination — Newcomb’s Ranch on your way back.

Cooper Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”93553″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-cooper-canyon-falls/feed/ 21
Lost Coast Trail: Miller Flat to Black Sands Beach https://socalhiker.net/lost-coast-trail-miller-flat-to-black-sands-beach/ https://socalhiker.net/lost-coast-trail-miller-flat-to-black-sands-beach/#comments Sun, 24 Aug 2014 01:42:01 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13420 Last Day on the Lost Coast Trail

Today was our fourth and final day on the Lost Coast Trail. The last day of any backpacking trip is always bittersweet. We looked forward to sleeping in a bed and eating a meal that wasn’t rehydrated. Yet we want to linger and savor the sense of peace and connectedness we’ve enjoyed on the trail.

Trail Details
Distance: 10 miles
Time: 5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 75 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
It seemed fitting that our final day would also be our longest mileage. We had 10 miles between us and our Xterra at the trailhead. And we needed to cover the first 4.5 miles before the tide started coming in.

Our tide chart told us that high tide peaked at 7:45am. We broke camp in the morning mist and headed south down Miller Flat. One mile south of Big Flat Creek, the terrace ends and the trail heads down to the beach. We arrived a bit early, and the surf still lapped the rock outcrops. We dropped our packs and enjoyed the smell of the salt air and the sound of the waves crashing. The cobbled beach stones chattered as the surf pushed and pulled them down the beach.

Waiting for the Tide to Recede on the LCT

Soon we were joined by two other groups of backpackers. The first — an older group of four brothers and their father; the second a group of three twenty-somethings — one hiking barefoot. One by one each group started back down the Lost Coast as the tide began to recede. We unconsciously created space between each party, so we still had the sense of having the trail mostly to ourselves.

50 Shades of Grey

The entire Lost Coast Trail is beautiful and surprisingly diverse. But this 4.5 mile section from the south end of Miller Flat to Gitchell Creek may have been my favorite section of the trail. You walk on the beach. The mountains and the forest drop precipitously down to the beach itself. At high tide, the surf meets the forest.

The close proximity of thick forested hills provides hiding spots for the deer, bear and other creatures whose prints you will often see in the sand. It’s odd to think of a bear or a deer on the beach, but here its quite normal. And who can blame them!? The scenery is absolutely breathtaking.

Along this section are two popular camp areas at Shipman Creek and Buck Creek. These often fill up, which was one reason we stayed at Miller Flat.

The next mile beyond Gitchell Creek shows signs of signifcant erosion — a reminder that the sea is continually reshaping the coastline.

Boulders on Black Sands Beach

At mile 8.2 there are two significant boulders on the beach. When you reach these, you’re in the home stretch. Beyond these rocks the beach widens, and on a clear day you can pick out a few homes on the bluffs of Shelter Cove two miles away.

Black Sands Beach Trailhead

The Black Sands Beach trailhead parking is on a bluff between Telegraph and Humboldt Creeks. Continue past Telegraph Creek, then head up the north side of Humboldt Creek and you’ll see the walkway.

Lost Coast Trail: Day Four Trail Map

Download file: Lost Coast Trail Day 4.gpx

Day Four on the Lost Coast: Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

The Lost Coast Trail

After the Hike

We stowed our gear and I put on a fresh shirt that I left in the car, then headed for lunch in Shelter Cove. From there, we drove the long, windy road back to the 101 and turned south. Our destination? A civilized finish to the trip with a stay at the Glendeven Inn in Mendocino. Highly recommended.

Shelter Cove Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”95589″]

The Lost Coast Trail
]]>
https://socalhiker.net/lost-coast-trail-miller-flat-to-black-sands-beach/feed/ 13
Lost Coast Trail: Spanish Flat to Miller Flat https://socalhiker.net/lost-coast-trail-spanish-flat-to-miller-flat/ https://socalhiker.net/lost-coast-trail-spanish-flat-to-miller-flat/#respond Sat, 23 Aug 2014 02:54:02 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13419 Climbing on Solid Ground

The Lost Coast Trail has several sections which are impassable at high tide, and it is essential that you bring a tide chart along to avoid becoming trapped in one of these spots.

Trail Details
Distance: 7.5 miles
Time: 4-5 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 100 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Today would be the only day of our adventure with no impassable sections. It was a pleasure knowing we didn’t have to watch the clock or worry about getting to any particular point before the tide came in.

I was the first one up, and took some time to play with my Olloclip macro lens for an early morning micro-adventure, cataloguing the various wildflowers right at our campsite. It never ceases to amaze me how brilliant and beautiful the world is, and often hidden in plain sight.

No more than half a mile down the trail we passed another Lost Coast cabin further down Spanish Flat, looking well-kept and lived in.

Lost Coast Cabin

At the one mile mark, we crossed through a shady thicket of low trees at Oat Creek. The fog kept the temperatures perfect for hiking.

At two miles, we crossed Kinsey Creek, and marveled at how many creeks there were running this late in summer during a drought. You are never far from fresh water sources on the Lost Coast. In southern California, we’ve grown accustomed to carrying all the water we’ll need for a hike, and it took us while to realize that no, we don’t need to carry three liters of water. One will do.

At three miles, the ancient jeep trail we’d been following on Spanish Flat disappeared — a victim of erosion and the ever-changing coastline. We dropped down to the beach and started hiking on cobbled stones that crunched under our boots.

At 3.6 miles we paused and took a break at Big Creek. Someone had built a rather elaborate structure out of driftwood. This practice is frowned upon by the rangers, as it runs counter to the leave no trace philosophy.

Driftwood Shelter

It was at Big Creek that we also saw our first sign of other people in almost two days. A tent was setup at a campsite not far away.

We picked our way down the coast. Hiking on these rocks was difficult and slow, so we tried to stick as close as possible to the base of the bluffs where the ground was at least a little bit more solid.

At 4.6 miles, the trail climbed atop a terrace. We had reached the northern limit of Big Flat. The trail begins to climb, reaching the highest on our trail — a mere 100 feet or so above sea level — through thick, twisted pine trees.

When we finally emerged we came down to the broad terrace of the flat. The trail travels straight through grassy fields. We were wary of rattlesnakes and ticks, but had no problems with either.

The trail widens from single track to double track, eventually becoming a makeshift dirt air strip at mile six. We had heard about this air strip, and it was interesting to finally see it. Not much more than flat, straight dirt road that passed right by the nicest cabins we’d seen yet. The one was definitely inhabited, with solar panels for power and at least one person working in the yard. What a life.

Big Flat Cabin on the Lost Coast Trail

Deer grazed nearby, and one young fawn passed in front of us, completely unfazed by our presence. Not far past the cabin the trail turns abruptly 90 degrees and heads straight toward the ocean before turning to follow near the top of the bluff.

At 7 miles, we reached Big Flat Creek. It’s a big creek, and there are a number of good camp sites on both sides of it. We dropped our packs and scouted out the best. I had my eye on the tall forest of trees on the south side of the creek on Miller Flat, and found an idyllic spot out the hot afternoon sun.

While there really isn’t a bad campsite on the Lost Coast, this was the most comfortable. It was a fitting site for our final night on the trail.

Day 3 Campsite at Miller Flat

We were the first in the area to set up camp, but we were not alone. Over the next few hours several other small groups of backpackers showed up. It was the most people we had seen yet, but even so we were spread out. Sitting on the beach watching the sunset we saw other people, but back in our camp we had solitude and privacy.

Sunset on the Lost Coast Trail

Lost Coast Trail: Day Three Map

Download file: Lost Coast Trail Day 3.gpx

Day Three on the Lost Coast: Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Shelter Cove Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”95589″]

Come back tomorrow for Day 4 on the Lost Coast Trail!

The Lost Coast Trail
Overview of the Lost Coast TrailOverview of the Lost Coast Trail

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/lost-coast-trail-spanish-flat-to-miller-flat/feed/ 0
The Lost Coast Trail: An Overview https://socalhiker.net/the-lost-coast-trail-an-overview/ https://socalhiker.net/the-lost-coast-trail-an-overview/#comments Sun, 17 Aug 2014 15:05:42 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13254 Backpacking the Lost Coast

We arrived at Mattole Beach early in the evening. The trailhead has a scattering of car campsites, which we were eager to leave behind. We donned our backpacks, hit the trail, and promptly lost ourselves in the vast beauty of the coast. It feels somehow primal; the convergence of sea and land on this solitary, rugged section of the Northern California coastline. There are no roads on this section of the coast–the terrain is too rugged. There is no cell phone coverage. And we saw very few people. We were disconnected from the modern world, and reconnecting to the land, the sea and ourselves.

I breathed in deeply, the moist, salty air filling my nostrils and renewing my energy with each step. We were off the grid in the best way possible. We were on the Lost Coast Trail. 

The Lost Coast is so named because this section of this section of land was too steep and rugged to build a road. Big Sur was tamed by Highway 1, but not the Lost Coast. Highway 1 veers inland 20 miles around this remote section of coastline. There are no roads or cars. Just getting to the trailhead is a journey in itself.

Trail Details
Distance: 25 miles
Time: 3-4 days
Difficulty: Moderately strenuous multi-day
Elevation gain: 50 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
The Lost Coast Trail stretches 25 miles through the King Range National Conservation Area, from Mattole Beach in the north to the village of Shelter Cove in the south. The trail is fairly flat (there are a few hills to climb) but the terrain is challenging. You go from hiking on coarse black sand to pebbly beaches; from slippery, wave-smoothed stones the size of bowling balls to the blessed solid ground of the flats. Sections of the trail are completely impassable at high tide, making timing and tide chart knowledge essential. And the weather is highly unpredictable.

We hiked the Lost Coast Trail over four days and three nights — a comfortable pace that allowed flexibility in our hiking schedule to accommodate the high tides. We started with a rough itinerary, but with the exception of the third night, changed every planned camp location. Have a plan, but plan to be flexible. The Lost Coast demands it.

An Overview of the Lost Coast Trail

Punta Gorda Lighthouse

The first day on the trail we started out about 5:30 PM, and hiked an easy 5-1/2 miles. Along the way, we stopped by the beautiful and historic Punta Gorda Lighthouse. The lighthouse was built in 1910 after numerous fatal shipwrecks off the coast, and was in operation until 1961, when it was replaced by more advanced navigation technology. There used to be a number of beautiful cottages and out buildings, but these were tragically burned down by the forest service in the early ’70s. Today, only the concrete structures of the lighthouse and the fuel house remain.

Still More Rock Walking

The trail, such as it is, mainly involves following the coastline. The terrain often is soft sand that slows down your pace to a slog, or rocks that force you to carefully choose each step. There are two large flats along the route that offer solid ground–a welcome respite from the rocks, sand and gravel.

Creek Crossing

Water is never far away. Even in a dry year like this, we met sources of fresh water every mile or less along the trail — from small rivulets to full-fledged creeks.

Note: in storms and during the rainy season, these creeks can swell to waist-high depth and crossing can be treacherous. 

The Lost Coast in Northern CaliforniaWhere is the Lost Coast?

The Lost Coast Trail in the King Range National Conservation Area is about five hours north of San Francisco. To get to Shelter Cove, take the Garberville exit off Highway 101, heading west on Shelter Cove Road. Right right on Beach Road, and continue about a mile to the Black Sands Beach parking lot. Get Google Maps directions to the Black Sands Beach trailhead.

To reach Mattole Beach on the north end of the Lost Coast, take Lighthouse Road west from Petrolia, all the way to the end. Get Google Maps directions to the Mattole Trailhead.

Note that the drive to either of these trailheads takes patience. It can take 1-1/2 hours to drive from the 101 to Shelter Cove, and the road can be harrowing. It’s all part of the adventure.

The Lost Coast Trail Map

Download file: lost-coast-trail.gpx

Lost Coast Trail Tips

  • Bear canisters are required throughout the King Range National Conservation Area. While we didn’t see any signs of bears, two guys we shared the shuttle with had seen bear tracks on the beach on their last day of the trip. Yes, there are bears on the Lost Coast. Fortunately, you can rent canisters from the ranger station for $5 per canister, per trip at these three locations.
  • Where to go when Nature calls… This one blew me away, but the rule on the Lost Coast Trail is to dig a hole on the beach below the high tide mark and make your deposit right there. Everywhere else I’ve ever hiked the rules typically have you do this well away from water, but in this case, the rangers want you to do it in the ocean. In fact, its right on the permit.
  • Rangers will check and fine for violations. Violations include not carrying a bear canister, not carrying a permit, or not following the rules regarding campfires. Read the rules, and follow them. We met a ranger on our fourth day, and he checked our permit and canister and actually quizzed us to make sure we read the rules.
  • Which direction to hike? North or South? This one is easy. Hike from north to south. The prevailing winds will be at your back. Start at Mattole Beach and head south to Shelter Cove.

Permits

Permits are required to hike the Lost Cost Trail. Check availability at Outdoor Status.

Lost Coast Resources

  • Getting to the trailhead is a challenge in itself. You could plan a yo-yo (out-and-back) trip, but that turns it into a challenging 50 mile hike. Most people plan to take a shuttle. There are two shuttle companies that serve the area: Lost Coast Shuttle and Lost Coast Adventures. We used Lost Coast shuttle and were super-pleased with the service. We drove to the Black Sands Beach trailhead on the south end of the trail in Shelter Cove, where the shuttle met us and drove us up and around to the north end of the trail — a windy hour and a half drive. The benefit to this approach is that when you get to the end of the trail, your car is waiting for you, rather than you waiting for the shuttle. The shuttle is pricey, but understandably so since each round trip takes about four hours total. Keep in mind that the more in your group, the lower the overall cost of the shuttle–as long as your group fits in one shuttle.
  • GPS user? Download our Lost Coast GPX file.
  • Download the King Range Wilderness Map  (8.5 MB PDF)
  • Monthly weather averages. Note: it gets wet here during much of the year.

Should you hike the Lost Coast Trail?

Follow the links below for my day-by-day trip report and guide for our Lost Coast backpacking trip. I highly recommend this trail to anyone with a sense of adventure and a love of rugged wilderness.

If you’ve got questions about the Lost Coast Trail, let me know in the comments below.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/the-lost-coast-trail-an-overview/feed/ 112
Big Parade Los Angeles Returns This Weekend https://socalhiker.net/big-parade-los-angeles-returns-this-weekend/ https://socalhiker.net/big-parade-los-angeles-returns-this-weekend/#comments Tue, 27 May 2014 21:20:48 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=13072 Big Parade Los Angeles 2014

The Big Parade is an awesome urban walking/hiking experience that takes place each year in Los Angeles. This two-day event covers over 35 miles, including 80 public stairways, numerous neighborhoods and landmarks. This is a free even with no registration required. It’s organized by Dan Koeppel, who runs it on a timetable so you can join for the whole thing, or jump in just for a section.

The Big Parade is not just a walk — it’s an experience. In addition to seeing LA the very best way possible (on foot) and meeting your neighbors, there is a full program that includes art, music, history, guest speakers and usually more than a few surprises.

Last year I joined for a portion of Day 2, and met the one-and-only Bob Inman. Bob is the creator of what is the first (and possible only?) urban thru-hike: The Inman 300.

This year’s Big Parade kicks off with a 10-mile Prologue on Friday led by none other than Bob Inman himself. The main events are Saturday and Sunday, May 31 and June 1st.

You can get all the details of this epic annual event — including the route maps and schedule — on the Big Parade blog.

And you can also follow Big Parade LA on Facebook, Twitter, and Flickr.

Will I see you this weekend? Leave a comment and maybe we can have a mini-SoCalHiker meetup within the Big Parade!

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/big-parade-los-angeles-returns-this-weekend/feed/ 6
Hiking to San Bernardino Peak via Angelus Oaks https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-bernardino-peak-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-bernardino-peak-trail/#comments Thu, 22 May 2014 21:47:28 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=512  

Hiking San Bernardino Peak via Angelus Oaks

Trail Details
Distance: 16.5 miles
Time: ~9 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,702 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October

Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks
This hike is the fourth in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes. I used them to train for hiking the John Muir Trail, but others are doing it to prepare for hiking Whitney, or simply just for the adventure, the scenery and the mountain views.

One of the best-kept secrets of Southern California is San Bernardino Mountain. Just five miles away from the highest peak in SoCal — San Gorgonio — San Bernardino tops out at a respectable 10,649 feet. Hiking from Angelus Oaks, this 16-mile out-and-back trail climbs over 4,600 vertical feet. It makes for a very long day hike or a great weekend backpacking trip.

Sign to the trailhead parking

The first challenge with this hike is finding the trailhead. I was able to find it on Google Maps, but the directions Google gave me neglected to point out that many of the streets in Angelus Oaks are missing street signs. Not helpful. The key is to look for the fire station (it’s on Manzanita). Turn torwards the station, then an immediate left on the frontage road. That’s where you’ll see what might be the most detailed road sign I’ve ever seen.

You’ll drive about 1/4 mile along a bumpy dirt road. You can take a passenger car up there driving slowly, though I was glad to be driving my Xterra.

Angelus Oaks Trailhead

The trailhead parking requires an Adventure Pass. There is a message board and the ranger regularly posts updates (“rattlesnake seen on the trail” or “be sure to carry your permit”). Check the board for any special notices before heading up the only trailhead which begins just to the left.

Permit Availability

Permits are required to hike this trail, even as a day hike, and group size is limited to a maximum of 12. Permits are free, and can be obtained online on the San Gorgonio Wilderness Association website.

You can also backpack overnight up San Bernardino Peak, coming either at Limber Pine Bench.

There are three distinct sections to this trail. The first section climbs steadily up well-engineered switchbacks through oak and pine forest. You gain a lot of elevation quickly, but the trail is smooth and not too steep. I was impressed with the great views out toward the Inland Empire and north towards the snow-capped Mt. San Antonio (aka Baldy).

Angelus Oaks trail

Eventually you emerge at Manzanita Flats — the main junction along this trail. Note: read the trail signs, and head toward Limber Pines.

Manzanita

The second section gently climbs through manzanita, with beautiful views to the north towards Big Bear. The trail beings to climb up the final slope as you near Limber Pines. There is a small seasonal creek that you’ll cross about 1/2 mile before Limber Pines. I wouldn’t count on using from mid-summer on, but with this year’s bumper crop of snow, it was flowing pretty well in mid-June.

Limber Pines is where the weekend backpackers often setup camp, and it makes a great place for a break before your final climb. The third and final section follows switchbacks up the steep slope to Washington’s Monument, then parallels the ridge to the top of San Bernardino Peak.

San Bernardino Panorama

This is last section of the trail, you may really begin to feel the altitude, and depending on the time of year,  you may find large patches of snow covering entire sections of the trail. Fortunately the warm weather has been melting what snow remains pretty quickly, and we were able to get by without crampons or ice axes. Well, most of us anyway. More on that later…

Washington’s Monument is the tongue-in-cheek name for a what is really little more than a pile of rocks with a pole stuck in the middle. In 1852, Colonel Henry Washington and his Army survey party were directed to erect a monument atop San Bernardino Peak. The monument was the east-west reference point from which all future surveys of Southern California were taken.

Washington's Monument. Photo credit: Emily Doti

From Washington’s Monument, the trail follows the ridge for another 3/4 mile to the summit, where you can take in the 360 degree views.

Snow on San Bernardino Peak

View from San Bernardino Peak

The inland empire. Photo credit: Emily Doti

So the observant ones out there may have noticed that sometime after Limber Pines, my photos ceased to be, and were replaced by Emily and Tyler’s photos. You might reason that my camera battery died (and it was low). But sadly, that is not the reason.

The real reason is… I didn’t summit. I got about 10 minutes away from Washington’s Monument, and decided to stop. It wasn’t altitude sickness (I did Baldy the week before). No, my friends, I succumbed to run-of-the-mill dehydration. Consider it a lesson in what not to do. I considered it a great lesson in handling the unexpected and being flexible.

I did almost everything that I tell my hikers not to do. I didn’t get adequate sleep (4.5 hours). I went to bed thirsty. I woke up, had a light breakfast (good) but didn’t hydrate! (Very bad.) I brought along 3 liters of water and by the time I reached Limber Pines Bench I had downed about 1-3/4 liters (including 16 oz of electrolytes). But the damage was done. When I started the hike I was already dehyrdrated. Had I not hiked, I probably would’ve been fine, maybe suffering a little headache and then recovering quickly. A strenuous hike coupled with altitude did me in.

Once I realized that what I had done, I had sense enough to do the right thing. I stopped. My stubborn determination could’ve driven me onward, but I stopped, rested, and rehydrated. I headed back to the car. I rested some more. Hydrated more. By the time we were back at the car, I was back to my normal self. Only wiser. So let this be a lesson to you, as it was to me.

2015 Update

I went back and summited San Bernardino!

October 2015 - I summited San Bernardino Peak!

San Bernardino Peak Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

Click any thumbnail image to see the larger version.

October 2015 - I summited San Bernardino Peak! San Bernardino Peak

Additional San Bernardino Peak Resources

 

Special thanks to my friends from Hiking OC: Lily, Jim, John, Ivana, Emily, Kristin, Dave, Tyler, Kelly and Joan for joining me on this epic hike. All photos from our hike on June 22, 2010. 

Celebrate the Summit!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-bernardino-peak-trail/feed/ 61
Deschutes River Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-deschutes-river-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-deschutes-river-trail/#comments Mon, 05 May 2014 04:13:08 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=12965 Hiking the Deschutes River Trail in Bend Oregon

The Deschutes River Trail is a wonderful river-front loop that starts at the edge of the Old Mill district in Bend, and magically transforms into a remarkable wilderness trail before you know it. This is an out-of-bounds trail — meaning that it’s not in Southern California. In fact, it’s in Bend, Oregon — our third destination from our spring break road trip.

Trail Details
Distance: 3.7 miles
Time: 60-80 min.
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 50 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
We had heard about the Deschutes River Trail — it’s very popular among the local Bendites — but didn’t really know what to expect. The snow from our first full day in Bend had mostly melted, and we eager to explore.

We had parked near the Deschutes River at the public park and were kind of turned off initially. It started out as a paved path with a lot of moms and strollers. Now I’ve got nothing against moms or strollers, but that wasn’t my idea of a hiking trail. We stuck with it for a little further, and as we passed under the bridge, the pavement ended and the dirt began.

The trail meanders along the pine-forested shore of the Deschutes River, traveling upstream on land that the city was able to negotiate easements for. And while nearby condos peak through the trees on the hills above the river, it really does feel more “wild” than “city.”

Rugged cliffs along the Deschutes in Bend Oregon

The river runs through steep-walled canyon. It was warm enough to get by with just a fleece, but there were still a few patches of snow.

Deschutes River in Bend

At 0.6 miles we passed under the Reed Market Road bridge, and the trail becomes much more natural.

Geese along the Deschutes River Trail

It’s not uncommon to see geese, ducks and other birds feeding along the banks of the Deschutes River.

Just before the 2 mile mark, you reach a pedestrian bridge that crosses the river. This is the turnaround point; the trail does not continue further upstream.

Deschutes River

While the turnaround point might sound almost like an out-and-back route in concept, in reality, it feels more like a loop. The scenery and views are entirely different returning along the opposite bank of the Deschutes. This is also where we encountered the biggest climb on an otherwise gentle, almost flat trail.

At the 2.5 mile mark, the trail follows a short boardwalk around a underground hydroelectric power plant. You’ll see the signs to “stay on the trail” and it’s obvious where the water from the plant rejoins the Deschutes. What’s remarkable is how they were able to build this in such an unobtrusive manner. If I didn’t know there was a hydroelectric power plant there, I might not have even noticed. It blends right in with the natural setting of the river.

At 3.0 miles, the trail becomes a paved path, once again passing under the Reed Market Road bridge and heading through Farewell Bend Park. There are restrooms here, and a rock-climbing playground for children. They start young in Bend.

The Deschutes River Trail was an easy, scenic hike. It’s right in town, so you’ll see locals hitting the trail for a lunch-time trail run. It’s close enough to the Old Mill shopping district that some might opt to hike while others go shopping. And there are several great breweries in the area to whet your whistle afterwards.

Deschutes River Trail Map

Download file: Deschutes River South Canyon Trail (1).gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

 

Bend Resources

Book Recommendation
One of the hiking books that I really liked for the Bend area is Bend, Overall by Scott Cook. This book is written in a fun, casual style but has a lot of trails with some great details. Highly recommended.

Bend Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”97701″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-deschutes-river-trail/feed/ 1
Trail Canyon Falls and Lazy Lucas Camp https://socalhiker.net/hiking-trail-canyon-falls/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-trail-canyon-falls/#comments Sun, 23 Mar 2014 20:52:16 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=12839 Trail Canyon Falls

The Trail Canyon Trail isn’t a product of the Office of Redundancy Department (or the Ministry of Silly Walks, for that matter). Trail Canyon refers to the trail of gold flakes seen swirling down the creek at the bottom of the canyon. At the turn of the 20th century, miners worked the creek, but the trail didn’t lead to any riches.

The real gold of Trail Canyon is the scenery: rugged and steep canyon walls containing a babbling creek and a beautiful waterfall.

Trail Details
Distance: 5.5 miles
Time: 3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1260 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Spring
This area was ravaged by the Station Fire in 2009, but reopened last year. The trail is unmaintained, but a worthwhile adventure with 24 creek crossings.

We hiked to Lazy Lucas Camp — a single campsite named for Tom Lucas, a grizzly bear hunter and one of the first forest rangers in the San Gabriel Timberland Reserve — now known as the Angeles National Forest.

Getting to the Trailhead

The turnoff to Trail Canyon Road

The turnoff to Trail Canyon Road

There is a parking area about 0.4 miles off Big Tujunga Canyon Road at 19607 N. Trail Canyon Road. Click the pin on this map to calculate driving directions.

A couple notes about this dirt road. There is a gate that is sometimes closed. It only adds 0.4 miles each way (0.8 total) to hike in, so you can park and hike in if the gate is closed. Do not block the gate, as there are residents in the canyon who need to get in and out.

Also, the road narrows to one lane in a couple of sections. Proceed with caution. Finally, you’ll see a fork in the road at the crest of the first hill. Stay to the right to reach our trailhead.

There are conflicting reports about whether you need to display an Adventure Pass to park at this trailhead. I have an annual pass (highly recommended) and didn’t have to take any chances.

Hiking the Trail Canyon Trail

We parked amid a cluster of cabins dating back to the 1920’s. There is some shade here, and a marker pointing the direction toward the trailhead. There’s an information sign as well as a trail register.

Trail Canyon Trailhead

Just beyond the sign, you’ll see a gated dirt road that heads up the canyon. You immediately cross the creek — the first of 24 creek crossings  — and follow the dirt road as it clings to the canyon wall.

Soon you pass the last standing cabin, and the trail continues on a now abandoned jeep trail. You’ll pass a sign with an ominous warning: “TRAIL NOT MAINTAINED — HAZARDS MAY EXIST.” You’re on the right path.

Trail Not Maintained

0.8 Miles – The trail winds around a ridge and down toward the creek again. Reaching a hairpin turn, the old jeep trail beds downstream toward the ruins of an old cabin. You may see the rusty remains of it’s contents piled for pickup, like some sort of rusty yard sale. But here’s where the trail gets better. Bear right and head down towards the creek.

Down Toward the Creek

For the next 1/2 mile, you follow the creek, criss-crossing the water several times, climbing over and ducking under fallen tree trunks. It wasn’t especially difficult, but it was fun. You may have to pause a few times to find your way, but it was one of our favorite sections of the trail.

At 1.2 miles, the trail begins climbing up the west side of the canyon.

Hiking up the west side of Trail Canyon

This section of the trail is exposed, but soon we were rewarded with sweeping views back down the canyon.

Trail Canyon Panorama

At 1.8 miles, we caught our first glimpse of Trail Canyon Falls below.

IMG_3148

At about 2 miles, there is an unofficial spur trail that descends steeply with several treacherous spots. For many people, this is as far as they go. We opted to continue to Lazy Lucas Camp, and would visit the base of the falls on our way back.

The trail again criss-crosses the creek several times above the falls. We followed the trail up the canyon and at the 2.8 mile mark, we reached Lazy Lucas Camp. This is a single campsite with an iron fire ring. Note that the sign at the trailhead warned that this area was open for day use only and no campfires — so while backpacking to this spot may once again be an option in the future, it’s limited to a comfortable place to take a snack break for now.

Lazy Lucas Camp

We rested and munched on trail snacks — then started backtracking down the canyon. At the 4 mile mark, we again reached the spur that leads to the base of the falls. This “trail” requires some scrambling confidence to tackle, but yields a close-up view of a pretty spectacular waterfall.

Trail Canyon Falls

We followed the trail back to the trailhead, counting the creek crossings on our return. In total there were 24 creek crossings — 12 each way. Take care to look for the pink ribbons tied to tree branches to help you find the trail, and the occasional stone cairn.

I did a short exploratory hike to some of the ruins of the cabins that no longer stood. It’s amazing to think how these were built, and what this canyon must’ve looked like before the fire.

When we got back to our car, there were about ten other cars now parked in the lot. While the trail wasn’t crowded by any means, we did encounter several other groups of hikers. In contrast to the over-crowded Eaton Canyon Falls, this was a welcome change.

The Trail Canyon Falls hike was one of Joan’s favorites. It combines a lot of great features — interesting terrain, a cool creek and beautiful waterfall. This is a trail I’ll happily hike again.

Trail Canyon Trail Map

Download file: Trail-Canyon-Trail.gpx

Trail Canyon Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Trail Canyon Tips

  • This trail is unmaintained. There is poison oak and some of the dreaded Poodle Dog Bush, so long pants and long sleeves are highly recommended. Several of the hikers in our group hiked beyond to the remains of Big Cienega Camp, but reported that the trail was very difficult to locate and required a great deal of bushwhacking.
  • The many creek crossing require you pay close attention for trail markers to stay on the trail. Look for cairns (stacks of stones) or the occasional pink ribbon tied to branches to mark the trail.
  • The spur trail down to the base of the falls is treacherous and requires scrambling.
  • Joan and I agreed that we were glad we brought our trekking poles on this hike.

More Trail Canyon Resources

  • Looking for a challenge? You can extend this hike up to Condor Peak and you’ll log 16 miles and 4,000 feet of elevation gain. Casey over at Modern Hiker has a great write-up, as well as pre-Station Fire photos.
  • Dan Simpson shares his perspective on the trail from his June 2012 hike.
  • Love waterfalls? Check out these hikes.

Trail Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91042″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-trail-canyon-falls/feed/ 16
Eaton Canyon Falls https://socalhiker.net/hiking-eaton-canyon-falls-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-eaton-canyon-falls-trail/#comments Fri, 21 Mar 2014 22:02:39 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=12816 Hiking to Eaton Canyon Falls

Eaton Canyon Falls are often flowing in the spring, especially after Los Angeles has had a few good rainstorms. This hike takes you to a genuine waterfall right in Los Angeles and one of the easier ones to get to — which is both good and bad. I’ll get to that later.

Trail Details
Distance: 4.0 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 476 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
First the specifics. Eaton Canyon Falls are located in Altadena in the front range of the San Gabriel Mountains. There are several access points, but the preferred start and the one used for this guide is at the Nature Center in the Eaton Canyon Natural Area Park (map). There is a lot of free parking here, but the waterfall is so popular that the parking lot fills up on the weekends. Be prepared to add walk a bit just to get to the Nature Center.

The original nature center was destroyed in a wildfire in 1993, then rebuilt and reopened in 1998. In the center you’ll find a small gift shop, maps, information and full restrooms. From the center, head north toward the mountain.

The Eaton Canyon Trail begins

The first 1.4 miles is an easy, wide trail that follows the Eaton Canyon wash. On weekends there are runners, dog-walkers and families with strollers. It feels more like a pleasant suburban stroll than a hike.

In the shade of Eaton Canyon

At 1.4 miles you’ll pass under a bridge for the Mt. Wilson Toll Road. This road isn’t normally open to public traffic, but hikers, trail runners and mountain bikers frequently take the route to the higher points in the range.

A serene scene in Eaton Canyon

Here the scenery takes a turn for the better. The canyon narrows, and you hear the sound of the babbling creek spilling over rocks. The trail crosses the creek many times, with fairly easy rock-hopping. As you progress deeper into the canyon, you can see the remains of an old flood control system and enjoy the cool shade of the alder trees.

Crossing the creek in Eaton Canyon

After about 0.5 miles, you’ll hear the sound of the falls. And (unless you’re lucky) you’ll see people. Lots and lots of people.

Th mob at Eaton Canyon Waterfall

It’s a beautiful canyon with great waterfall that’s easy to get to. Waterfall = wilderness tourist magnet. 

Most of the people I saw at the falls were not hikers. They were tourists curious about a “wilderness experience” right in Los Angeles. And so Eaton Canyon Falls gets really busy. Along with the crowds come other problems, like trail erosion, trash, occasional graffiti and even stupidity.

Every year, people who don’t really know what they are doing are tempted to try and reach the upper falls, resulting in several deaths every year and numerous rescues. In 2012 alone there were 92 rescues — 30 by aircraft — and four fatalities.

So even though you may have the skills to safely ascend the treacherous, unmaintained trail to the upper falls, consider the example you set for the inexperienced young people who will follow your footsteps — and don’t do it. There are other places where you can push limits and take risks, but this shouldn’t be one of them.

Parting Shot

If a picture is worth a thousand words, how much is a video worth? You’ve read what I say about the crowds. This super-short video drives it home

Eaton Canyon Waterfall Trail Map

Download file: Eaton-Canyon-Waterfall.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Eaton Canyon Tips

  • Beat the crowds by going on a weekday or getting their early. This place turns into a zoo on the weekends.
  • Consider other visiting a different waterfall. Eaton Canyon Falls are beautiful, but there are other waterfalls that aren’t quite as crowded. Generally speaking, the harder is it to get to, the less crowded it will be.

More Eaton Canyon Resources

Eaton Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91001″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-eaton-canyon-falls-trail/feed/ 2
Blue Jay to Los Piños Peak https://socalhiker.net/blue-jay-to-los-pinos/ https://socalhiker.net/blue-jay-to-los-pinos/#comments Tue, 11 Mar 2014 20:13:34 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=12775 Hiking-to-Los-Pinos-Peak

Los Piños Peak sits at 4,455 feet above sea level in the Cleveland National Forest, just west of the Main Divide between Orange and Riverside Counties. There are other more strenuous routes to this summit, but this route is made easier because you start at over 3,000 feet. Instead of approaching from Orange County, you reach this trail from Ortega Highway. 

Trail Details
Distance: 5.3 miles
Time: 2 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1350 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
The Los Piños Peak is a lesser-visited summit that has some great views. On a clear day, you can see nearby Sitton Peak clear out to the Pacific Ocean in one direction, and Mt. San Jacinto and San Gorgonio in the other. And if you time it right, you might even be lucky enough to find snow!

Getting to the Trailhead

We parked at the junction of the Main Divide Truck Trail and Long Canyon Road — very near the Blue Jay and Falcon campgrounds. There is a gate here that is sometimes locked. It was open this weekend, but the road to the Los Pinos Trail requires a high-clearance vehicle and preferably four-wheel drive. We opted to hike this section, but you could drive this with the proper vehicle. We put our Adventure Pass on display, parked and headed up the Main Divide.

Heading up the Main Divide Trail

The first 1.7 miles is a gravel road aptly described as a truck trail — it’s very bumpy and when the gates are open, you will likely be passed by the occasional Jeep, dirt bike or mountain biker. But there are some great views to the east, including Lake Elsinore in the valley below.

Lake Elsinore from the Main Divide

At the 1.7 mile mark, you’ll reach a small gravel parking area and a sturdy metal rail. This marks the trailhead of the Los Piños Trail.

Don't go straight up this unless you want to

 

Don’t think you have to head straight up this steep, gravelly incline (though many do). Cross the rail and bear to the right and you’ll find the official trailhead, which takes a gentler but slightly longer route up. Both routes converge near the shoulder of the first hill, so feel free to take your pick.

The Correct Trail to Los Pinos

Climbing up and down

The trail follows the ridgeline closely, in a roller coaster style to the summit. The north side of the ridge is covered in the namesake pine or “piños” trees.

A Steep Section

While the trail fairly well maintained, it is gravelly in spots. I recommend boots or trail shoes with good traction. Trekking poles would be a nice to have in some sections.

Los Pinos Summit in the distance

The Summit of Los Piños

At the Summit of Los Pinos

The views from the summit were beautiful. There is a summit register to sign, and our trail mascot Yoda got to meet the #SexyBikiniPanda. He wasn’t overly impressed. soak in the views before you retrace your steps to the car.

Bluejay to Los Piños Summit Trail Map

Download file: los-pinos-via-bluejay.gpx

Los Piños Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Special Thanks

I hiked this with a group of other outdoor bloggers from around Southern California — as part of a Tweetup. Thanks to my lovely wife Joan of theSCvibe.comCampfire Kam and Alex; Josh of CaliforniaThroughMyLens; ringleader Pete of East-West Hike; Alyx at Shoestring Adventures; Eileen from Rockgrrl.com and Zac from OPAdventures for taking part in this weekend tweetup.

Los Piños Tips

  • There can be snow up here. If the snow levels drop below 4,000 feet, be prepared.
  • There is no water and very little shade along the trail. Bring two liters and wear a hat and sun protection.
  • A National Forest Adventure Pass is required for parking at the trailhead.

More Los Piños Resources

Los Piños Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”El Cariso, CA”]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/blue-jay-to-los-pinos/feed/ 5
Mt Wilson Trail to Manzanita Ridge https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-wilson-trail-to-manzanita-ridge/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-wilson-trail-to-manzanita-ridge/#comments Fri, 10 Jan 2014 16:23:41 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=12238 On a clear day, you might see the Pacific Ocean as you look back down the mountain

The Mount Wilson Trail was built in 1864 by Benjamin “Don Benito” Wilson. He had planned to use it to bring down timber for his ranch. Not much timber was cut, and the trail was repurposed to construct the first Mt. Wilson Observatory, established by Harvard College in 1889. Hiking up this trail you can feel the history.

Trail Details
Distance: 10.2 miles
Time: 6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,700 ft
Dogs: yes
When to go: Year-round
I’ve been up Mt. Wilson before, but this was my first hike on the Mount Wilson Trail. It is a steep, relentless climb from the foothills of Sierra Madre to Manzanita Ridge — sometimes called Santa Anita Ridge.  The strenuous hike climbs over 3,500 feet  in just five miles thanks to some up and down. By the time you reach The Bench on the ridge, you’ve earned the right to sit for a bit.

Getting to the Mount Wilson Trail

The trail itself begins in a quiet residential neighborhood. There is a good amount of free street parking, but bear in mind that this is reserved for residents only at night.

Park on the street near the intersection of E. Mira Monte Avenue and Mount Wilson Trail. You’ll see signs for The Richardson House and Lizzie’s Trail Inn — which also serves as a small museum. If you’re lucky, it might be open!

Richardson House

The Mount Wilson Trail

Head up Mount Wilson Trail, which begins as a paved residential road. You soon see the official trailhead splitting off to the left. This out-and-back trail is pretty easy to follow; if you’re heading uphill, you’re doing it right.

The Trail Map

Up, Up and Away

Old Man and the Trail

At the 1.25 mile mark we reached the junction with First Water — so named because it’s the first place where you can get water. There is a junction here that leads down a short spur trail to the creek, where there is in fact water running most of the time. I wouldn’t rely on this as a water source. As with all my day hikes, I brought enough water to fuel me for the entire day — three liters in this case.

First Water

The trail continues to climb up the Little Santa Anita Canyon, and soon the views stretch out over the LA basin. At 3.25 miles we arrived at Orchard Camp. This was roughly the halfway point up to the summit of Mt. Wilson, earning it the nickname of the Halfway House.

At one time there were a number of cabins and buildings here to support the construction of the Mt. Wilson Observatory. Today all that remains are some concrete steps and fragments of the foundations. But it’s still a good place to take a snack break and catch your breath.

Rest break at Orchard Camp

 

The climate changed as we climbed, with more pine trees covering the rugged slopes.

Tricky footing

 

Finally at the 5.1 mile mark, we reached what is often referred to as The Bench. Why? Because as you reach the junction at Manzanita Ridge, you practically hike straight into an actual bench. From this junction it’s another 2.4 miles to the summit of Mt. Wilson.

The views here are fantastic. It was a beautiful, clear day and we could easily see the Pacific Ocean and Catalina Island many miles away.

Although the most challenging vertical gain was behind me, this was my turnaround point. The shorter winter days meant that if I wanted to be sure to return to my Xterra before dusk, I’d head back now. Keep in mind the time — know when it gets dark, and plan a turn around time.

Yoda on Manzanita Ridge

As you will see in the elevation profile below, this out-and-back hike is mainly uphill all the way to this point. I was glad to have the climbing out of the way, and “coasted” downhill, retracing my steps down the Mt. Wilson Trail back to the trailhead.

Mount Wilson Trail to Manzanita Ridge Map

Download file: mt-wilson-trail-to-manzanita-ridge.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Mt. Wilson Trail Tips

  • Bring plenty of water. This can be a dry, hot trail especially in the summer. I carried 3 liters of water and had some (but not much) left over at the end of the hike.
  • Calculate your turnaround time. Know when it gets dark, and when you want to get back to the trailhead. Figure out how much time you have to hike, divide it in half. You now know your turnaround time. If you don’t make it as far as you hoped, don’t sweat it. The mountain will still be there next time.
  • Carry the 10 Essentials. Remember to bring layers. It can (and does) snow on Mt. Wilson in the winter!
  • No special permits are required to hike this trail, but always let someone know where you are going and when you expect to return.

Mt. Wilson Trail Resources

Sierra Madre Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91024″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-wilson-trail-to-manzanita-ridge/feed/ 12
Exploring Lands End https://socalhiker.net/hiking-lands-end-labyrinth/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-lands-end-labyrinth/#comments Wed, 04 Dec 2013 18:36:41 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=12117 Lands End in San Francisco

I love San Francisco. Don’t get me wrong. I love LA, too. But as far as cities go, SF is one of my favorites. Last week Joan and I drove up to visit family for Thanksgiving. My mom is a fantastic cook, and I knew we’d have to get out and stretch our legs after our early dinner so we could at least partially justify that apple pie we’d enjoy later that day.

Trail Details
Distance: 1.5 miles
Time: 60 min.
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 443 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
And so we headed out to explore Lands End. This rugged and wild little corner of San Franciso hardly feels like a city at all! It feels more like the edge of the world. Beautiful cypress trees frame sweeping coastline views, rugged, rocky beaches and glimpses of old shipwrecks. And the Golden Gate Bridge. On the scale of difficulty, this one ranks more like a nice walk in the park, but totally worthwhile and a perfect choice for the entire family after Thanksgiving dinner.

Getting to Lands End

Lands End is located on the northwester corner of San Francisco, and is stewarded by the National Parks Service. We started by parking in the lot at the end of El Camino Del Mar (turn-by-turn directions on Google Maps).

When we went on Thanksgiving Day, there was plenty of free parking available.

The Lands End Trail

Head toward the coast, and follow a long flight of stairs down to the Lands End Trail. At the bottom of the stairs, you’ll follow the trail to the right (east), but take your time to enjoy the views.

Lands End Information

There are a number of overlooks along the Lands End trail, but much of your view will be filtered through trees.

Sign to Mile Rock Beach

At the 0.56 mile mark, we followed the steps down toward Mile Rock Beach. You’ll descend (and later ascend) about 180 feet down to the rocky beach.

Mile Rock Beach

Over the years, many ships have wrecked on the rocks off this section of coast. It’s easy to see why. Numerous rocks poke up above the surface, hinting at the treachery lurking just below.

There are a number of informal (and possibly illegal?) fire rings setup on this beach. We explored a bit, then took the trail up to the Eagle Point Labyrinth.

Eagle Point Labyrinth

During the early 20th century, this was part of a military base, and this point was fortified with guns to guard the entrance to the San Francisco Bay. Now children play in the stone labyrinth, and everyone enjoys the amazing views.

From this point, you have a great view back down on Mile Rock Beach.

Mile Rock Beach from Eagle Point Labyrinth

We wound our way back to the steps and up to the Lands End trail, then headed back to the car and the promise of Mom’s apple pie.

The Lands End Trail normally is open clear through to the ritzy Sea Cliff neighborhood, but it was close for repairs along that final segment. It’s scheduled to reopen sometime in January 2014.

Hiking through Lands End feels light years away from San Francisco, but it’s not. Go explore it. But don’t forget your camera or your sense of adventure.

Lands End Trail Map

Download file: lands-end.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Lands End in San Francisco

Lands End Resources

Lands End Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”94121″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-lands-end-labyrinth/feed/ 2
Haskell Canyon Open Space https://socalhiker.net/hiking-haskell-canyon-open-space/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-haskell-canyon-open-space/#comments Tue, 03 Dec 2013 17:02:54 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=8340 Sunrise view of Haskell Canyon Open Space Trails

If I said I’ve hiked Haskell Canyon Open Space more than 100 times, it would not be an exaggeration. The main trailhead is about a mile walk from my front door, so this little treat of a hike is my mainstay. It is typically my Thanksgiving sunrise hike. Even after 100 times, it still entices me.

HaskellCanyoneMaps2

There are four main entries to the trail that wraps in a “U” shape around the canyon (marked in blue on the map). The main entry  (1) has a small parking lot right off of Copper Hill Road and is marked by a large sign.The trail splits in two directions from this point, one marked clearly to the left, and a small trail off to the right up a very steep incline. The trail to the left  will take you into the heart of the canyon over a relatively flat 1.2 mile journey to the crest. Only the last quarter mile is very steep. If you’re looking for a very casual walk in what will feel like a world away from the pace of life, simply turn around when it gets too steep.

Steep Hill at Haskell Canyon Open Space

There are two more entrances right off of Copper Hill Road, the second (2) is just a quarter of a mile down the road from the parking lot. This entrance is also marked by a sign, but begins to immediately lead up a challenging hill to the crest, as seen above. The hill itself is less than a half mile climb, but if you’re not in shape, it will be daunting.

Very steep hill at Haskell Canyon Open Space

The third entrance (3) directly off of Copper Hill is a service road that runs along the Haskell Canyon Wash. You can park your car right at the entrance and hike 3/4 of a mile to the beginning of a 1/2 mile severe incline. The hill is pictured above. The first time I hiked this portion, my lungs and legs burned the entire last 1/2 mile to the top. You won’t find many inclines as severe as this one, if you’re going down it, it’s difficult to control your speed. So, if you’re looking for a challenge, this is the route to take.

Fire Road access to Haskell Canyon Open Space

If, however, you want to hike along the crest and want the easiest route to the top, I suggest route number four (4). Drive up Deer Creek Run off of Copper Hill Rd until you reach the end of the cul de sac. You’ll see a fire road entrance with a gate. There is a path to the left of the gate that will get you to the fire road (shown above) that will lead you 1/4 mile up the hill via switch backs to the crest. While this is the easiest route, it will still be a workout.

Sunrise at Haskell Canyon Open Space

The crest trail itself has several steep inclines in either direction, so you won’t get bored on the hike. And because the crest is one of the highest points in this area of Santa Clarita, it is a perfect sunrise or sunset hike location.

Haskell Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91355″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-haskell-canyon-open-space/feed/ 9
Franklin Canyon Reservoir Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-franklin-canyon-reservoir-loop/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-franklin-canyon-reservoir-loop/#comments Sat, 23 Nov 2013 21:20:09 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=9275 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/Franklin-Canyon-Reservoir-Loop.gpx Let's Go Fishin' Pa

Franklin Canyon Park is a little slice of wilderness right in Beverly Hills’ backyard. Part of the Santa Monica Mountains National Recreation Area, the original ranch was owned by Edward Doheny, who discovered oil in Los Angeles back in 1982 1882. But this hike is best known for the loop around Upper Franklin Canyon Reservoir, where the opening credits of the Andy Griffith Show were filmed. 

Trail Details
Distance: 1.5 miles
Time: 60-80 min.
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 160 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
This is a great spot to take kids. It’s an easy hike, with some fun things to see. And you can bring the dogs, too.

Getting to the Trailhead

I parked in the middle of the park near the old Doheny Ranch House. It’s located at the intersection of Franklin Canyon Drive and Lake Drive, and your best bet is to look-up turn-by-turn directions here on Google Maps

Trailhead Parking

Franklin Canyon Reservoir Loop Trail Description

The trail begins just behind the parking area, crossing over a small brook via a bridge.

Bridge Over Babbling Brook

Across the bridge, the trail climbs up the canyon. At the first junction, take the hairpin left.

Switch Back

The trail winds lazily up the canyon running parallel to the road near the bottom. Trees provide shade on more than half of the trail.

Up Franklin Canyon

At the top of the hill, you reach Franklin Canyon Road. Watch for cars and bicyclists as you cross, then take the wooden steps down to the reservoir.

Go Down these Stairs

From here, follow the trail around the edge of the reservoir. You might be tempted to whistle the theme song from the Andy Griffith Show.

At the north end of the reservoir, we checked out the cattails (many parts are edible).

Cattail

Getting around the north end of the reservoir requires picking your way across a concrete spillway dotted with rocks. On the west side of the reservoir, you’ll pickup the trail again as you loop around. The trail climbs a bit, giving you a great view of the entire reservoir.

Franklin Canyon Reservoir Panorama

You reach Franklin Canyon Road (again) and cross to a nature trail that loops around Heavenly Pond. It was pretty fun to discover the turtles that abound here.

How Many Turtles Can You Count?

From the short loop around Heavenly Road, continue to follow Franklin Canyon Road. This is shared with cars, but there is room on the shoulder and very light traffic. Reach the original trail up to the reservoir, you can take the original route back to the trailhead, or a second trail that runs closer to the road.

The whole hike is short, and made a nice, peaceful Sunday morning stroll. Dogs are allowed on leash, and there were plenty of families exploring the area with their children.

The Franklin Canyon Reservoir Loop is perfect for TV history buffs, Andy Griffith fans, for introducing young children to the outdoors, or for a peaceful walk in the midst of LA.

Opening Credits of the Andy Griffith Show

Want to recreate the scene from the opening credits? Watch the opening, and then hike the Franklin Canyon Reservoir Loop!

[responsive_youtube _RsX2lFbI1o]

Franklin Canyon Reservoir Trail Map

Download file: Franklin-Canyon-Reservoir-Loop.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Franklin Canyon Tips

  • The speed limit in the park is 15 MPH and there are cameras at the stop signs. Even though you may not see any other people or cars, be sure to come to a full stop to avoid an automatic $175 ticket mailed to your home.
  • There is additional parking north of the reservoir, and you could modify the loop to start and end there.

Beverly Hills Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90210″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-franklin-canyon-reservoir-loop/feed/ 3
Inspiration Point and Muir Peak https://socalhiker.net/inspiration-point-and-muir-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/inspiration-point-and-muir-peak/#comments Sun, 17 Nov 2013 23:05:04 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=11941 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/Inspiration-Point-and-Muir-Peak.gpx LA from Muir Peak

Trail Details
Distance: 11 miles
Time: ~6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 2864 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Hiking to Muir Peak and Inspiration Point from the Cobb Estate in Altadena is challenging. The 11 mile trail climbs over 2800 feet, gives you a taste of LA history and some really great views. Even with a coastal haze, we spied Catalina Island poking up in the distance.

I hiked this with the Sierra Club as part of their introduction to the Wilderness Travel Course they hold each year beginning in January. I have several friends who have taken the WTC class, and I don’t know a single one who didn’t enjoy it and learn a good deal. If you’re interested in learning more about backpacking in the wilderness, the WTC is a great starting point.

Old image of the Mt. Lowe Railway

From an old poster advertising the Mt. Lowe Railway

The first 2-1/2 miles we hiked up the Sam Merrill Trail to Echo Mountain. It’s a great hike in it’s own right, and one I’ve covered earlier. We stopped at the shade near the power-lines (the half-way point to Echo Mountain) to regroup, then stopped again to regroup at the ruins of the Echo Mountain house.

There are interesting things to see here, and some great (albiet weathered) information signs explaining the background and history of Echo Mountain and the Mt. Lowe Railway. Over 100 years ago, a funicular carried wealthy tourists up the mountain to the hotel at this site, complete with fine dining, tennis, and even a bowling alley. From this site, a light railway traveled further still up the mountain to one of our primary destinations — Inspiration Point.

Take time to explore this area, refuel, rehydrate, and catch your breath.  You’ll need it for the next leg up Castle Canyon.

Echo Mountain Ruins

Ready to continue on, we retraced our steps to the Castle Canyon Trail, turning towards the mountain and heading to Inspiration Point.

Castle Canyon Trail Marker

The Castle Canyon Trail is one of several leading up to Inspiration Point. It’s the shortest and steepest route, but also has a good deal of shade — a worthy consideration on a warm day. As we made our way up Castle Canyon, we passed a small creek that actually had a small amount of running water.

Fall color in Castle Canyon

There were numerous agave, and then deep in the canyon sycamore and oaks, giving us a bit of fall color.

At the 3.6 mile mark, the trail begins the steepest climb up a series of switchbacks. We climbed over 900 feet in 3/4 of a mile. The trail rounds a bend, providing the first good look at the shade structure atop Inspiration Point (4714′).

Inspiration Point

We stopped here for lunch and soaked in the views. There are picnic tables, and viewports that help direct you to notable LA landmarks. Note the one for Inspiration Point. It seems someone had a sense of humor.

Find your favorite LA landmark

It’s interesting to note that this Inspiration Point is not a point at all — but a saddle. It is also one of five officially-named Inspiration Points in Los Angeles County!

View from Inspiration Point

After lunch, the more energetic group headed to Muir Peak. At 4,688′ Muir Peak is the highest point on the southeast end of what some people refer to as Inspiration Ridge. And as a matter of historical record, John Muir himself climbed the peak in 1877. The side trip to Muir Peak is a 1.2 mile round-trip from Inspiration Point and makes a great option. Compared with the climb up Castle Canyon to Inspiration Point, this short side-hike is a breeze.

To get to Muir Peak, head southeast on the fire road from Inspiration Point. After about 0.3 miles you’ll take a single track trail on the right that heads more steeply uphill. There’s only one place this trail goes — Muir Peak.

The summit is rounded, with a wooden marker and a small stone cairn but no summit register. But what views! Here’s the crew I hiked with at the summit. The opening image at the top of this post shows the view out to Catalina Island, but you also see Mt. Wilson, Mt. Lowe, Mt. San Gabriel and much of the San Gabriel Mountains.

Muir Peak

We soaked in the views and headed back to Inspiration Point.

From here, we headed back down to Echo Mountain, but this time taking the Upper Sam Merrill trail. From Inspiration Point, we took the fire road northwest to a wide open area with several trails converging.

You’ll see signs from the 2009 Station Fire. All the trails in the area of the fire have reopened, and new growth abounds. Unfortunately, with the fire damage comes an invasive plant known as the Poodle Dog Bush. This pungent plant is worse than poison oak, so avoid contact.

Upper Sam Merrill Trail sign

The Upper Sam Merrill Trail is easy to overlook. Watch for a single track trail on the left that heads down through shady trees.

Heading down the Sam Merrill Trail

The trail winds around the west end of Inspiration Ridge, then snakes down the ridge-line. At this point, you are high above the Castle Canyon trail that we took up to Inspiration Point.

There are a two notable stops on the way back to Echo Mountain. The first is Sunset Point, which is notable mainly as a great spot to catch the sunset (what else?).

IMG_1816

V3N4LOWEOBSERVATORYThe second stop is the ruins of the Echo Mountain Observatory. The observatory was constructed in 1893, and was used continuously until the building was torn apart in a wind storm in 1928.

The 16-inch refractor survived, and remains in use today at UC Santa Clara.

Today, all that remains on the site are the foundation, seen below.

Old Observatory

From the old observatory, we continued down until we intersected with the railway bed trail. This will look familiar, because this is the same trail that took us out to Echo Mountain on our way up.

Look for the lower Sam Merrill Trail on the downhill side (south). From here, head down the same trail we ascended a few hours earlier.

I’ve hiked Echo Mountain several times, but this was my first time up to Inspiration Point and Muir Peak. It was a challenging and rewarding hike, and whet my appetite for exploring more of San Gabriel Mountains.

Inspiration Point and Muir Peak Trail Map

Download file: Inspiration-Point-and-Muir-Peak.gpx

Inspiration Point and Muir Peak Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Can you find Downtown LA?

 

Tips for Hiking Inspiration Point

  • Bring the Ten Essentials. Although you are near a major metropolis, you are in the wilderness. Be prepared.
  • Bring plenty of water. As a rule of thumb, I recommend 1 liter of water for each 5 miles, but add water on this trail due to the elevation gain and weather.
  • Know how to navigate, and bring a map. There are a lot of trails in this area, and it helps to have a good map and the skills to use it. I recommend Tom Harrison’s Trail Map to the Angeles Front Country, which is plasticized and foldable.

Related Links

Altadena Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90068″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/inspiration-point-and-muir-peak/feed/ 6
Vital Link Trail to Verdugo Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-vital-link-trail-to-verdugo-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-vital-link-trail-to-verdugo-peak/#comments Sat, 09 Nov 2013 02:24:43 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=11815 The Vital Link Trail in the Verdugo Mountains

The Verdugo Mountains sit between the San Gabriel Mountains and the Santa Monica Mountains, towering like an island above Glendale and Burbank. Our first foray into these mountains was on the nearby Beaudry Motorway Loop which begins in Glendale. This time, we took in a different side of the mountain, starting in Burbank, and bagged the tallest peak in the range — Verdugo Peak.

Trail Details
Distance: 5.65 miles
Time: 60-80 min.
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 2195 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
This out-and-back trail is steep. It begins in Wildwood Canyon, and immediately and unforgivingly climbs higher and higher. You’ll climb over 1600′ in little over 1.5 miles. There is little shade, so this is another trail to hike early in or later in the day when the sun is not as strong, and avoid extremely hot days altogether.

Getting to the Trailhead

We began in Wildwood Canyon Park (get directions via Google Maps). Maintained by the City of Burbank, Wildwood Canyon has free entrance and free parking, and is open from sunrise to sundown. We were pleasantly surprised to see deer as we drove into the park.

Can you find the deer?

Inside the park, there are three main trailheads. We chose the second one. We had no trouble finding parking on a Saturday morning, and there is a restroom at the trailhead.

The Trail

Trailhead

The trailhead is easy to spot — just look for this stone arbor with the steps leading uphill. The trail twists and climbs rapidly, and there are a number of connecting trails. When in doubt, head uphill. But watch your head!

Low Clearance

The weather began fairly cool in the shady, tree-lined canyon, but soon we were above the trees, climbing rapidly and shedding layers as we warmed up. Very quickly you are rewarded with views of Burbank below.

Looking Down on Burbank

At 0.3 miles, we had a short breather as the trail mostly leveled out for a bit. At 0.5 miles, we reached the sign for the Vital Link Trail, and begain climbing nearly straight up the ridgeline.

The Vital Link Trail

The Vital Link Trail traces the ridgeline all the way to the Verdugo Motorway trail — which in turn traverses the backbone of the Verdugo Mountains. Vital Link is built with a series of short-but-steep switchbacks, shored to prevent erosion with barriers to discourage short-cutting the trail.

Looking back down

As we climbed, we stopped to catch our breath and enjoy the views, which soon grew to include Downtown Los Angeles, Palos Verdes and in the distance, Catalina Island.

At 1.5 miles, we reached the top of the Vital Link Trail. This is a good place to regroup before continuing. There is even a chair where you can rest.

Panorama at the Top of the Vital Link Trail

There are plenty of hikers and trail runners who use the Vital Link Trail as their own outdoor workout. But we wanted to bag the tallest summit in the Verdugos — Verdugo Peak.

From the Vital Link Trail, you can choose to turn left or right on the fire road. We started out to the right, but this leads to a dead end with a cluster of communication equipment. We retraced our steps and continued for a short downhill stretch to connect with the Verdugo Motorway, then turned right, heading east toward the summit.

You will notice a number of pine trees and a mix of fairly new growth trees. This is the Warden’s Garden — part of an experimental forest planted decades ago. Most of it burned in a wildfire, but some new growth has sprung back in it’s place.

The. Best. Trail. Sign. Ever.

At 2.18 miles, we ran across proof that rangers have a wicked sense of humor.

Smokers Will Be Fed to the Bears

We continued east on the Verdugo Motorway. At 2.77 miles, a spur road heads to the right up to a small communications building surrounded by five tall wood poles. This, sadly, is the summit of Verdugo Peak. We didn’t find a benchmark but it’s documented as 3,126 feet above sea level. And while the building on the summit takes away from the summit experience, it doesn’t take away from the views.

The Valley

And looking towards the San Gabriel Mountains…

The San Gabriel Mountains

This is your turnaround point on the trail. We headed back along the Verdugo Motorway for about 1.25 miles, then back down the Vital Link Trail to our car.

This trail provided a great workout, and excellent views of LA and the San Gabriel Mountains. I look forward to hiking this again when the local mountains are blanketed in snow. It’s a great vantage point for taking photos of the San Gabriels.

Overview Video of the Vital Link Trail and Verdugo Peak

[responsive_youtube YF88pehHvA0]

Vital Link to Verdugo Peak Trail Map

Download file: Vital-Link-Trail-to-Verdugo-Peak.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Vital Link Trail Tips

  • Bring sun protection, plenty of water (I recommend 2 liters) and the 10 essentials
  • Avoid hiking this trail in extreme heat
  • We used trekking poles, and were glad to have them along

More Vital Link Trail Resources

Burbank Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91501″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-vital-link-trail-to-verdugo-peak/feed/ 1
Beaudry Loop in the Verdugo Mountains https://socalhiker.net/beaudry-loop-in-the-verdugo-mountains/ https://socalhiker.net/beaudry-loop-in-the-verdugo-mountains/#comments Thu, 24 Oct 2013 15:58:16 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=10622 Looking Down on La Crescenta

Trail Details
Distance: 5.9 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1800 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Download GPX
Joan and I headed out early on Saturday morning to hike the Beaudry Motorway Loop trail. Why are the trails called “Motorways?” It’s part of the charm of the Verdugo trail system, made largely of fire breaks and limited access roads for the antennae dotting the ridge line.

The weather was forecast to reach the 80s, so we wanted to hit the trail while the temperature was cooler — an important consideration on these trails as shade is scarce. The skies were clear with just a touch of morning haze hanging over LA. A perfect Verdugo morning. 

Getting to the Trailhead

There is no parking lot for the Beaudry Motorway Trailhead, but there is free street parking in this hillside residential neighborhood. You will likely see other hikers and mountain bikers. The trailhead begins at the intersection of Beaudry Blvd. and Beaudry Terrace in Glendale (Google Map). You’ll see a paved pathway heading uphill beside a fenced in spillway. This is the Beaudry Motorway Trail.

Beaudry Loop Trailhead

Hiking the Beaudry Motorway Loop Trail

We followed the trail up the short paved segment, passsing around this gate, reminding us of the fire danger, and headed up the canyon.

Beaudry Motorway Gate

As we hiked, we spied these steps ascending to a home that no longer exists.

Remains

We continued up the trail as it wound around and began to climb up the hillside. At the 0.4 mile mark, we reached the proverbial fork in the road. It was decision time. Do we head to the right up Beaudry North? Or take the Beaudry South trail to the left?

Beaudry Junction

Either route will work, as this is a loop, but we opted to head left. We had an early start, and although we would have plenty of sun exposure we were ascending in the cooler morning weather. We’d enjoy a spot of shade on the way down.

This trail climbs gradually but persistently for nearly the entire three miles up. The trail is wide and well maintained, as it’s also used for utility vehicles that need access to the equipment on the summit. We saw a number of hikers, some with dogs (they must be on leash); and a number of mountain bikers.

As we climbed, we were rewarded with 360-degree views that included La Crescenta, Glendale, the San Gabriel Mountains, Griffith Park, downtown Los Angeles, the Palos Verdes peninsula, Santiago Peak in Orange County, and even Catalina Island!

Downtown Los Angeles

Further on, we saw some artifacts that I’d love to know more about, including these lamp posts. There were several along the ridgeline such as this one, which appears to be pointing the way to downtown LA.

Next, we came across a large, short concrete box. According to another hiking on the trail, there are several of these in the Verdugos, and they are old reservoirs no longer used.

Reservoir Number 2

And there were the views.

Another San Gabriel Mountain Panorama

They are spectacular. Just past the first antennae we reached a junction with the Las Flores Motorway (mile 2.4), which climbs from south end of the range. We continued straight on the ridge line along what is now signed as Verdugo Motorway. Turning around to look to the south, this was our view.

Panorama Looking South

The ridge line trail gently rolls along until you reach the final climb up to a cluster of radio towers on Tongva Peak used by local alt-rock station KROQ FM. Oddly, the sign on the fence insists that the street address is 1250 Beaudry Boulevard, but don’t try to find it on Google Maps (it shows up about a mile further away).

We soaked in the views and we began the descent. At 3.3 miles we reached another junction. This time, we took a hairpin right turn to head down Beaudry North Motorway. This is the final leg of our loop. As they say, it’s all downhill from here.

We had some nice shade on parts of this trail, including some pine trees from a test forest planted years ago. Most of the forest burned in a wildfire, but the trees were originally planted to test their hardiness in the climate — something the tall pines that remain stand as testament to.

Headed Down Beaudry North

The last 2.6 miles stretch was easy downhill hiking. At the final junction with Beaudry Motorway South, keep to the left unless you want to hike another lap. This takes you the final stretch back to the trailhead.

We both agreed that this trail was a winner. The views are fantastic, especially on a clear day. We look forward to hiking here when the San Gabriels are blanketed in snow this winter. And it was a great workout.

Verdugo Mountains Beaudry Motorway Loop Trail Map

Download file: beaudry-motorway-loop.gpx

Beaudry Motorway Loop Video Overview

This was a first attempt at creating a video overview of the trail. I welcome your feedback.

[responsive_youtube Jkhtz9-j6QA]

Verdugo Mountains Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Beaudry Motorway Loop Tips

  • Take plenty of water to stay hydrated, and the 10 essentials.
  • Obey the signs, particularly about no smoking (this risk of wildfires here is high)
  • There is a lot of sun exposure. On hot days, I recommend hiking early or late to avoide the worst heat of the day
  • The broad trail makes this hike a good candidate for evening hikes with headlamps or flashlights. The sunsets and the city light views would be fantastic.
  • Aprés-hike libations? I recommend Golden Road Brewing near the 5 Freeway on the western edge of Glendale in Atwater Village. They have great food, too!

More Verdugo Mountain Resources

Verdugo Mountains Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90068″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/beaudry-loop-in-the-verdugo-mountains/feed/ 5
Hiking With Your Dog: 7 Things to Bring https://socalhiker.net/hiking-with-your-dog-7-things-to-bring/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-with-your-dog-7-things-to-bring/#comments Wed, 18 Sep 2013 18:36:10 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=8992 dog-hiking-in-the-woods

My mixed breed, rescue dog, Pip, is one of my favorite hiking companions. There is something both deeply peaceful and companionable about sharing a hike with her. Also, as a woman, having my dog at my side adds significantly to my sense of security which adds immeasurably to my overall enjoyment.

Pip, and all my dogs of my past, pack their own gear. I tend to load a fit dog with up to 20% of their body weight. Older dogs, long-backed dogs or smaller dogs with less. Larger, powerful breeds with a bit more. Here are 7 things that go on every journey with us:

Noble Pip

Pip poses on my property.
On hikes, she is leashed.

Useful ID

Your dog’s ID must have a number on it that works while you are away. No point in people phoning home in you’re 500 miles away in the backcountry somewhere. Use a friend’s number or your cell, if it works reliably and you can keep it charged. For that ID I put REWARD instead of Pip’s name. I want anyone finding her to know it is worth their while to return her.

Vet Wrap

Love this stuff. Clings to itself so is easy to use and to remove. Great for a quick cover of a ripped paw pad or other wound.

Non-Stick Wound Pads

Very lightweight and easy to pack in, these work just as well for humans and dogs. The Red Cross teaches courses on pet first aid. These are an excellent idea if you plan to hike regularly with your buddy.

Benadryl

My veterinarian has advised that if Pip gets stung in the mouth or has some other allergic reaction, Benadryl can help control the allergic response. Please discuss this and the right dosage with your dog’s doctor.

Local Vet Emergency Clinic Info

If something does happen, you do not want to be scrambling trying to find the right local vet. Research this ahead of time (along with closets hospital/clinic for you) and leave that info in your glove box as well as in your dog’s pack. Hope you never need it but if you do, you’ll be glad for it.

Water Bowl

Water along the trail can make your dog as sick as it can make you. Either use a bottle that can be used as a bowl as well or bring a lightweight collapsible bowl with you.

Spare Slip Leash

Life happens and sometimes leashes and/or collars break. I pack a lightweight slip lead with a “stop” that locks it in position “just in case”.

Now you have some basics. Click these links for more info about how to hike with your dog and where. Have a great time!

“Moose” in the Woods photo credit: OakleyOriginals

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-with-your-dog-7-things-to-bring/feed/ 12
Inspiration Loop Trail in Will Rogers State Park https://socalhiker.net/inspiration-loop-trail-in-will-rogers-state-park/ https://socalhiker.net/inspiration-loop-trail-in-will-rogers-state-park/#comments Fri, 13 Sep 2013 20:55:27 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=8881 Will-Rogers-Home

When the heat is on, the coast beckons. This easy, family-friendly hiking trail begins at the historic Pacific Palisades home of Will Rogers and loops up to Inspiration Point. The Inspiration Loop Trail is not challenging. It’s not long. But with balmy breezes, great views, and a dose of history, Inspiration Loop makes a fun outing.

Trail Details
Distance: 2.6 miles
Time: 60-80 min.
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 662 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Download GPX
We headed out to Will Rogers State Historic Park on a Sunday morning. Getting there was easy enough. The entrance fee was $12 per car, but I consider that a contribution to support the park system. The parking lot sits between the Will Rogers’ home and the polo field.

Will Rogers was a cowboy, a vaudeville performer, humorist, social commentator and actor. He bought the land back in the 1920s, and built a home, polo field, stable and hiking trails. When Will’s widow died, the land was given to the State of California on the condition that polo be played there every year.  Today, you can still see polo matches and take horse riding lessons.

If you find yourself in a hole, stop digging.” – Will Rogers

The house and grounds are being restored to the original state. There are docent led tours of the house, and a visitors center with exhibits on the history of Will Rogers’ life and career.

We walked along the veranda of the house, then followed the path along a stone wall to the trailhead.

IMG_0780

You might notice that the grassy area outside the house has what looks like sand traps — which in fact, they are. Will Rogers built a two-hole golf course for a friend of his who would visit. At the end of the grass area, the sign directs you to the beginning of the Inspiration Loop Trail.

IMG_0781

We headed up the broad dirt trail in the shade of eucalyptus and oak trees.

Up Inspiration Loop

At 0.83 miles, we reached this junction. Here we had the  choice of continuing along the fire road for .2 miles to Inspiration Point, or taking the single track trail to the right and a .4 mile scenic route. Both end up at Inspiration Point. We opted for the longer, more scenic route.

Two trails

This trail at times pass under a canopy of scrub and vines. It was all dry and brown in the summer, but would  be lush and green in the springtime.

Overgrown

The single track trail finally emerges at the back of the the park, and the eastern boundary of Topanga State Park. There is an information board with a map of the area, and the Backbone Trail continues up this ridge.

Backbone Trail continues up this ridge

We followed the signs directing us up the spur to Inspiration Point. The views of the area were beautiful.

View from Inspiration Point

 

From the top, we headed back down the spur to the Inspiration Loop Trail, this time heading east on the fire road. This trail soon turns south and downward along the ridge, meeting back up at the “golf course.”

Inspiration Loop Trail Map

Download file: Inspiration-Loop.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Will Rogers State Historic Park Tips

  • Parking is $12. If that seems steep, just remember that you’re supporting the State Park system.
  • Check the Will Rogers Polo Club schedule. They play regularly at the field near the parking lot. If you haven’t seen a polo match, it’s entertaining.
  • Allow time to stop in the visitor center. It’s worth checking out, and you’ll learn a lot about Will Rogers.

More Will Rogers State Historic Park Resources

Will Rogers State Historic Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90272″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/inspiration-loop-trail-in-will-rogers-state-park/feed/ 2
Echo Mountain via the Sam Merrill Trail https://socalhiker.net/echo-mountain-via-the-sam-merrill-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/echo-mountain-via-the-sam-merrill-trail/#comments Fri, 06 Sep 2013 00:31:40 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=5561 Gigantic flywheel for the funicular.

Hiking Echo Mountain via the Sam Merrill Trail is a rewarding experience, rich with history. First, Echo Mountain itself is the site of the ruins of the Echo Mountain House — a hotel built in the late 1800’s by Thaddeus Lowe. There were no roads to this hotel — you reached it by an incline railway that climbed over 1,000 feet. The hotel burned to the ground in a fire, but there are remnants of the grandeur that once shone brightly atop Echo Mountain.

In the 1940s, Sam Merrill felt it was important to maintain a hiking trail to the ruins, and worked tirelessly to clear a path. As a young man, Merrill had spent time with John Muir — and the experience had a profound impact on him. And so the trail bears his name.

Sunset MagazineSunset Magazine declares the Sam Merrill Trail one of the “Top 45 Hikes in the West,” and USA Today include the Sam Merrill trail in a list of “Ten Great North American Hikes.” Whether it lives up to these claims is for you to decide, but it is a great hike, with a climb that will give your legs a workout, and reward you with expansive views over Los Angeles.

Trail Details
Distance: 5.8 miles
Time: 2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1503 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
I’ve hiked this trail several times, and have enjoyed catching the sunrise from the summit. It’s a popular trail with great views. It makes a good mid-week workout, and when you add in a healthy dose of history — the Sam Merrill Trail can’t be beat.

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead begins at the intersection of East Loma Alta Drive and Lake Avenue in Altadena, at the entrance to the Cobb Estate. You can park on the street, but read the signs carefully. When I went, I found the best parking on East Loma Alta, but there is no parking after 10pm. Consider yourself warned.

At the gates to the Cobb Estate.

The Trail

Pass through the gates to the Cobb Estate and follow the decrepit driveway to the first bend. You’ll see a sign taking you off the driveway to the right, and towards a ravine.

Turn off the driveway and follow this trail to the right.

Sign to the Sam Merrill Trail

Walk all the way up to the ravine, then turn left, heading toward the mountain.

Heading up the ravine

You’ll cross the ravine along a spillway, and the trail quickly begins it’s ascent, climbing for another of switchbacks with few opportunities for shade. As you climb, you’ll pass a series of power line towers that roughly mark the half-way point to the summit. It’s a good time to stop for a drink of water and to catch your breath.

Climbing the Dusty Switchbacks

Soon, you’re looking down on Altadena, Pasadena and Los Angeles proper beyond. It’s surprising how quickly you climb, and how much the view expands!

Panorama from the Sam Merrill Trail

The trail is well-engineered and well maintained. There are a few points where the trail has been shored up with boards, creating a steep drop if you were to step off the trail. Keep your eyes on the trail and you’ll be fine. If you want to soak in the views, stop first, then look around.

As you reach the top, you’ll find several other trail junctions. These lead further up the mountain to Inspiration Point, Mt. Lowe and beyond to Mt. Markham and San Gabriel. Bear to the right, as the trail levels out and heads southeast. You’re now walking on what used to be the bed of the Mt. Lowe Railway.

Approaching Echo Mountain House Ruins

You’re almost to the summit. As you get closer, you’ll run across reminders of the once-great mountain railway, including a section of rail and parts of an old engine. It’s hard to imagine, but over a hundred years ago, the wealthy Angelinos would ride up to these mountains, where they could bowl, or play tennis, or raise a pint at the pub. Now we earn that frothy beverage with sweat and many steps.

Mt Lowe Railway

The trail ends at the ruins of the Echo Mountain House. There are steps leading up to the foundation of the long-gone hotel, and a number of interesting historical markers that tell the story of Thaddeus Lowe’s ill-fated venture.

Hard to imagine tennis courts up here.

The gears from the incline rail are massive.

Gears

Self Portrait at the Steps to Echo Mountain House

As you explore the ruins of the Echo Mountain House, you’ll see the “Echo Phone” pointed over Rubio Canyon. Don’t be shy… shout into it, and discover why this is known as Echo Mountain.

The echo phone.

From the top of the steps, we shared a potluck with cheese, crackers, chips and dips. We watched the sunset, and the lights of the City of Angels rise. The air cooled, but not uncomfortably so in the summer.

Sunset and city lights.

We hiked down in groups of 3 or 4, using our headlamps to illuminate the path. The trip down goes much faster, though we had to exercise extra caution in the darkness. Did the hike live up to the hype? I wouldn’t put it at the top ten in North America, but it’s a wonderful hike that is worth tackling. And doing it in the evening to catch the sunset? Breathtaking.

History of Echo Mountain and the Mt. Lowe Railway

Here’s a great video that shows what it was like riding the funicular up the 1300′ climb to the Echo Mountain House. A lot easier than hiking it, but not nearly as rewarding.

This video details the history of the ill-fated Mt. Lowe Railway and the other sites Thaddeus Lowe had built on the mountain.

Echo Mountain via Sam Merrill Trail Map

Download file: Echo Mountain via Sam Merrill Trail.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Tips for Hiking Echo Mountain

  • This trail has a lot of exposure. If it’s a warm day, it will be a hot trail. Plan accordingly.
  • There is no water available. Bring more than you think you’ll need.
  • Plan time to check out the remains of the historic Echo Mountain House.

More Echo Mountain Resources

Echo Mountain Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”91001″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/echo-mountain-via-the-sam-merrill-trail/feed/ 13
Burbank Peak, Cahuenga Peak, Mt. Lee and the Hollywood Sign https://socalhiker.net/hiking-burbank-peak-cahuenga-peak-mt-lee-the-hollywood-sign/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-burbank-peak-cahuenga-peak-mt-lee-the-hollywood-sign/#comments Tue, 25 Jun 2013 13:15:45 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=5332 The Wisdom Tree

Are you a peak bagger? I have a hiking friend who loves to bag peaks — or for the uninitiated, hike to the summit. His goal is to reach the summit of as many of the high and prominent peaks as he can.  He would love this trail, which takes you up three peaks in a short-but-steep 3.25 miles: Burbank Peak, Cahuenga Peak and Mount Lee (home to the world famous Hollywood Sign).

Trail Details
Distance: 3.25 miles
Time: 3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,691 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Do you love rugged single track hiking trails? Often hiking trails near urban areas follow broad double-track fire roads — not much of a “true” trail experience for some hikers.  This rugged, sometimes steep trail is almost entirely single track, and when you reach the ridge line, rewards you with great views over Los Angeles and the Valley.

Are you just looking for the shortest route to the Hollywood Sign? Well, that would also be this trail. While not for beginners, it is the shortest, quickest way to reach the famous Hollywood Sign.

Overview of the Wonder View Trail

Getting to the Trailhead

The trailhead begins at the end of Wonder View Drive in Hollywood, but you will have to park on Lake Hollywood Drive. There’s plenty of free parking along the street — which is also where you would park for the Hollywood Reservoir Loop. Here’s the trailhead map — click the pin for driving directions.

Trail Description

From the corner of Wonder View Drive and Lake Hollywood Drive, hike up Wonder View to the end of the street. Beyond the gate, the road becomes a gravel fire road, and shortly thereafter you’ll see the single track trail leading up stair steps cut into the slope.

Steep climb up Burbank Peak

The soil is loose, dry and dusty. Trail shoes are recommended. You’ll climb 600 feet in that first mile, gaining some great views of the Hollywood Reservoir and LA proper along the way.

IMG_9988

When you reach the ridge, turn left and head to the lone pine tree on the summit of 1690′ high Burbank Peak. The tree is known as the Wisdom Tree, and is the only tree to survive of a devastating wild fire here in in 2009. The Wisdom Tree on Burbank Peak is a popular spot for geocaching, and there have at times been a summit register. It’s also one of the only spots on this trail where you have shade, so you’d be wise to pause here and enjoy it — the remainder of the trail is fully exposed.

Approaching the summit of Burbank Peak

Cahuenga Peak Benchmark

Cahuenga Peak bench mark

With most of the elevation gain already behind you, backtrack on the  trail, passing the junction the Wonder View Trail. Continue along the ridge line toward 1820 foot high Cahuenga Peak — the 12th highest peak in the Santa Monica Mountains. As you thread your way along the ridge line, you will look down over Burbank and the Valley to your left, and Hollywood and Los Angeles to your right. When you reach the peak, soak in the views. On a clear day you’ll take in the mighty San Gabriel Mountains to the east, and the serene Pacific Ocean to the south —  reminding you why Southern California is such a great place to live.

The trail continues along the ridge, reaching a small clearing before connecting with the paved road for the last few yards to Mt. Lee and the Hollywood Sign. In the clearing are two plaques recognizing major contributors who made this trail and its inclusion in Griffith Park possible — Aileen Getty and Hugh Hefner. Yes, this is possibly the only hiking trail anywhere in the world that honors a Playboy.

IMG_0013

You’ll follow the trail down to the paved road where you’ll join the throngs making their pilgrimage to the Hollywood Sign. Brush off their “where did you come from” looks and follow the road as it curves up behind the sign. For the best views of the sign and the city, keep going until you reach the top of 1690 foot Mount Lee.

Hollywood Sign

When you’re ready to head back, you’ll retrace your steps to the junction with the Wonder View trail, and back down to the trailhead. All told, this trail can be easily hiked in about three hours.

If you want to extend the hike, you can add the 3.4 mile Hollywood Reservoir Loop trail. It’s mostly flat and has quite a bit of shade, depending on the time of day, and it begins at the bottom of the hill where you parked your car, making it a perfect option if you want to keep hiking.

Special thanks to Casey at Modern Hiker for introducing me to this awesome trail.

Cahuenga Peak Trail Map

Download file: caheungapeak.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Cahuenga Peak Hiking Tips

  • Take plenty of water. And then take more. This trail is hot and dry, and you’ll need more than you think.
  • While you can hike this year round, keep in mind that it gets hot and has full exposure. I recommend hiking in the cooler morning hours.
  • There is wildlife. Be alert. There are rattlesnakes, deer and other animals in this area.
  • Leave no trace. Take only photos, leave only footprints.

More Cahuenga Peak Resources

Cahuenga Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90068″]

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-burbank-peak-cahuenga-peak-mt-lee-the-hollywood-sign/feed/ 5
Hiking Runyon Canyon Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-runyon-canyon-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-runyon-canyon-park/#comments Wed, 15 May 2013 13:13:44 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=4397 Views of LA

Runyon Canyon Park gets a bad rap. The park lies just beyond Hollywood Boulevard, and attracts a steady stream of dog walkers, hikers and trail runners. It’s not unusual to overhear a conversation about script development or a new pilot. It’s not a wilderness trail. You won’t find solitude here. But if you live in the area, Runyon Canyon is a great place for a mid-week hike, with a lung-busting climb, good views over LA and convenience. There are several trails through Runyon Canyon, but this moderately challenging 3.2 mile loop will appeal most to hikers.

Trail Details
Distance: 3.2 miles
Time: 90 min.
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,030 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round

Getting to Runyon Canyon

Without mincing words, parking in LA is a bitch, and this is no exception. There is no public parking lot for Runyon Canyon Park, and the street parking is limited. Read the signs carefully. As of the time of writing, you can park for two hours during weekdays until 7pm, and then it’s permit parking only evenings and weekends. Factor in a short street walk just to get to the park. We lucked out and found a curbside spot on Vista, near the intersection with Franklin.

Walk uphill on Vista Street, following the street as it bends to the right and through the gate at the entrance to Runyon Canyon. From here, you might be tempted to follow the paved road right up the canyon. Don’t do it. Instead, look for the dirt trail that splits to the left and sharply uphill. This is the strenuous Hero Trail — much more fun, and you’ll lose a lot of the riff-raff in the process.

Hero Trail in Runyon Canyon

The trail uphill is quite steep in sections — almost to the point where your hands become helpful. But you’re rewarded with lighter crowds, a great workout, and an awesome view over the rest of the park. At the summit, you’ll find the Prayer Box.

The Runyon Canyon Prayer Box

Look around and you’ll also find the USGS benchmark.

USGS benchmark

Follow the trail around the mansions near the top of the hills until you reach the paved Runyon Canyon Road. Turn right and head downhill. At about the 1.5 mile mark, you’ll see a broad dirt trail bearing left and splitting away from the paved road. Take it. This is the Star Trail, and leads down the eastern ridge above Runyon Canyon.

There are several vistas with a benches where you can soak in the view. Some of the steeper sections of the trail have been improved with steps to make the going easier.

Views on the Runyon Canyon Star Trail

At the 2.25 mile point, take a sharp right and follow the paved road back into the canyon. You’ll pass the tennis courts, eventually reaching a bend as the road turns to head back down the canyon toward the trailhead, but don’t go there just yet. Pick your way through a little-travelled single track trail back up the canyon. About 300 yards back — hidden from view — is the Peace Spiral.

Runyon Canyon Peace Spiral

From here, turn around and follow the trail back to the paved road, and then down the canyon toward the Fuller Avenue entrance. You’ll see a trail to your right that climbs up and over a short hill and back to the Vista Street entrance.

Runyon Canyon Trail Map

Download file: runyon-canyon-loop.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Runyon Canyon Tips

  • Runyon Canyon Park is maintained as an urban wilderness. There are lots of people, but also snakes, coyotes and deer.
  • Dogs are allowed off-leash in much of this park. Read the signs for details.
  • Best time to go is week nights, Monday through Thursday. Even so, don’t expect solitude.

Runyon Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90068″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-runyon-canyon-park/feed/ 8
Mt. Hollywood in Griffith Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-hollywood-in-griffith-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-hollywood-in-griffith-park/#comments Tue, 14 May 2013 17:15:46 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=4343 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/RK_gpx-_2012-10-14_0915.gpx Griffith Observatory

Griffith Observatory

Mt. Hollywood at 1,625 ft is the second tallest peak in Griffith Park, with amazing views of the Griffith Observatory, downtown LA, the Hollywood Sign and much more. There are many trails that lead to Mt. Hollywood, but my favorite trail begins near the Ferndell Nature Area. This trailhead has plenty of parking, and some shade, particularly in the morning. As you climb, you have options to visit the Berlin Forest and Dante’s View en route to the summit.

Trail Details
Distance: 4.2 miles
Time: 90 min.
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,185 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Griffith Park has 53 miles of hiking trails, but this trail up Mt. Hollywood is one of the best. The trail begins up Western Canyon, accessible via Fern Dell Drive. This entrance to Griffith Park is located right off Los Feliz Boulevard, and it’s famous for the bear statue. Ferndell itself is popular with families, containing over 50 varieties of ferns planted along a shady, man-made brook and plenty of picnic areas. For this hike, follow Fern Dell road to the large trailhead parking area.

The West Trail is a broad fire road that climbs up the canyon.

Looking back down West Trail

At 0.8 miles, you’ll cross Observatory Avenue — a public road used by cars and bicycles to reach the Griffith Observatory. Cross directly over the street to pick up the trail again.

Berlin Forest in Griffith Park

When you reach the ridgeline, take a short detour to the right to visit the shady Berlin Forest. This is a great spot to catch your breath and enjoy the views, and there are restrooms nearby at the Observatory parking area.

Head back to the ridge and over the Canyon Road tunnel, towards the highest nearby point.

Crossing the Canyon Road Tunnel

The trail to the left gives you two options. For this hike, take the single track spur that heads up hill.

Single track trail

At about 1.15 miles turn left and head north. At 1.25 miles, you’ll reach a major junction where five trails converge. Take the second trail on your right (more or less straight). This is a fairly level fire road that leads past Dante’s View.

Dante's View

Dante’s View  is a shady garden started in 1964 as a volunteer labor of love by Dante Orgolini. The garden is still a small oasis worthy of a detour.

Back on the fire road, bear left at the junction with the East Ridge Trail, and left again in a dozen yards as you head to the summit of Mt. Hollywood.

The summit is not so much a peak, as a rounded shoulder. There are picnic tables and a fence along the steeper slope overlooking the city. This is a popular destination for it’s views, and a great spot at sunset… as the city of LA begins to light up for the night.

Mt. Hollywood

On the day that I took this photo, the Space Shuttle Endeavor was making it’s final flight to Los Angeles. The crowds lined the trails to catch a glimpse of the history fly-by.

Space Shuttle Endeavor fly-by of Griffith Park

On the route down, stay to your left for views of the Hollywood Sign. You’ll eventually meet back at that five-trail junction, where you’ll take your first right — the Charlie Turner Trail. This is named after a retiree who volunteered many hours maintaining trails and also the gardens at Dante’s View. This fire road leads back to the tunnel overpass, and you retrace your path back to the trailhead.

Mt. Hollywood Trail Map

Download file: RK_gpx-_2012-10-14_0915.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Griffith Observatory, with downtown LA in the distance

Mt. Hollywood Hiking Tips

  • Bicycles are only allowed on paved roads in Griffith Park
  • Dogs are allowed on leash
  • There is no smoking allowed anywhere within Griffith Park
  • This hike has lots of exposure. Wear sun protection, and bring plenty of water.
  • Hiking trails in Griffith Park officially close at sunset, but there are lots of folks who stay up on Mt. Hollywood until then. Just be sure you know your way back, and bring a headlamp or flashlight.

Mt. Hollywood Resources

Griffith Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90068″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-hollywood-in-griffith-park/feed/ 10
San Gabriel Peak, Mt Disappointment, Mt Deception, Mt Markham and Mt Lowe https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gabriel-peak-mt-disappointment-deception-markham-lowe/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gabriel-peak-mt-disappointment-deception-markham-lowe/#comments Mon, 06 May 2013 06:02:40 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=4063 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/1367841114-22302.gpx View towards Mt Wilson

A little over two years ago, Derek (@100Peaks), Peter (@ADKinLA) and I journeyed out into the Anza Borrego desert and hiked up Whale Peak. Thus was born the first Hiking Blogger Summit. Last year we had an expanded gathering with a hike in the local Schabarum Regional Park. And this weekend, Derek, Peter and I were joined by Josh (@CaliFromMyLens) and Zac (@ZacApplegate) for another summit adventure.

Trail Details
Distance: 9 miles
Time: ~6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,920 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Our original plan was to summit Sandstone Peak, picking up a couple other nearby peaks in the Santa Monica Mountains, but the Camarillo Springs fire extinguished those plans. Our Plan B? Hike up San Gabriel Peak, and possibly a couple others. Ultimately, we ended up bagging five peaks in just over five hours, which was appropriate since there where five of us, and it was the fifth month. That’s right… Five Hikers, Five Peaks, in Five Hours, in honor of Cinco de Mayo. 

Here are the five peaks, in order of ascent:

  • San Gabriel Peak – 6,161 ft.
  • Mt. Disappointment – 5,963 ft.
  • Mt. Deception – 5,796 ft.
  • Mt. Markham – 5,728 ft.
  • Mt. Lowe – 5,574 ft.

The Tale of the Trail

At 8am, we met at the Eaton Saddle trailhead, at an elevation of 5,120 feet. Our trail began on a fire road littered with rocks, reminding us that this area is prone to rock slides.

The Trailhead

As you round the first bend, the Mueller Tunnel comes into view. This tunnel was originally built in 1942. About 100 yards long, it suffered a major collapse in 2007, but has since been repaired. While this tunnel used to be technically passable by vehicles, the road is now blocked by several large boulders near the entrance–still plenty of room for hikers and mountain bikers to weave through.

IMG_9222

At the 1/2 mile mark, we reached the junction at a water tank. To the left, the trail heads to Mt. Lowe. We headed to the right, toward our first summit of the day, San Gabriel Peak.

The mountain still bears scars from the Station Fire in 2009. You hike through eerie stands of dead, charred manzanita that once shaded the trail.

Burned out manzanita

There are some trees that have survived, but one of the most common plants you’ll encounter on these trails is the dreaded Poodle Dog Bush. This invasive species thrives in areas scarred by wildfires. It has a pungent odor and purple flowers when blossoming. The Poodle is said to be more dangerous than poison oak. Contact can cause a rash, blistering or even severe respiratory distress.

Poodle Dog Bush

You can see the Poodle Dog Bush here, very green and lush. On most of the trail we were able to avoid contact, with the exception of Mt. Markham. I was thankful I had long sleeves and long pants on that segment, as incidental contact became unavoidable. It is said that the symptoms can take a few days to show up, so exercise caution with this plant.

At Mile 1, we reached a second junction. To the left is Mt Disappointment. We followed the trail to the right for the final .36 miles to the summit of San Gabriel Peak.

The summit of San Gabriel Peak is marked with a cairn. There’s also a makeshift steel bench and the remnants of the foundation from a structure long since gone.

Atop San Gabriel Peak

We signed the summit register, soaked in the views, and headed back down to the junction, this time heading toward the communications towers atop Mt. Disappointment. This “trail” is a paved, private access road for the communications equipment. The summit itself is aptly named. There’s not really a notable peak anymore. It was leveled and used as Nike missile site from 1955-1965.

Zac on Mt Disappointment

How did Mt. Disappointment get its name? The name dates back to 1894, when USGS surveyors were mapping the area. They initially thought it to be the highest peak in the immediate area, but were “disappointed” to find that nearby San Gabriel Peak was 167 feet higher. They had to move all their gear over there for their next triangulation point.

Two peaks down, we turned back down the paved access road, this time turning left (west) and heading to Mt. Deception. At 3.1 miles, there is a dirt trail off the left (south) side of the road. Follow that up a steep slope with loose rock. Trekking poles would be handy here. The trail continues west for another 0.4 miles to the summit of Mt. Deception. This summit is not very prominent, and thick with brush. We signed our third trail register, and retraced our steps back to the original junction at the water tank.

It was 11:40am. We had hiked nearly 5.25 miles, and it was time for a decision. Do we take the easy half mile back to the cars? Or do we bag a couple more peaks? Inspired by the vision of a well-earned meal afterwards, we opted to hike yet another, and headed up the trail to Mt. Lowe.

At the 5.8 mile mark, we reached the junction to Mt. Markham. Mt. Markham is taller than Mt. Lowe, and the trail is steep and tough. There were steep sections where it was helpful to use your hands to scramble up the rocks. And the dreaded Poodle Dog Bush was unavoidable. But the reward at the summit is a remarkable stone cairn.

Cairn on Mt Markham

Four peaks down. One to go.

We retraced our steps to the junction with the Mt. Lowe trail, and headed out for one more peak. At mile 6.8, we reached the junction with a trail that heads towards Mt. Wilson. We turned right, heading upward and winding around to the summit of Mt. Lowe.

Junction

At mile 7, the last junction before the summit. If in doubt, head uphill, since you’re only 1/10th of a mile from the summit of Mt. Lowe.

Trail junction near the top of Mt Lowe

After five hours and seven miles of hiking, we reached our fifth summit: Mt. Lowe. There is very little shade, but there is a nice bench. You’ve got great views in all directions, and a series of “peak spotters” posted to help you identify neighboring summits.

Top of Mt Lowe

Mt. Lowe is named for Professor Thaddeus S. C. Lowe, who in the late 1800’s built a scenic mountain railway from Alta Dena to the base of Mt. Lowe. The railway as well as the hotel and chalet at Echo Mountain have been gone for years — victim to a series of disasters.

From here, we headed back down the trail–an easy, gradual two mile downhill trek to our cars.

Five Peaks Trail Map

Download file: 1367841114-22302.gpx

5-peaks

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Advice for Hiking San Gabriel Peak

  • The trailhead parking requires a National Forest Adventure Pass. You can pick this up at many SoCal sporting goods stores.
  • This trail is hot and dry, and there are no water sources. Bring plenty of water and food for energy. It can be uncomfortably hot in the summer.
  • There is very little shade on the trail. Wear sun protection.
  • The poisonous Poodle Dog Bush is prevalent. Avoid contact. Wear long sleeves and long pants.
  • Trekking poles are recommended on Mt Deception and Mt Markham.
  • There can be snow up here in the winter months. Plan and dress accordingly, and check for road closures.
  • Dogs are allowed on these trails, but keep them on leash.
  • We encountered one rattlesnake, but there are many more. Stay alert.

Other San Gabriel Peak Resources

Get a Second Opinion

This being a group of five hiking bloggers, we all have opinions. I’ll post links to the posts from the other hikers as they go live.

San Gabriel Peak Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”Mt Wilson, CA”]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gabriel-peak-mt-disappointment-deception-markham-lowe/feed/ 15
Hiking to Fish Canyon Falls https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-fish-canyon-falls/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-fish-canyon-falls/#comments Tue, 16 Apr 2013 00:17:41 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=3502 Fish Canyon Falls panorama

Trail Closure
This trail is currently closed indefinitely. For updates, see the Angeles National Forest website.

Looking for an awesome, easy waterfall hike in Southern California? Check out the Fish Canyon Falls. This 80 foot tall waterfall has three tiers and a beautiful, clear pool at the the bottom. The trail itself winds along a tree-lined canyon beside a babbling creek. The payoff? An awesome waterfall, without having to climb thousands of feet in elevation. In fact, the trailhead is just two miles off the nearest freeway.  
Trail Details
Distance: 3.5 miles
Time: ~2 hours
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 400 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Nov-May
GPX File

The Fish Canyon Falls are beautiful, and the hike is family- and dog-friendly.

Getting There

The trail begins in Duarte a the end of Fish Canyon Road.

The Fish Canyon Trail

This out-and-back trail begins at a bridge crossing the creek. Follow the trail along the tree-lined canyon as it winds it’s way along the creek.

Bridge at the Fish Canyon trailhead

In the early 1900s, Fish Canyon was popular for weekend cabins, and there were at one time as many as 100 cabins lining the steep canyon. Sadly, fires and floods took their toll on most of them, and today there are only remnants of those rustic weekend getaways.

Foundation from a Fish Canyon cabin

The trail is generally easy, although there are a few sections where it’s quite steep and you’ll want to pay attention to where you step. There is one creek crossing, but unless there have been heavy rains, it’s an easy boulder hop across.

The trail ends at the base of the Fish Canyon Falls. This three-tier waterfall drops 80 feet into a beautiful pool. We spied newts in the water, numerous wildflowers along the way, and… poison oak. I recommend long hiking pants. The trail is narrow at many points and brushing against the poison oak almost a certainty.

Fish Canyon Falls

There is a downside to having such a beautiful waterfall, so easily accessible to most of Southern California: it’s very popular. Get there early to beat the crowds, and even then, don’t expect solitude.

“Hidden” Darling Donna Falls

On the way back, about 50 yards past the creek crossing you’ll notice a small tributary on your right. Follow this off-trail for about 10-15 yards to the little-known “Darling Donna” Falls. There used to be a sign for this, but it disappeared long ago.

Are There Fish in Fish Canyon?

I was wondering this myself. I haven’t seen any fish, but I did see two fly fisherman trying their luck.

Fly fishing in Fish Canyon

Summary

Yes, Fish Canyon Falls are popular and busy, but definitely worth visiting. Go prepared for the crowd, and enjoy the social, almost festival-like atmosphere. You’ll appreciate those lesser-walked trails even more!

 

Fish Canyon Falls Trail Map

Download file: fish-canyon-falls.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Fish Canyon Falls panorama

More Fish Canyon Falls Trail Resources

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-fish-canyon-falls/feed/ 15
Mt. Lee, the Hollywood Sign and Bronson Caves https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-the-hollywood-sign-and-bronson-caves/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-the-hollywood-sign-and-bronson-caves/#comments Wed, 10 Apr 2013 20:06:26 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=3078 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/hollywood_sign.gpx Hollywood Sign

Trail Details
Distance: 7.5 miles
Time: ~2-3 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,003 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Year-round
The Hollywood Sign is a Southern California icon. The historic sign began it’s life as a real estate developer’s advertisement, but took on a life of it’s own. Today it’s a symbol of the importance of the entertainment industry in Los Angeles. Seen in movies and TV, and instantly recognizable around the world, the Hollywood Sign is a quintessential sight for tourists. And it’s also a great hike!

I moved up to LA from south Orange County in 2012, and when look down my street, I can see the Hollywood Sign on the hills a few miles away. It’s a very popular hike (you’ll see lots of other people on the trail), but in spite of that, it was on my “must-hike” list, especially now that I’m living so close.

A Brief History of the Hollywood Sign

HollywoodlandThe original sign was build in 1923 by Los Angeles Times publisher Harry Chandler as an advertisement for his upscale “Hollywoodland” residential development. The development went bust — a casualty of the Great Depression — and the sign fell into disrepair. The “H” fell over, and the sign now read “OLLYWOODLAND.” It finally became city property in 1944.

After the war, the Hollywood Chamber of Commerce spruced up the sign, removing the “LAND” and repairing the toppled “H.” And again, it slowly fell into dispair. By the mid-70s, it was in bad shape, and in 1978, Hugh Hefner organized a fundraiser to restore the sign. A wacky range of celebrities stepped up to sponsor a letter, ranging from Alice Cooper to Gene Autry and Andy Williams.

The Trail

There are several routes to the sign, but this one is great because it also takes you on a short side trip to the Bronson Caves — famous for use as the Batcave in the 1960s Batman television series. Yes, this is the cave that you saw the Batmobile speed out of on it’s way to fight the villans of Gotham, and you can hike right through them!

Getting to the Trailhead

Park at the end of Canyon Drive. There is parking inside the boundaries of Griffith Park, but when it’s full, you can also park on the street along Canyon Drive. Observe the signs, and be sure not to block any driveways.

Canyon Drive

The trail begins in a busy park area popular with families for the playground, the trees and the picnic areas.

Brush Canyon

It’s very pleasant, and makes a great place for an aprés-hike picnic.

Before heading up to the Hollywood Sign, look for a turnoff towards your right (east). This is the short out-and-back spur to the Bronson Caves.

Turnoff to Bronson Cave

Follow this dirt road about 1/4 mile and you’ll see the caves off to the left.

Approaching Bronson Cave

The term “cave” is a misnomer. They are actually man-made tunnels leftover from a quarry operation in the early 1900s. The tunnels served as the setting for the Batmobile’s speedy departure from the Batcave in the ’60s, and has also been used for various photo, TV and movie shoots over the years. A fitting side-trip for our hike to the Hollywood Sign, and a great place for dramatic tunnel photos.

Inside Bronson Cave

Exploring the tunnels doesn’t take long, since it’s pretty short, but it’s fun and worth the short side trip. Retrace your steps to Canyon Drive, then continue your trip up the canyon. Keep heading north along the road and you’ll reach a point where it becomes a fire road chained off to cars.

IMG_8479

Continue on and you’ll begin climbing up and above the treelined canyon.  Most of this hike is exposed to the sun, so bring a hat and sunscreen (you can thank me later).

Exposure

The first junction will be at the top of the canyon, where you will turn left (west) on the Mulholland Trail. This is a relatively level trail — a nice break after a good climb out of the canyon. Follow this westward and it takes you to the Hollywood Sign.

IMPORTANT NOTE: There are two additional trail junctions you will pass along the way: the Beechwood and Mt Lee trails. Bear right at each of these junctions. This will seem counterintuitive — at the second junction, you’ll feel like you’re moving away from the sign (which is true, for a moment). The trail to the top actually goes around the north side of Mt. Lee in a spiral, so stick with it.

Bear right here

Along the way you’re rewarded with great views of Los Angeles and the valley, from the Pacific Ocean to the San Gabriel Mountains and beyond.

When you reach the Hollywood Sign, you’re actually behind and slightly above. The sign itself is surrounded by a security fence (with cameras). Don’t bother trying to climb over for a closer look. No, you cannot sit in the letter “O” and dangle your feet like you’ve seen in the movies.

But don’t stop there. Follow the spiral road to a short trail to the summit of Mt. Lee. This is where you’ll have the best shot of the famous sign, and the city beyond.

Soak it in, and when you’re ready, retrace your steps to Canyon Drive. You’ve just tasted a bit of LA history! 

This is a fun trail to take visiting friends and family on. Not a wilderness trek, but rich with history, great views of the city and fun to talk about afterwards. Cap off your hike with a picnic near the trailhead, or do like we did — and head to Go Burger on Sunset and Vine.

Trail Map

Download file: hollywood_sign.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Heading to Bronson Cave Inside Bronson Cave Bear right here Radio Towers on Mt Lee Hollywood Sign

More Hollywood Sign Trail Resources

Griffith Park Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90027″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-to-the-hollywood-sign-and-bronson-caves/feed/ 23
Escondido Falls https://socalhiker.net/hiking-escondido-falls-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-escondido-falls-trail/#comments Thu, 07 Mar 2013 20:38:36 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=3037 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/Escondido_Falls1.gpx Upper Escondido Falls in Malibu

Waterfalls in Malibu? You bet! In fact, the multi-tiered, 150 foot Escondido Falls are the highest waterfalls in the Santa Monica Mountains. This is an easy hike through oak-lined Escondido Canyon, just off Pacific Coast Highway in the middle of Malibu.

Trail Details
Distance: 3.6 miles
Time: ~2 hours
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 351 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Spring
There are a few of things you should know before you hike to Escondido Falls. First, parking is in a small lot on PCH. It fills up early, with overflow parking on the shoulder of PCH that can extend your walk considerably (Read: GET THERE EARLY).

Second, the first 3/4 mile is actually on a residential road. Don’t complain. It is what it is.

Third, this is a very popular trail. Don’t expect solitude, especially at the waterfall.

And finally, while the trail itself is pretty easy, with nothing more challenging than rock-hopping at a few creek crossings, getting to the larger, more impressive upper tier of falls requires some boulder scrambling. I would be reluctant to take preteens, the elderly or anyone who doesn’t like climbing up and down boulders beyond the lower falls. You’ve been warned!

Getting to the trailhead is easy. There is a small lot at the intersection of Winding Way and Pacific Coast Highway, with overflow parking along PCH. The hike mileage begins at this lot.

For the first 3/4 of a mile, you’ll follow the “trail” alongside Winding Way. Keep in mind that residents do actually drive along this road, so stick to the trail on the shoulder. Like the sign says, please stay on the trail.

Stick to the shoulder of the road for the first 3/4 mile.

At .75 miles, you’ll see the actual trail into Escondido Canyon peel off to the left. Follow this trail down into the oak-lined canyon.

The trail heads down into Escondido Canyon

The trail through Escondido Canyon is easy, with a few fun creek crossings to keep it interesting. The trail is open to hikers, mountain bikes (I saw some tire tracks, but no bikers) and horses. Dogs on leash are also allowed.

An easy trail to hike

There are some amazing, majest oak trees along the canyon trail.

Majestic oak trees

Once you get to the lower tier of the falls, you’ll notice a strong sulphuric odor. These falls are nice, but the bigger falls are in the upper tier, which requires some scrambling to get to.

En route to the upper tier, take time to look back down over Escondido Canyon. You can see the Pacific Ocean and islands off the coastline.

View out over Escondido Canyon

Upper Escondido Falls has multiple tiers, and you may see people scrambling up behind the first tier, where they can take a photo from behind the falls. The falls are best viewed soon after rainfall, and slow to a trickle at other times.

The many tiers

Notes from the SoCal Hiker

This was a nice little hike. It was an easy drive from LA, and fun to be along the coast on a warm day. The trail was busier than I prefer, but mainly because it is so accessible. The hike to the lower falls was easy, but the scramble to the upper falls requires more. Some of the people I saw attempting it with older folks or younger children were really struggling, and I would advise against it.

I also saw quite a bit of poison oak along that segment, so keep your eyes open and watch what you’re walking into to!

The most disappointing thing about this hike? The trash. There were many plastic water bottles strewn around and near the falls. Please, pack it out. Leave no trace. And if you see some trash, pick it up.

Trail Map

Download file: Escondido_Falls1.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on any photo to view a larger version. You can also leave comments on any photo.

Stick to the shoulder of the road for the first 3/4 mile. Upper Escondido Falls in Malibu

More Escondido Falls Trail Resources

These guides give other views, information and perspectives on hiking to Escondido Falls.

  • Escondido Canyon Park – from the Santa Monica Mountains Conservancy
  • California Through My Lens – My buddy Josh hiked Escondido Falls and shares his perspective and some great photos.
  • Post-hike Lunch – After the hike, you’ve earned lunch. Check out The Plate a few miles south of the trailhead in Malibu. Good food, organic ingredients, and hiker-friendly. Joan had one of their herbal iced teas (check the gallery for the details) and a garden burger. I had the turkey burger with sweet potato fries, washed down with an organic lager from a small brewery in Yorkshire. Perfect!
  • Looking for more waterfall hikes? Here you go.

Escondido Falls Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”90265″]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-escondido-falls-trail/feed/ 11
Peters Canyon Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-peters-canyon-loop-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-peters-canyon-loop-trail/#comments Tue, 29 Jan 2013 23:58:25 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=2769 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/peters-canyon.gpx View of the Reservoir

Peters Canyon Regional Park is centrally located in the city of Orange, near foothills of Tustin and Irvine. Because it’s located smack dab in the middle of Orange County, and because it actually has some decent hills with views extending to the coast, Peters Canyon is one of the more popular places to hike in OC. The trail described here is a lollipop-loop, returning along the original ridge that you hike out on. For an easier hike, or just to mix it up, you can alternatively hike the canyon trail rather than the ridge line.

Peters Canyon History

The land that is now Peters Canyon Regional Park was part of a Spanish land grant, Rancho Lomas de Santiago. In 1897, the rancho was purchased by James Irvine, who leased out the canyon to several farmers, including James Peters, who farmed in the upper part of the canyon.

To support Irvine Ranch’s water needs, two reservoirs were built within Peters Canyon. The upper one was completed in 1931 and the lower one in 1940. Both were used to regulate the Irvine Company’s water supply draft from Santiago Reservoir, known today as Irvine Lake. During World War II, Peters Canyon was used as a training area for the U.S. Army. Known as Camp Commander, it was established near the lower reservoir.

Trail Details
Distance: 6.5 miles
Time: ~2 hours
Difficulty: Medium
Elevation gain: 681 ft
Dogs: Yes, on leash
When to go: Year-round

Hiking the Peters Canyon Loop

The official entrance to Peters Canyon is on the north side, with ample parking on a gravel lot for $3. This hike begins at the southern entrance, with free street parking. You could easily begin this loop from the north side — just review the map linked below for details.

After parking on Peters Canyon Road, you’ll see a sign for the trail at the end of the street. There is both a paved bike path as well as a well-groomed dirt trail at the beginning, winding around a catch basin (formerly Lower Peters Canyon Reservoir).

The Beginning

As you wind around the catch basin, you’ll bear right through an opening in the fence and up a hill covered in eucalyptus trees. Follow this up the hill to the ridge line.

Looking forward to our first hill

The trail follows the ridge line parallel to the toll road. You may be able to hear the cars, but the tollroad itself is well-concealed by a berm, making this trail all the better.

The Trail Ahead

This ridge line offers tremendous views, especially on a clear day. You can see the San Bernardino mountains to the east, and even Catalina Island to the southwest. No wonder this trail is popular!

Working your way down towards the lake, you’ll take the Willow Trail. During the winter months, it looks quite bare, but this grove of willow trees will require you to watch you head in places. Be sure to stay on the trail here; there are patches of poison oak, and you can pick it up even when there are no leaves.

Stay on the Trail

When you emerge from the Willow trail, bear left and cross the main parking lot. The trail starts up again on the northwest side of the lot.

You make your way around the lake, up and over a pretty decent hill and back down into the canyon. At the junction of the Peters Canyon trail, you have a choice: return via the more rigorous ridge line trail or take the easier canyon trail? I chose the ridge line, but either trail will take you back to your starting point.

Ridgeline or Canyon?

The views on this trail can be pretty awesome. It’s easy to forget you’re in the middle of suburbia.

Peters Canyon Panorama

 

Peters Canyon is a convenient trail with sweet views, fresh air and a great cardio workout, too! Go take a hike on this trail, and let me know what you think.

Trail Map

Download file: peters-canyon.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click any photo for a larger version. You can even leave comments on individual photos!

About Peters Canyon Regional Park

Peters Canyon Regional Park is open from 7am to sunset, seven days a week. Like most parks in Orange County, it is closed for three days following rain. The trails are open to hikers, mountain bikes and equestrians, so plan accordingly. Street parking on Peters Canyon Road (the “back” entrance) is free, but read the signs to avoid a parking ticket. The park has paid parking for $3 on the north end (the “front” entrance).

Getting to the Trailhead

To get the “back” entrance used on this hike: From the 5 Freeway, exit Tustin Ranch Road and head towards the foothills. Drive approximately three miles. Get in the left hand lane and turn left on Pioneer Way. Get into the right lane and take the next right on Pioneer Road. This road will wind around Cedar Grove Park. Continue to the first stop sign and turn left on Peters Canyon Road. Take this road down around a little curve and park on the right side of the curb at the end of the road. There is a sign for Peter’s Canyon Trail at the end of the road. Pay attention to the “No Parking” signs, as tickets are issued frequently to those who park in that zone.

More Useful Peters Canyon Resources

Peters Canyon Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”92869″]


Got a tip for Peters Canyon? Have a question? Leave a comment below! 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-peters-canyon-loop-trail/feed/ 9
Figure 8 Loop in Schabarum Regional Park https://socalhiker.net/hiking-schabarum-regional-park/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-schabarum-regional-park/#comments Sun, 11 Nov 2012 06:27:46 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=2553 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/11_10_2012-8_34am.gpx Bloggers, hiking

Trail Details
Distance: 6.5 miles
Time: ~2 hours
Difficulty: Medium
Elevation gain: 1596 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year-round
Southern California is blessed with an abundance of wonderful trails to explore, and an equal abundance of hikers who share their experiences on a hiking blog. Not only does this make finding new trails easier, but it often gives you better insight on the trails, and sometimes with an entertaining story thrown in, to boot!

Back in 2011, several of us hiking bloggers planned our first-ever get-together. The initial group consisted of Derek of 100 Peaks, Casey from Modern Hiker, Kolby The Hike Guy, Pete of  East-West Hike, Campfire Chic and myself.  In the end it was just Derek, Pete an myself hiking Whale Peak in Anza Borrego. And apple pie. But that’s another story.

For 2012, the group grew and the Southern California Hiker Tweetup–or SCHT— (don’t try to pronounce it) was born.

Thanks to Pete’s persistence and Colleen and Jeff Greene’s organization, we finally met — many of us for the first time — today.

Our gathering spot was Schabarum Regional Park, straddling the hills bordering LA and Orange Counties. Starting out of Rowland Heights, we followed a figure-eight loop that took us through over 6 miles with oak shaded canyons and ridge-line vistas.

Our route took us sharply uphill on the Schabarum Trail. At mile 1.3, we veered left under on the Buena Vista Trail–a .2 mile short cut to the top of the ridge, connecting to the Purple Sage Trail. At the top, we soaked in fantastic vistas. The skies were clear, there was snow dusting the top of the San Gabriel Mountains to the east, and we could even see the Pacific Ocean and Catalina Island in the distance.

We headed east and mostly downhill for almost a mile, turning south on the Powder Canyon Trail. This is the crossover for our figure-eight. Turning left at the Black Walnut trail, we headed up a small hill and back down the other side. Watch closely for a marker for the Nogales trail. While most of the trails here are fire breaks, the Nogales Trail is a single-track and easily missed. If you hit Fullerton Road, you’ve gone too far.

Nogales is a short hop that connected us back to the Powder Canyon trail. This is serene and shaded by ancient oaks, with a gentle climb to the saddle (our crossover point) and back north, down towards are trailhead. At the horse stables, we turned left over the bridge to the short Wildcat Loop, and back to where we began our hike.

Meeting the others was a real treat. I love hiking with other people. Hikers are good people, and this group was no exception. It was fascinating to hear about their own hikes, their lives, and what they do when they’re not hiking. Not surprisingly, the second-most discussed topic on the trail? Food.

And food was waiting for us when we returned to our trailhead. We shared a well-earned potluck lunch spread that left everyone satisfied.

Trail Map

Download file: 11_10_2012-8_34am.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click on a thumbnail to open the slideshow. You can leave comments on any photo in the gallery, too!

 

Who’s Who?

Here’s who attended this 2nd Tweetup. Show them some love! Check out their hiking blog, and follow them on Twitter.

Special thanks to Pete, Jeff & Colleen for bringing us all together. To those who couldn’t make it this time, hopefully we’ll see you at the next Tweetup in the Spring!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-schabarum-regional-park/feed/ 11
Batiquitos Lagoon Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-batiquitos-lagoon-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-batiquitos-lagoon-trail/#comments Fri, 07 Oct 2011 19:57:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=1987 Batiquitos Lagoon panorama

Batiquitos Lagoon in north San Diego County is one of the few remaining tidal wetlands on the southern coast of the United States. Located between Carlsbad and Encinitas, the lagoon is managed as a wildlife preserve by the California Department of Fish and Game. This lagoon is home to several protected nesting areas and water sports (even kayaking) are not allowed, keeping the waterway exceptionally natural.

Trail Details
Distance: 3.25 miles
Time: ~1 hour
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 250 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year-round
The Batiquitos Lagoon Foundation is a volunteer organization that has a nature center near the start of this  3-1/4 mile out-and-back trail along the north border of the lagoon. The trail is gentle and wide, making it very family friendly. On any given day, you’ll see people walking dogs (they must be on leash), pushing strollers (the type with the larger wheels only), running, hiking, walking or simply enjoying the views.

Joan and I stopped by here last Saturday. She was feeling a cold coming on, and so we were looking for an easy hike. The Batiquitos Lagoon trail fit the bill perfectly. As an out-and-back hike, you can tailor the distance to suit your time and energy. We hiked the entire length and back — a modest 3.25 miles with only one gentle hill along the way.

There are several access points to the Batiquitos Lagoon trail, but I recommend starting at the beginning. Drive to the end of Gabbiano Lane in Carlsbad, and you’ll see a sign marking the start of the trail.

Welcome to the Batiquitos Lagoon

About 30 yards down the trail is the Batiquitos Lagoon Foundation Nature Center, with information on guided walks, special events and a free trail map and nature guide.

The Batiquitos Lagoon visitor center

This wide, gentle trail meanders along the north side of the lagoon. There are a few stands of eucalyptus and palm trees along the way.

Impressive palms

The natural beauty of the Batiquitos Lagoon shines year round

In spite of being so close to well-developed Carlsbad, the trail along the lagoon has retained much of it’s natural beauty.

If you follow the trail to the end, you’ll see a gravel road on a berm with a locked gate to a protected bird nesting area, including the Least Tern. If you are watchful, you may see them from May to August when they migrate here to nest.

The Least Tern nests in this area at the east end of the Batiquitos Lagoon

Take a moment to take in the views of the lagoon. It’s not hard to imagine what this area looked a hundred years ago — at least, until you turn around toward the hills developed with homes.

The end of the Batiquitos Lagoon trail.

This is the turnaround point. Retrace your steps back to the trailhead.

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: batiquitos lagoon gps.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click a thumbnail to view the larger images.

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-batiquitos-lagoon-trail/feed/ 4
Salt Creek Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-salt-creek-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-salt-creek-trail/#comments Fri, 25 Mar 2011 17:34:45 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=91 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/salt-creek.gpx hiking-the-salt-creek-trail

One of the challenges of winter is that during the week, it’s already dark outside when I leave the office. I don’t mind hiking in the dark, but many people aren’t comfortable hiking in the wilderness at night, and most of the regional trails are officially closed from sundown to sunrise.

Trail Details
Distance: 6.8 miles
Time: ~2 hours
Difficulty: Easy-Moderate
Elevation gain: 500 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year-round
The Salt Creek Trail provides a nice mid-week alternative. It follows Salt Creek from near Golden Lantern in Laguna Niguel all the way down to Salt Creek beach and back, all on a paved path that makes it an excellent choice even in rainy weather. It’s a moderate hike that takes about two hours and has gently rolling inclines. And it’s nice to stop for a few minutes and enjoy the sound of the ocean at Salt Creek beach.

The trail begins at the end of the sports park parking lot on Chapparosa. You follow the paved trail as it parallels Salt Creek. Keep your eyes open for rabbits and the occasional snake, and listen for the croaking frogs.

Views stretching out to the ocean

There are three major arteries that the trail passes under, Niguel Road, Camino del Avion and Pacific Coast Highway. There are tunnels under all three, and the trails can get a little confusing as you get intersecting paths from those streets joining the main trail. Remember to head down and through the tunnel, then keep paralleling the creek through the valley.

When you pass under Pacific Coast Highway, you’ll see the golf course and homes for a short distance before you reach the beach. As you can see in this photo, there are several paths that seem to merge together. The main trail is marked with a dashed yellow divider line — a reminder to keep to the right as this trail is shared by road bikers.

Once you reach the beach, you can stop and enjoy the views, or extend your hike with a beach walk. Your best bet is to head south, and you can walk all the way to the Dana Point.

When you’re ready to head back, retrace your steps back to your car.

Even though this trail is suburban and paved, it has beautiful scenery and doesn’t feel like you’re walking through a park. The creek is left in a natural state to support the native wildlife.

Trailhead

Parking is at the end of Chapparosa off Golden Lantern. Follow Chaparossa all the way to the sports park at the end, and park as far into the park as you can. The trail begins at the far southwest end of the parking lot.

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: salt-creek.gpx

Photo Gallery

Views stretching out to the ocean

Additional Salt Creek Trail Resources and Tips

  • City of Laguna Niguel’s trail description
  • There is ample free parking at trailhead, but avoid parking near the baseball field in season, or risk a dent from a stray fly ball!
  • There are restroom facilities both at the trailhead and Salt Creek beach.
  • Keep to the right. This paved trail is wide, but shared by road bikers and runners.
  • This is a family-friendly hike. You can easily bring a stroller (with big wheels, hopefully) or modify the length to suit your child’s endurance.
]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-salt-creek-trail/feed/ 12
Holy Jim Trail to Santiago Peak https://socalhiker.net/hiking-holy-jim-trail-to-santiago-peak/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-holy-jim-trail-to-santiago-peak/#comments Wed, 22 Dec 2010 10:12:03 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=11

Trail Details
Distance: ~15 miles
Time: ~6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,469 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Fall-Spring
Download GPX
At 5,689 feet, Santiago Peak — often referred to locally as Saddleback Mountain — is the tallest peak in Orange County. And one of the best routes up to the summit is the Holy Jim Trail. This strenuous, 15 mile out-and-back hike climbs over 4,000 feet through beautiful mountain terrain not usually associated with Orange County.

From the summit, you have views to Catalina island, over most of Orange County and east to Mt. San Antonio, San Gorgonio and San Jacinto. Unfortunately due to the array of telecommunications equipment at the top, you won’t find a 360 degree view; you’ll have to walk around the perimeter of the antennae to see it all.

Holy Jim Canyon is dotted with private residences. Be respectful and quiet as you pass by their homes, and park in the designated areas for the forest. Follow the signs to the trailhead.

You will criss-cross the creek in Holy Jim Canyon several times. After heavy rains, this can be quite a thrill! Rocks and logs can be slippery, and trekking poles can make navigation creek crossings much easier and safer.

As you make you’re way up the canyon, watch for the fork in the trail. You can continue on another 1/4 mile to the Holy Jim Falls, or bear left toward the Main Divide Road and Santiago Peak.

I usually recommend hitting the peak first, then stopping by the falls on the way back to the car — time permitting.

These falls are beautiful, but usually dry to no more than a trickle in the summer.

As you head towards the Main Divide Road, you’ll first ascend miles of single track trail that wind continuously higher and higher.

You quickly catch glimpses out across the canyon and beyond, and find yourself among more and more trees.

It begins to feel like a long, long way from Orange County (although you’re actually still in OC).

When you first reach the Main Divide Road, you’ll see some concrete artifacts from the past. This makes a good place to break and regroup if you’re hiking with others.

From this point, continue to the right, following the Main Divide road as it winds up and around the contours of the mountain. As you make your way around the eastern slope, you’ll catch glimpses of the Inland Empire.

At about the 5 mile mark, watch for the Upper Holy Jim Trail, heading sharply left off of the gravel road. Note that there u to be a sign as shown in the photo below, but SoCal hiker Denis G. reports that the sign is no longer there, making this trail even easier to overlook if you aren’t careful. From here, the single track trail takes up more directly toward the summit.

The trail winds further up the mountain, eventually rejoining the road near the summit. As you catch glimpses of the antennae, you know you are near the summit.

Speaking of which, the “summit” of Santiago Peak is profoundly anticlimactic. There is no clear “peak” to stake claim to or even a clear 360 degree view of the surrounding area. Santiago “Peak” has been leveled off to make room for the telecom equipment, and that has been surrounded by secure fencing.

You can walk all the way around the fence and (on a clear day) get views in all directions.

Be forewarned. Conditions at the summit can vary widely. It can be hot, sunny and clear. It can just as easily be cold and even snowy.

When we hiked this last January, the summit was covered by clouds. It was extremely windy and bitter cold. And there were long stretches of snow on the trail. Yes, snow in Orange County! Don’t take the conditions for granted, or assume that because it’s “nice” down in the ‘burbs it will be the same on Santiago. Weather conditions on Santiago Peak can be very different.

I usually stop at the summit for lunch, then turn around and retrace my steps to the car. On your way back, take a few extra minutes to stop at Holy Jim Falls.

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Note that this shows one way for this out-and-back.

Download file: holy-jim-to-santiago.gpx

Getting to the Trailhead

Getting to the Holy Jim trailhead can be an adventure in itself! A high-clearance vehicle is highly recommended. I have taken my 2WD Xterra back there during the rainy season with no problems, but when the creek is running high, 4WD is recommended.

The gravel road to the trailhead is about 5 miles long and crosses the creek several times. After heavy rains, this road can become impassible.

Tips for Hiking up Saddleback Mountain via Holy Jim

  • When the creek has water –usually in the winter and spring — it’s worth taking the brief detour to Holy Jim Falls.
  • A National Forest Adventure Pass is required to park at the trailhead.
  • There is no water available on this trail, so bring plenty.
  • These trails are popular with mountain bikers, so keep an eye out for them.
  • In the winter, there can be snow at the top. Be prepared!

Photo Gallery

Click any photo for a larger version.

Special Thanks

Thanks to Jim, Joan, John and all my J (and non-J) friends from Hiking OC for joining me on this trek up Santiago Peak.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-holy-jim-trail-to-santiago-peak/feed/ 61
Inside Huntington State Beach https://socalhiker.net/huntington-beach/ https://socalhiker.net/huntington-beach/#comments Sat, 11 Dec 2010 22:17:22 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=1418 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/huntington-state-beach.gpx Fenceline

Huntington Beach is known as Surf City, USA. During the warm summer months, the broad, sandy beaches are crowded with surfers and sun worshipers. Most hikers–myself included–don’t think of the heading to the beach for  a trail but Huntington State Beach is a great place to enjoy the smell of the ocean and beautiful views. Being flat, it’s a great walk for anyone new to hiking and walking (like that visiting relative). And it’s dog friendly, as long as Fido is on a leash. All in all, it makes for a nice excursion to the beach.

Trail Details
Distance: 4.1 miles
Time: 1-2 hours
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 0 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: Year round
Hours: 6am-10pm daily
Parking: $15
There is a lot of parking here, but expect crowds in the summer. I walked this trail in November and we virtually had the beach to ourselves. As with all the State Parks, there is a $15 day use fee for parking, or you can use an annual California State Park pass. We started near the Magnolia Street entrance and began walking north.

The beach is huge! It’s a broad beach. There’s good fishing and surfing conditions on the south-facing beach. There are concessions, ample bathrooms, showers, fire pits, volley ball courts and a few picnic areas with shady covers.

When I was training for the San Diego Rock-and-Roll Marathon with Team in Training, we did some training runs on this trail. You are likely to share the path with a variety of walkers, runners, bikers and skaters. Remember the rules of the road and stay to the right side.

We walked to the north end of Huntington State Beach, then turned around and headed all the way to the south end. Most of the beach looks the same. Fire pits, volleyball courts and restrooms appear at regular intervals.

But at the south end, you cross a small creek outlet and reach the protected nesting ground of the Least Tern.

Least Tern Preserve

I’m not a big bird guy. I’m not even a little bird guy, but I know there are plenty of people who are. At the south end of Huntington SB is a preserve for the Least Tern. This diminutive bird nests on a little “island” next to the outlet of the Santa Ana river. It’s fenced off to protect the bird. The Least Tern head south to Mexico during the winter, and returns in the spring.

SoCal Hiker Huntington State Beach Tips

  • If you plan to visit more than eight times a year (including any other California state beaches or parks)  you’ll save money buying an annual day use parking pass for $125.
  • Make a note of where you parked. The concessions and other landmarks all look the same, so don’t rely on that alone to help you find your car again!
  • Want to keep going? This trail continues beyond the Huntington State Beach, extending north to Long Beach and south to Balboa Pier in Newport Beach.
  • This also makes a great place to run, ride or skate. Hiking shoes are definitely overkill for this trail. I’ve brought my bike down here on a Sunday for a nice easy ride up to Sunset Beach, down to Newport and back.
  • Got a dog? Definitely take the trip to the north end of Huntington Beach and Dog Beach, where the dogs can run off leash and play in the surf.

Trail Map

Download file: huntington-state-beach.gpx

Photo Gallery

Essential Huntington State Beach Resources

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/huntington-beach/feed/ 1
San Gorgonio via Vivian Creek https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gorgonio-via-vivian-creek/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gorgonio-via-vivian-creek/#comments Tue, 06 Jul 2010 18:07:15 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=568 San Gorgonio Summit

Trail Details
Distance: 17.3 miles
Time: ~10 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 5,840 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October
San Gorgonio is the tallest mountain in Southern California, and a rite of passage for serious hikers in the area. At 11,503′, “Old Grayback” provides an excellent high altitude training for those preparing to summit Mt. Whitney, and an easy drive from most of LA and Orange counties.

There are several trails leading up to San Gorgonio, but none as steep as the Vivian Creek trail, which in less than eight miles to the summit climbs over a vertical mile.

With the highest final altitude and the greatest vertical gain, San Gorgonio mountain made a fitting finale to my Six-Pack of Peaks training plan.

The Six-Pack of Peaks
Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of PeaksSan Gorgonio is the sixth and final peak in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes. I used them to prepare for hiking the John Muir Trail, but others are doing it to prepare for hiking Whitney, or simply just for the adventure, the scenery and the mountain views.

Take the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Trail Description

The Vivian Creek trail is really divided into five, distinct sections.

The first section gives you a gentle, half-mile warm-up through the wooded Mill Creek Canyon.

The next section is a steep mile of switchbacks that climbs 1,000 vertical feet. A lot of people talk about this section with dread, but I found it very pleasant. Could be the payoff from all the other hiking I’ve done lately, but it’s forested trail with views over Mill Creek Canyon and to the west toward Mt. San Antonio.

SoCal Hiker Tip! Listen for the waterfall from Vivian Creek. There is a nice overlook about 10 yards off trail that gives you a good view of the falls.

The third section of the trail is parallels the beautiful Vivian Creek. This is an easy section and was really a highlight of the trail, with the sounds of the babbling creek, impressive pines and lush greenery. There is a popular campsite, though many of the sites are very close to the trail. Be wary of mosquitos! You might meet a few along this section.

The fourth section gets steeper, climbing past High Creek and up a number of switchbacks to the tree line. You may begin to feel the effects of the altitude as you approach 10,000 feet. The view opens up and you gain stunning vistas of Mt. San Jacinto and the Inland Empire.

The final section of the trail is a long, diagonal traverse near the ridge that leads to San Gorgonio. You climb steadily, with sparse vegetation and full exposure to the sun. It is dry and it can get quite hot, but it’s a well-engineered trail that climbs steadily and not-too-steeply to the summit.

As you reach the summit ridge, you’ll pass to junctions en route to the peak. The first is a spur that leads west toward Dollar Lake. Bear right and head eastward. Another 1/4 mile along the trail you’ll reach a junction with the Sky High Trail joining from the south. Continue straight for another .3 miles to the summit.

The top is a broad expanse of gravel and rocks that is a little anti-climactic. It feels more like a big mound than a peak. But it’s the highest point in Southern California, as the 360 degree views confirm.

Atop San Gorgonio Mountain

 

The return route on this out-and-back trip is back down the nearly 8.5 mile trail. Fair warning, it will feel longer. Take your time and enjoy it. The views you enjoyed on your morning climb take on a whole new look in the afternoon light.

San Gorgonio Wilderness Trail Tips

Let me tell you the story about the Sixty Dollar Beer… But first, a few tips for making this an enjoyable hike.

  • Apply for your permit early. This is the second most popular trailhead in the San Gorgonio Wilderness, and permit quotas often fill up in advance. The permits are free, and the entire process can be handled via fax.
  • Start hiking early. The trailhead parking officially opens at 6am. We got there about 5:35 and there were only a few spots left in the upper lot. It’s a long day, and by starting early you’ll avoid the worst of the heat.
  • Be prepared. Yeah, it’s the old Boy Scout motto, but on an all-day mega hike like this, preparation really counts. Carry the 10 essentials. It’s a long trail. Don’t underestimate the water and electrolytes you’ll need.

Now about that $60 beer… After a long, tough hike there’s nothing better than a cold beverage. A study from Granada University in Spain even proved that beer hydrates better than water. But if your hike ends at the Vivian Creek trailhead parking lot, be sure that cold beverage is not an alcoholic one. The trailhead parking forbids the possession of alcoholic beverages. Somehow I missed that sign in the morning darkness (in my defense, we got there at 5:30 AM). I was happily sipping a cold beer when the forest rangers drove by. No warning — just a $60 fine and a lesson learned.

But the best part was the way my fellow hiker John R. described what they did with the five unopened cans.

“The Forest Service helped us celebrate the ending of the Six-Pack of Peaks series by ceremoniously watering the forest with our 6-pack of beer, symbolizing the connection between the hikers and the trees of the forest.”

Right on, John.

San Gorgonio via Vivian Creek Trail Map & Elevation Profile

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Download file: San_Gorgonio_via_Vivian_Creek.gpx

San Gorgonio Photo Gallery

Click any image to view a larger version. You can leave comments on individual photos, too!

Atop San Gorgonio Mountain San Gorgonio

Additional San Gorgonio Resources

Weather Forecast for San Gorgonio

Note that the conditions at the top can be considerably colder!

[forecast location=”92339″]

Special thanks to my Hiking OC friends Jim, Tari, John, Emily, Barry and of course Joan for joining me on this hike!

Title photo credit: Doc Searls

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-san-gorgonio-via-vivian-creek/feed/ 62
Mt. San Antonio (Mt Baldy) Loop https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-antonio-baldy-loop-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-antonio-baldy-loop-trail/#comments Tue, 15 Jun 2010 00:17:32 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=507 Mt Baldy - 10,064 FT

Every Southern Californian can point out the white topped Mt. Baldy — actually it’s real name is Mt. San Antonio. Baldy is a SoCal icon that stands out boldly as a snow-covered backdrop for much of the year. At 10,064 feet above sea level, the snow often sticks around well into June. The higher altitude and easy access makes it a popular training hike for Whitney (or in my case, the John Muir Trail). And in fact, I included Baldy as peak #3 in my Six-Pack of Peaks progressive training series.

Trail Details
Distance: 10.2 miles
Time: ~7 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 3,900 ft
Dogs: Yes
When to go: June-October

Find out more about the SoCalHiker Six-Pack of Peaks
This hike is the third in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes that I originally used to train for the hiking the John Muir Trail

I hiked Mt. San Antonio as a loop route with some friends. We started at the Manker Flats trailhead (National Parks Adventure Pass required), taking the winding fire road up Baldy Notch, then hiking the Devil’s Backbone to the summit. Our return route took us down the steep Baldy Bowl trail, passing the Sierra Club Ski Hut and San Antonio Falls on the way back to Manker Flats.

It should be noted that the previous weekend we hiked up Cucamonga Peak and it was almost too hot. A week later I found myself atop Baldy where it was 35 degrees with fierce winds. Thankfully, I was well-prepared with plenty of layers. Even so, we didn’t linger as long at the summit as we might have wanted.

The trail begins up a paved road which quickly turns to gravel as it passes the San Antonio Falls overlook. This windy fire road eventually crosses the Mt. Baldy ski area, and meets up at Baldy Notch. The ski lift to the notch operates throughout the summer. It’s about $10 for a one-way ticket up (or $8 one way down) and some people use this as a short cut for what’s probably the least exciting portion of the hike. On the plus side, this route provided a nice easy grade to climb and made warming up much nicer.

Starting up the paved road toward Baldy Notch

Once you reach the Baldy Notch, you can hike straight up the ski run to the east, or follow the trail that runs slightly south east. The ski run is a little steeper and more direct, and that’s the route we opted for. You are quickly rewarded with great views in every direction.

Looking down the valley from the Mt Baldy ski slopes

When you finally reach the boundary of the ski area, the infamous Devil’s Backbone trail begins. This trail sounds worse than it is. It runs along the top of a narrow ridge, but when it’s clear of snow and ice, it’s a pretty safe trail.

Devils Backbone Panorama

Those with a fear of heights might feel a touch of vertigo, but it doesn’t require any technical equipment (although trekking poles are nice). Check with the ranger station at Baldy Village to confirm trail conditions. On the darker side, there have been deaths on the trail. With snow and ice, it can be very treacherous.

The Devils Backbone trail can be treacherous when icy

The trail skirts the side of Mt. Harwood, opening up to a sweeping view of Baldy Bowl. This bowl is pure scree and essentially unclimbable except when covered with snow, and then only with an ice ax and crampons. It’s great training for even higher mountaineering, and something I hope to do next winter. This time of year, the snow is gone from the bowl, and the trail clear of all but a few patches of snow.

Traversing a sketchy section of screen on the side of Mt Harwood

The last climb is a series of steep switchbacks up the side of Mt. San Antonio. It’s a busy trail, with all sorts of people going up and down. Pick your route and take your time. If you’re used to living at sea level like me, the high altitude begins to slow you down just a bit.

Looking down the final ascent up Baldy

Looking back down the final ascent you’ve got a great view of Mt Harwood.

This make-shift rock wall atop Mt San Antonio protects against the oft-fierce winds

The summit of Mt. San Antonio is a broad knoll with a large iron plaque marking the spot. You’ll see several ad hoc stone shelters erected to provide some protection from the wind, which on this particular hike was fierce. Though it was comfortable down at sea level, it was 35 degrees at the summit, and much colder when you factor in the wind chill.

To return to Manker Flats we took the Baldy Bowl trail, which actually skirts the bowl on a ridgeline before steeply descending in a series of switchbacks to the base of the bowl and the Sierra Club ski hut. The log benches at the ski hut provide a great place to take a break and the sound of babbling San Antonio creek is refreshing.

Sierra Club ski hut at the base of Baldy Bowl

As we descended toward San Antonio Falls, the wildflowers became more plentiful. If you have time, you can stop for a closer look at the falls. This year’s heavy snowfall has made them spectacular.

San Antonio Falls

We reached our cars at the bottom and toasted our hike in true 6-pack style with a ice cold Stellas

Mount Baldy Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Trail Fly-by

Photo Gallery

Additional Mt. Baldy Resources

Note that this is a wilderness hike. Come prepared with the ten essentials, including a map that you’ve studied beforehand and the knowledge of how to navigate and find an alternate route in case of wildfire or other emergency.

There is no clear signage to the Ski Hut Trail from the summit, and it’s easy to find yourself headed down the wrong route. I recommend carrying the Harrison Mt. Baldy and Cucamonga Wilderness Map, and backing that up with the GPX track loaded in GaiaGPS on my full-charged phone. If in doubt, you can (and should) hike this as an out-and-back, returning via the same route you took up to the summit.

Mt. Baldy Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”Mt. Baldy, CA”]

Special thanks to Bob from Pasadena, Tyler, Kelly, Ivana, Tari and of course Joan for joining me on this hike!

Title photo credit: Doc Searls

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-mt-san-antonio-baldy-loop-trail/feed/ 45
Ridgeline Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-ridgeline-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-ridgeline-trail/#comments Tue, 25 May 2010 07:52:23 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=733 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/ridgeline.gpx San Clemente's Ridgeline Trail

San Clemente’s Ridgeline Trail is a great little 4.7 mile out-and-back hike along a ridgeline above the city. The trail is suburban and paved, making it a great choice for rainy weather when you don’t want to slog through the mud but you still want to get your heart pumping. And the ocean and mountain views are terrific.

Trail Details
Distance: 4.7 miles
Time: 1.5-2 hours
Difficulty: Easy-Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,545 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year-round
You start this trail by parking in the cul-de-sac at the end of Calle Cordillera. Pass around the gate and follow the paved trail up the hill to the ridge. When you come to the junction, you’ll see painted arrows on the path that show you which direction to follow for the trail (the other direction takes you down to suburbia).

Though it’s not a wildnerness trail, the Ridgeline Trail has a fair amount of roller-coaster hills, and a total elevation gain of 1,545 feet. Because it follows the ridgeline, you get great views in every direction. You can see Dana Point marina, Santiago and Modjeska peaks, and on clear days, Catalina and San Clemente islands.

IMG_0710

IMG_0711

There is one point along the path where you cross Calle del Cerro and jog about 30 yards uphill to the trail on the other side, but other than that, the path is clearly marked. The water tower is your turnaround point. Stretch, enjoy the coastal views, and head back to the beginning.

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: ridgeline.gpx

Photo Gallery

Additional Resources

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-ridgeline-trail/feed/ 18
Mt. Wilson via Chantry Flats https://socalhiker.net/mt-wilson-via-chantry-flats/ https://socalhiker.net/mt-wilson-via-chantry-flats/#comments Tue, 25 May 2010 06:30:50 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=505 Mt Wilson - Peak #1 in the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Standing prominently above Pasadena, Mount Wilson is a Southern California landmark. The 5,713 foot summit is home for an observatory responsible for the most detailed photos of Mars as well a vast array of antennae for local LA radio and television stations. While the summit is steeped in astronomical wonder and tremendous views of Los Angeles, the trails are the real beauty of this hike.

Trail Details
Elevation: 5,713′
Distance: 13.5 miles
Time: ~6 hours
Difficulty: Strenuous
Elevation gain: 4,200 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Fall through Spring
There are several trails you can take to the top of Mt. Wilson, but this 14 mile loop is the most beautiful. Start at the Chantry Flats trailhead above Arcadia, and take a one mile detour to view the beautiful Sturtevant Falls. The trailhead can be found at the southern end of the lower parking lot down the steps to the right of the chemical toilets.

Note: this trail is quite popular and fills up early on the weekends. If you get there at 7am, you might find the lot already full. There is overflow parking at the Chantry Flats Pack Station, but they will charge you ($10 when I parked there in Nov. 2009). But don’t go too early — the gate to the trailhead parking doesn’t open until 6am. Also note that an Adventure Pass is required unless you park at the Pack Station.

 

The Six-Pack of Peaks
2018 SoCal Six-Pack of Peaks ChallengeThis hike is the first in my Six-Pack of Peaks series of training hikes. I used them to prepare for hiking the John Muir Trail, but others are doing it to prepare for hiking Whitney, or simply just for the adventure, the scenery and the mountain views.

Take the Six-Pack of Peaks Challenge

Sturtevant Falls

After a few photos, we retraced our steps from the falls to the junction with the Gabrielino Trail. There are two options, both about the same distance. The “high” trail is for horses and less scenic. Instead, take the trail to the right which parallels the babbling creek. You’ll follow this up to the Spruce Grove Campground — a good spot for a bio-break. These campsites are popular and would make a great introduction to backpacking, though you’ll get a lot of foot traffic (and mountain bikes) passing right by your campsite.

One of many stream crossings

The Sturtesvant Trail to the summit follows the creek for a couple more miles, then begins a fairly steep switchback ascent up the side of the ridge for the last 1,000 of elevation gain.

Mt. Wilson Observatory

The top of Mt. Wilson is somewhat anticlimatic. There are buildings, observatories and paved roads. There is a water fountain where you can refill your water bottle near the bridge. The top of Mt Wilson is a jumble of buildings, paved roads and paths that can be confusing. It’s a little tricky to find your way across the top to the other trailhead to Winter Creek. I highly recommend printing out the visitor’s guide (PDF) for a detailed map. On this you’ll see a reference to of the “main parking lot.” It’s a gravel lot about the size of a football field. The marker for the trail down is near the 50 yard line on the opposite side.  But before you head down, walk over to the boulders at the far end of the lot and soak in the views of Los Angeles. You’ll find a USGS benchmark at the southwest corner of the lot.

Panorama of the LA basin from Sturtevant Trail

Heading back down Going back down the trail connects with a gravel road known as the old “Toll Road.” You’ll follow this for about 1/2 mile to the Winter Creek trail on the left. It comes at a right-hand bend in the road, and if you’re not watching for it, you could easily miss this trail. This downhill will seem like a cakewalk after the long uphill climb to Mt. Wilson. As you descend , you gain a real appreciation of  just how much elevation you gained on the first half!

Eventually, you’ll reach Winter Creek and Hogee’s Camp. Here you’ll have a decision. You can take the mile-longer Upper Winter Creek trail for a 3-mile all downhill trek to Chantry Flat, or the shorter Lower Winter Creek Trail which follows the creek, but actually takes you below Chantry Flat, with an uphill climb for the last 1/2 mile. I’ve done both, and actually prefer the creekside trail.

Lower Winter Creek trail

Back at Chantry Flats

There are chemical toilets at the trailhead, but if you want real toilets with running water, walk up above the upper parking lot to the picnic area. It may be well worth it, and you can wash up a bit afterward. Also about 50 yards past the upper parking lot is the Chantry Flats pack station. They have a small store where you can buy drinks and food, and on weekend will often have a BBQ going. A great way to cap off your hike!

Mount Wilson Trail Map

PRO TIP: I track all my hikes using GaiaGPS. It’s the best solution for staying on the right trail, it works even when you don’t have cell service, and there are versions for iOS and Android. The app is free, and you can get a discounted membership for maps here.

Photo Gallery

Getting to Chantry Flats

From the 210 freeway, take Santa Anita Blvd. east (toward the mountain). After a few miles, it becomes a Forest Service road. Follow this windy road up the mountain for a few more miles and you’ll reach Chantry Flats. You can lookup turn-by-turn directions via Google Maps. Be sure to bring your Adventure Pass.


Additional Mt. Wilson Resources

Special Thanks

I last hiked this trail on May 23, 2010 with friends from Hiking OC. We had beautiful weather, though it was quite chilly at the top (we even had a few little snowflakes!). Thanks to Joan, Uni, John, Daniel, Leslie, Lily, Tari and Adam for joining me.

Mt Wilson photo credit: Bryan Ungard. All other photos: Jeff Hester

Mt. Wilson Weather Forecast

[forecast width=”100%” location=”Mount Wilson, California”]

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/mt-wilson-via-chantry-flats/feed/ 97
Hiking the Colinas Bluff Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-colinas-bluff-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-colinas-bluff-trail/#comments Fri, 16 Apr 2010 08:15:30 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=453 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/colinas-bluff.gpx Colinas Bluff

The Colinas Bluff trail is a great mixed-use double-track trail that follows the Colinas ridge between Laguna Niguel and San Juan Capistrano. It’s a suburban trail with terrific, sweeping 360 degree views from Santiago Peak (or the San Gabriel mountains, when it’s clear) to the Pacific Ocean and Catalina Island.

I like this trail because it’s convenient for after work conditioning hikes during daylight savings time. Because it’s an out-and-back route, you can adjust the length to suit the time and distance you want. The geography of the trail lends itself well to two variations: the full 6.7 mile hike and an abbreviated 4.6 miler.

The Trailhead

Trail Details
Distance: 4.5 – 6.7 miles
Time: ~1.5 – 2.5 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,570 ft (full version)
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year round
The trailhead begins across the street from the Marina Hills shopping center, at the corner of Marina Hills Drive and Golden Lantern in Laguna Niguel. I park in the shopping center and meet my hiking partners outside Starbucks. From there, you’ll cross Golden Lantern and head south about 50 yards, where the trail begins on your left.

Once you reach the ridge, the trail goes up and down a few smaller hills in roller coaster fashion. There is one fairly big hill at mile 2.3. The top of this hill gives you great 360 degree views, and marks the turnaround point for the abbreviated 4.6 mile version.

If you want to do the full 6.7 miles, you’ll continue down the other side of that big hill, where the trail skirts the behind the McMansions of Bear Brand. At 3.35 miles, you’ll reach the top of another hill with paved walks and benches facing every direction. This is your turnaround point for the full version.

Tips

  • Bring water and sun protection.
  • Trail runners are fine, though I’d recommend boots when it’s wet and muddy.
  • There just so happens to be a Starbucks at that corner, with a nice big patio that makes a great meeting place before or after your hike.
  • The trail is wide and well maintained, and shared by bikers, trail runners and dog walkers, so keep your eyes peeled. And I’ve heard that people have seen rattlesnakes here. I haven’t seen any, but I would watch where you step.
  • Portions of the trail pass behind resident’s backyards; be mindful of your noise level if hiking in a group.

View toward the mountains

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: colinas-bluff.gpx

 

 

Have fun, be safe, and see you on the trail!

Photo Gallery

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-colinas-bluff-trail/feed/ 30
Roller Coaster Ridge Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-roller-coast-ridge/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-roller-coast-ridge/#comments Tue, 13 Apr 2010 19:14:40 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=101 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/roller-coaster-ridge.gpx Pacific vista

Technically speaking, there is no trail or ridge officially named The Roller Coaster, but if there was, this would be it. This is a great double-track trail with hills that will get your heart pumping. I like to hike this after work most Wednesdays, and enjoy the ocean breezes, the sweeping coastal and mountain views and the sunset over Catalina Island. It’s a little slice of heaven right in the heart of south Orange County.

The Trailhead

Trail Details
Distance: 4.6 miles
Time: ~1.5 hours
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 1,150 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year round
Although most of the trail lies in the boundaries of San Juan Capistrano, the trail begins at a gate at the end of Camino de los Mares in San Clemente. Note that there is no parking allowed on Camino de los Mares. Instead, park on the side street about 50 yards from the end.

At the gate you have two options. For the gung-ho, take an immediate left and head up the steep hill. When you reach the first junction, turn right to meetup with the main trail on the ridge. The second option is a little kinder on the lungs. Head straight up the main trail to the ridge. It’s a long, gradual ascent.

As you travel the ridge you’ll climb over two hills, then follow the trail as it gradually climbs of the left side of the ridge. At the saddle, take a sharp right up the steep hill. The trail is marked as the Patriot Trail. You’ll follow this ridge all the way to the terminus — a flag pole. You can sign the logbook in the mailbox (or just see who else has been there). Turn around and head back, but at the first junction, veer left and follow the trail along the side of the ridge and retrace your steps to the trailhead.

Bobcat

roller-coaster-ridge

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: roller-coaster-ridge.gpx

Photo Gallery

Click an image for a larger version.

Tips

  • Bring a liter of water (my recommendation).
  • There is no shade, so wear sun protection. I prefer to hike this early or late in the day, especially during warmer months.
  • The trail is shared with bikers and horses. Keep your eyes and ears open.
  • I have seen one rattlesnake on this trail, and heard others say they’ve seen them. Nothing to be fearful of, but keep your eyes open so you don’t step into one.
  • My favorite après-hike dinner is the Number 1 combo (grilled fish taco, black beans, brown rice and extra salsa) at the Wahoo’s on Camino de los Mares. Highly recommended, and healthy, too.

 

Resources

Have fun, be safe, and see you on the trail!

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-roller-coast-ridge/feed/ 12
The San Clemente Beach Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-san-clemente-beach-trail/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-san-clemente-beach-trail/#comments Sat, 06 Feb 2010 00:08:45 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=98 San Clemente Beach Trail

The San Clemente Beach Trail extends from the Metro Station parking lot at North Beach to Calafia State Beach in the south. It is basically a flat, fairly smooth crushed granite trail that’s shared by walkers, runners, bikers, dogs and strollers. Because it’s a flat out-and-back trail, you can make it as easy or challenging as you want. I like it because (for me) it’s nearby. I can walk to it from my home. There are restrooms and water located along the trail and food is available at the pier.

Trail Details
Distance: 4.6 miles
Time: ~1.5 hours
Difficulty: Easy
Elevation gain: 50 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year round
I’ll describe the trail beginning and ending from the north trailhead, but you can also start at the south trailhead at Calafia State Beach, although parking is more expensive there.

The first mile is wide and well-groomed crushed granite, with a raised boardwalk for a portion that provides great views of the beaches up and down the coast. You cross the railroad tracks at about mile .75. There are crossing gates to warn you when a train is coming.  Between the railroad crossing and the pier, the trail narrows considerably. You’ll need to hike in single file to pass the oncoming foot traffic.

Once you reach the pier the trail widens and continues along the ocean side of the tracks, crossing again near mile 1.25. The turnaround point comes at the Calafia State Beach parking lot (about mile 2.25). There are restrooms here, and a snack bar that’s open during the daytime and summer.

Need more of a challenge? Of course you can hike it faster (or even run it), but there are a couple alternatives that will help you break a sweat. Along the trail there are six beach access points with stairs or hills you can race up and down for extra cardio points. Or when the tide permits, you can kick off your shoes an do the entire distance walking on the beach. The softer the sand, the harder the workout!

Trailhead parking is available at the Metrolink parking lot. This lot has pay stations that take cash or credit cards, and parking costs $0.25 for 15 minutes. Parking is free after 6pm.

San Clemente Beach Trail Map

Download file: san-clemente-beach-trail.gpx

 

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-the-san-clemente-beach-trail/feed/ 19
Hiking Las Ramblas at Sunrise https://socalhiker.net/hiking-las-ramblas-to-the-flagpole/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-las-ramblas-to-the-flagpole/#comments Thu, 04 Feb 2010 19:39:49 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=27 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/las-ramblas.gpx  

 

Las-Ramblas

Done at a brisk pace (3.5 miles per hour) hiking the Las Ramblas trail makes a great early morning workout. There are some steep hills and sweeping vistas of the coastline from Dana Point to Oceanside, and Santiago Peak and the Santa Anas to the east. The trail follows dirt double track, but the junctions are not all well marked. You can hike this year-round, though avoid it in (and immediately after) heavy rain, unless you enjoy carrying an extra 10 pounds of mud on your shoes.

Trail Details
Distance: 3.4 miles
Time: ~1 hour
Difficulty: Moderate
Elevation gain: 900 ft
Dogs: OK
When to go: Year round
As you can see in the elevation profile, this trail starts with a gradual incline, and has one very steep hill. It really gets your heart pumping. After the big hill, you follow the ridge out to your turn around point  — the flagpole. On the way back, take the first left around the ridge you came in on. It adds a little distance and gives you a good warm-down.

This trail is shared by horses and mountain bikers, and dogs are okay. I have spotted deer, rattlesnakes and even one bobcat on previous hikes in these hills.

The best times to hike these hills are early morning and early evening, mainly because there is no shade and the views are all the more spectacular at sunrise and sunset.

Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: las-ramblas.gpx

Looking to hike this trail with others? There are two groups that post early morning 6am hikes on this trail pretty regularly, often on Tuesday and Thursday mornings: Crystal Cove Cardio and Hiking OC (both on Meetup.com). Both groups are free to join, and provide a great way to experience the trail for the first time.

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-las-ramblas-to-the-flagpole/feed/ 5
Hiking Morgan Trail https://socalhiker.net/hiking-morgan-trail-to-killen-road-overlook/ https://socalhiker.net/hiking-morgan-trail-to-killen-road-overlook/#comments Sun, 03 Jan 2010 02:40:54 +0000 https://socalhiker.net//?p=70 WP GPX Maps Error: GPX file not found! /home/runcloud/webapps/app-socalhiker/wp-content/uploads/457172.gpx

Morgan Trail vista

Trail Details
Distance: 9.6 miles
Elev. gain: 1,804 feet
Duration: 3 hours, 55 minutes (with a long lunch break)
Difficulty: Moderate
Dogs are allowed
Best time to hike: October through May (too hot during the summer)
The Morgan Trail to Killen Road is a beautiful out-and-back hike through oak-lined valleys, crossing a usually-dry creek bed and rewarding you at the mid-way point with terrific views over Lake Elsinore and out to Mts. San Jacinto, San Gorgonio and Baldy. I hiked this with the Hiking OC meetup to clear my head after too much fun on New Years Eve.

The hike is mostly uphill to the turnaround point, but not too steep.

morgan-trail-post

Trailhead

A parking lot directly across from the Candy Store on Ortega Highway (map). A National Forest Adventure Pass is required. The day pass can be purchased at the Candy Store.

Post Hike Considerations

The Candy Store sells sandwiches, chocolate dipped strawberries and homemade fudge, among other things. Or if you want to reward yourself with a well-earned cerveza, you can head a little further up Ortega Highway to a biker bar called Hell’s Kitchen. It’s not as rough as it sounds, and you can get a burger and a beer.  The condiments are served in a casket!

Morgan Trail Map and Elevation Profile

Download file: 457172.gpx

Morgan Trail Photo Gallery

Download to view 3D in Google Earth

]]>
https://socalhiker.net/hiking-morgan-trail-to-killen-road-overlook/feed/ 5